How Money

Important Note From The Publisher
You now own the most powerful, reliable, and proven system ever created for
achieving even seemingly impossible goals the Mini-SACP System.
This book is a major part of the Mini-SACP System.
Here is your step-by-step key for learning and using this System to achieve any goal
you desire:
Read Chapter 1 of this book to get the big picture and a taste of whats ahead.
Read Chapters 2 through 5 of this book. Important: Do the exercises in those
chapters for a goal or goals you already know you can achieve or even, for goals that
are already on the way.
Here is why: Whats in Chapter 2 through 5 makes up the Basic Achievement Process.
This process wont help you achieve the seemingly impossible goals, but learning and
using the Basic Achievement Process is a necessary and important step along the way.
Its a good idea (and common sense) to practice these techniques, and get used to the
basics, so youll be more familiar with those basics when you start using the more
advanced process (below).
Read Chapters 6 through 11 of this book. Youve completed the prep work from
Chapters 2 through 5 of the book. Now youre ready to go for a seemingly impossible
goal and achieve it! For this, you will use the Super Achievement (SA) Process, which
begins in Chapter 6.
Use these support tools to understand, and complete, the full SA Process:
1) The Introductory Slides to the Multimedia Learning Program (MLP). This
narrated slide show explains in very clear, step-by-step detail, the complete SA
Process from start to finish.
2) MLP Bonus #3: Flow Chart MLP of the Cybernetic Transposition
Process. Especially for visual learners this will speed things up for you! A
little background: The SA Process consists of three Master Steps. And each of
the three Master Steps contains a number of separate processes, which you
perform one after the other.
First of all, this Bonus shows you all three Master Steps on a one-page, easy-toread flow chart.
Then, this Bonus breaks down each Master Step into all of its separate processes,
so you can see a road map of what to do first, second, third, and so on. Youll
have a clear plan and know exactly what you need to do to accomplish your
seemingly impossible goal.
3) MLP Bonus #4: Summary of Steps of the Repeatedly Used MLP Processes.
Just as each of the three Master Steps of the SA Process is made up of a number
of separate processes, so is each separate process made up of a series of simple
steps.
This Bonus lists those steps, in order for every process.
(To make this even easier for you, Bonus #1 to this ebook contains step-by-step
forms you can use to carry out each separate process. The MLP Bonus #4 refers
to those forms.)
Thank you for reading this important note. It will make your journey to achieving your
seemingly impossible goal much more straightforward, and so much easier.
How to Get Lots of Money for Anything Fast Second Edition
HOW TO GET
MONEY FOR
ANYTHING FAST!
Second Edition
HOW THE AMAZING CYBERNETIC TRANSPOSITION
METHOD CAN BRING YOU ALL THE LOVE, MONEY,
HEALTH, SUCCESS, OR ANYTHING ELSE YOU CAN NAME
GUARANTEED!
by
Stuart A. Lichtman
and Joe Vitale
Page 2
Copyright 2002 and 2010 by Stuart Lichtman All Rights Reserved

Unauthorized duplication or distribution is strictly prohibited.
Formulas for Miracles

An Introduction to the First Edition by Joe Vitale
I didnt see it coming.
I was busy writing, reading, swimming, playing, and just in general keeping busy with
the odds and ends of my life when the e-mail arrived.
It was an email from David Garfinkel, business partner, mentor and dear friend of
mine. In it David went on and on about a genius he had discovered. He said this genius had
developed a new system for helping people create stunning results in their liveseverything
from getting more money fast to creating new relationships, improving health and well being,
and much more.
Naturally, I was skeptical.
But I was also curious.
I asked to see some material on this guy and his work. David sent it and I, well, was
stunned.
What David sent me was staggering. Here was a precise set of instructions on having,
doing, or being anything you could imagine. I read over the material in awe. While Ive been
investigating the processes for creating whatever you want in your life, I had never come
across anything that clearly walked people through all the steps of picking, naming, and getting
their dreams.
Here, in short, were formulas for miracles.
What excited me even more was the fact that these formulas were in alignment with my
own discoveries about how to make our dreams come true. While I wrote about a simple fivestep process for creating wealth from the inside out in my book, Spiritual Marketing, even
my own strategy wasnt as clear as what I was reading in the material David shared with me.
There was only one problem.
Page 3

The formulas David shared with me were dry. They were like recipes for a delicious
dinner. On the page, they were lifeless. What they needed was a writer.
Thats when I volunteered to co-author any book Davids client might want. Since
David was already busy with projects and couldnt do the writing himself, the honor fell to me.
And as it turned out, the man who created all the formulas also created me.
The first time I spoke to Stuart Lichtman, he told me he had set an SA Objective to get a good
writer to help him express his ideas. The result, he said, was me.
Stuart Lichtman, the author of all the material you are about to read, is a sincere man
who has dedicated the last 25 years to trying, testing, and documenting his tools for easily
creating the life you prefer.
And he really is a genius.
What you are about to read are his formulas. Ive done my best to brighten them. What
you do with them will be up to you.
I suggest you think big. Go for your biggest, boldest, more amazing dreams.
Because with the Cybernetic Transposition process you are about to learn, you can and
will achieve any dream you want.
Go for them!
Joe Vitale
Austin, Texas
Page 4

Introduction to The Second Edition

The Cybernetic Transposition Three-Step System described in this book is far more than just a
way of making money fast.
It is a generalized system of consciously managing your Unconscious Mind in ways that
empower you to consistently achieve seemingly impossible results in essentially all areas of
your life.
Since October of 2002, when Joe and I first offered the first edition of How to Get Lots of
Money for Anything Fast, over 20,000 now far more successful people have purchased and
enthusiastically implemented what it presents.
During that period, I have tremendously expanded the Cybernetic Transposition System and
have sharply enhanced the way that I successfully teach it.
I realized that when I am teaching Cybernetic Transposition to my coaching participants (who
now achieve a 100% first try success rate in achieving their seemingly impossible SA
Objectives if they do at least most of the assigned work), I typically describe each process in a
number of different ways that are similar but differ in important aspects.
This clearly works.
Thats what Ive done in this Second Edition. So you will note that some Chapters have a B, C
or D suffix, denoting different cuts at the same material.
In addition, twice annually, I will still send you a constantly revised and expanded series of
Newsletters. These incorporate materials that are, otherwise, only available to the participants
in my Super Achiever Coaching Program (SACP) and that significantly expand on what I have
presented in this book.
My test readers of this Edition have told me it is a major improvement and that they
appreciate getting explanations in two different voices, Joes and my own. I am hoping that
you have the same experience.
I love your success stories and Im looking forward to lots more of them.
Page 5

Have an exciting journey to far greater success, joy and fulfillment.

Stuart Lichtman
Laurel Canyon, California
November, 2009
Page 6

How I Raised 2.5 Million Dollars, Died for 8 Minutes, and

Developed the Cybernetic Transposition Techniques
A Foreword by Stuart Lichtman
When I was a student at M.I.T. in 1957, my first great insight came when I realized that
all areas of engineering (i.e., electrical, mechanical, nuclear, aeronautical) taught the same
thing but that their foci differed. So I decided that I should be able to take the best course in
each of those areas, totally ignoring the fact that M.I.T. policy did not permit doing so.
I knew that Id need a new thesis advisor, someone who had a distinctly entrepreneurial
perspective and, having done a very early version of what became the Cybernetic
Transposition technique, my new advisor appeared in the form of Dwight Baumann.
Dwight was a natural mechanical genius and a mentor to M.I.T. would-be
entrepreneurs. For me, he was a godsend, the first person in my life who seemed to really care
about me. He and his wife, Mavis, treated me somewhat like a son.
Dwight had been raised on a farm in South Dakota and specialized in doing what he
was told he couldnt do. For example, he was told that cleaning the fuel injector nozzles on
their tractor required extensive special equipment. He, of course, did it perfectly with nothing
more than ordinary hand tools.
Being a troublemaker like me, his response to my request that I be allowed to take
courses in any area of engineering was, Sure. Just dont make a fool of me. So I was off to
the races. (Actually, more literally than not since my hobby was sports cars that I financed by
buying and selling other cars and I had already started my racing career.) Not surprisingly, one
of my first courses in aeronautical engineering was one about the dynamics of automotive
suspensions.
Taking this broad perspective on engineering led me to my second great insight, that at
some point in every one of the extremely precisely defined engineering systems, there was
something that messed up the works: a human. I was very surprised that my professors could
show me no way to model humans.
So I studied psychology and economics, the fields that supposedly dealt with such
things. They didnt. The psychology that was taught at M.I.T. was Skinnerian and modeled
humans as if they were rats. I knew that wasnt on track. The many economists whose work I
Page 7

studied suffered terribly from myopia. They each assumed that everyone else in the world was
like them and their theories modeled what they would personally do in a situation and assumed
everyone else would. Given that any eight year old child would disagree with that premise, I
knew the answer didnt lie with them, either.
When I told Dwight that I wanted to develop a system to model humans, he said,
Good luck and left me to it. It actually took me 18 years and wasnt realized until after Id
created and run a number of successful companies and had gone back to school to do a
doctorate in business so as to learn what Id been doing right and wrong. Unfortunately, I
found I knew a lot more about business than my professors.
One of the businesses that I had started was called Recognition Terminals, formed in
1969, and Id intuitively used an early version of the Cybernetic Transposition techniques to
almost instantly generate the $2.5 million in investment funding that I required.
I knew from my research on venture capitalists that obtaining funding from them was
not only very difficult but extremely time consuming, often taking six to eighteen months
before the first dollar was seen. So I decided that wasnt the way to go. Instead, I turned down
the lights in my office, sat down in my most comfortable chair, and created an Imaginary
Experience of someone, an investor, happily giving me a check for $2.5 million. I then focused
on the investor, in my imagination, repeatedly asking him for his name and how to contact him.
After a few hours of refining this Imaginary Experience, writing it down, editing it to make it
perfect and building a perfect Imaginary Experience of the venture, the name popped into
my consciousness. Id heard of his company and name once.
I immediately located his companys phone number and called him. Logically, that
didnt make sense because it was a Saturday but I knew that I had to call him. He was in and I
immediately got through to him. We talked about fifteen minutes and he said he was interested.
He told me to wait by the phone and his executive vice president would call within an hour.
After about 35 minutes, the phone rang. It was the executive vice president and we set up an
appointment for Monday at my attorneys office in Washington, D.C.
On Monday, after about an hour of attorney type of hassling, we agreed on terms
(which Id failed to specify in my vision and werent as good as I would have liked) and my
attorney drafted a 1 page letter agreement that we both signed. My attorney then pulled an
unused corporation out of his files, we decided on a name, he contacted the Attorney General
of Maryland to change the corporations name to our new one, we set up a bank account and
two days later we had the $2.5 million in our account via wire transfer.
Page 8

That was my first big success using what evolved into the Cybernetic Transposition
techniques.
In any case, I decided I wanted to do my PhD Dissertation on the unconscious decision
making of venture capitalists. To do so, I had to develop a system that would model that
decision making. Thus was born my Arintel system. It used artificial intelligence pattern
recognition techniques to create an imaginary 15 dimension hyperspace in which people with
similar unconscious personalities would cluster together.
Dont worry if that doesnt make any sense. Arintel isnt what you will learn in this
book. Youre going to learn something even better.
Arintel worked fabulously even though the data collection was a bear and the program
would only run on the most powerful supercomputer of the time, a Cray I, hogging expensive
computer time like a demon. In 1973 dollars, it cost $25,000 to make one run.
I then applied Arintel to sophisticated market and economic research on behalf of the
U.S. government and Fortune 500 companies. (They were the only ones willing to spend
$500,000 to $1 million per project.)
In doing research in many parts of the world, I found some very interesting things. The
most interesting was that we always found the same 12 clusters of Unconscious personality
types. That was so strange that I brought in experts on statistical techniques to see if that was a
result of bias in Arintel. They concluded it wasnt.
In one project, we brought together people who were most typical of the most
interesting clusters (stereotypes) and found that behaviorally and in terms of mannerisms, these
people from all over the world were almost clones of each other.
The models Artintel developed were so powerful that, in doing a 7-year study of the
operations of the U.S. Small Business Administration, our seven variable models were 90 to 99
percent accurate in predicting the performance of small business entrepreneurs.
Another interesting result was the ability to make very accurate economic projections.
For example, we were asked by an investor group to assess the market for hotels and motels in
Orlando, Florida not long after Disneyworld opened. Disneys projections of demand were not
made public and the State of Floridas published ones projected about 10 percent of the
demand that actually arose. As a result, the demand for hotels and motels in Orlando far
exceeded the supply.
Page 9

And, as a result of that, a building boom ensued. About 26,000 rooms were built in two
years, flooding the market. My clients intuitively figured that some opportunities would arise
from the fact that the insurance companies providing the mortgages for the hotels and motels
would eventually foreclose lots of them and would then sell them to the highest bidder.
So we studied consumer behavior and compared what we found with Orlandos supply
of hotel and motel rooms. We expressed the result in terms of three cases: worst, probable, and
best. The worst case presupposed something like a war or major civil disturbances, something
that would really shock the populace.
And, two months after we submitted our findings, the worst case occurred the oil
crisis. Gasoline was just not available. People had to stand in line for hours to get a few
gallons.
And since essentially all of the traffic to Orlando came from the more northern areas of
the east coast, this counted as a catastrophe for the hotels and motels there. Occupancy rates
dropped precipitously.
Our projections expressed in terms of occupancy rates, however, turned out to be
extremely accurate within 3% of actual over the ensuing 12 months. After the first months
results showed we were on track with our projections, our investors asked us to work with
them to devise a strategy to take advantage. That was actually pretty simple. It was two part.
The first focused on buying cheap. We simply showed the insurance companies our projections
and they sold for 50 or 60 cents on the dollar.
The second focused on creating demand. That was more interesting. At the time, the
railroads had created what they called the Auto Train. This ran from outside Washington, D.C.
to Orlando. Passengers loaded their cars onto the train and rode in comfortable railroad cars
with them to Orlando. So we had our clients lock up most of the available seats on the Auto
Train.
Pretty soon the properties theyd bought were operating at over 80% occupancy and
making money.
Arintel was an extremely powerful tool. It was so powerful that politicians began to
sniff around it. That frightened me so I destroyed the system and am still the only person who
knows how it all worked.
Page 10

Getting back to the evolution of Cybernetic Transposition, around 1981 I had just
finished a very difficult turn around of a company (a $4 million loss to a $2 million profit with
a tripling of sales from $7 to $21 million in 9 months and a drop in defects from 12% to around
1%, while operating, each day, with a totally recalcitrant work force and short $2 million or
more to pay bills) and was recuperating in my San Francisco home. During the mornings, I
would study research on the structure and operation of the human brain. (After all, if working
in artificial intelligence, I needed to know a lot about real intelligence.)
In the afternoon, Id sit in my living room watching the fog eating the Golden Gate
Bridge and contemplate what Id learned and what I was going to do next. During one of these
sessions, I had three big aha types of breakthroughs.
The first was that the human brain could be viewed as a massively parallel computer
system, each of the component neurons functioning as both a digital and analogue computer.
The second was that the power of such a system was millions of times greater than the
most powerful supercomputer Id been using and that humans could and probably did
automatically do what Id been approximating with the Arintel system.
The third was that I could teach people to use this system so that they could do
seemingly impossible things.
Another factor was that in a near death experience that Id had when I was clinically
dead for 8 minutes in 1969, I had awakened some abilities that Id never been aware of. And
when I met a spiritual teacher whose energy Id encountered in that near death experience, I
quickly decided to study with him.
That study involved meditating for what eventually became 2 hours each day.
Following my three-part insight described above, my meditations frequently began to include
the receipt of packets of information, each of which was an aha experience. I wrote them
down and they became the actual nuts and bolts of the Cybernetic Transposition process.
In the process, I realized that Id been using these techniques in various forms since I
was a freshman at M.I.T. and I knew that they would work for others. So I organized the first
training in July of 1981. I had about 250 people in a three day session in Santa Monica and
about 85% of them achieved their seemingly impossible Cybernetic Transposition Super
Achievement Objectives on the first try.
Page 11

Those were the first of the 50,000 plus people I trained in these techniques around the
world.
In retrospect, I realize that all of my studies in artificial intelligence and my labs that
consisted of running companies and doing sophisticated market and economic research had
fleshed out what I knew naturally into a very operational way of teaching essentially anyone
whod put in the effort to learn, how to do the seemingly impossible.
All of my work in artificial intelligence was something like Archimedes bath that
awakened him to what his Unconscious Mind was trying to tell him. (See the story on page 18
of the Small Business bonus e-book.)
In creating and running companies, Id had lots of opportunities to observe and model
people, how they succeeded and failed. Id learned from my clients and other experts like Ed
Brower who could walk up to just about anyone and, if you couldnt hear what they were
saying, youd think they were long lost brothers or brother and sister. He was so adept at
Unconsciously identifying the other persons personality type and Unconsciously acting on
that knowledge that hed instantly create a perfect fit with them.
I studied about 100 inventors and worked closely with over 50 of them, including the
most productive one in the world. That gave me a different perspective on how we
Unconsciously could invent ways to achieve the seemingly impossible. And then I used the
Cybernetic Transposition techniques to help some of these inventors cut the time cycle to
invent by about 90 percent.
The name Cybernetic Transposition is uniquely appropriate to what Im teaching.
Cybernetics means to me, the human use of human beings, the title of cybernetics creator
Norbert Wieners second book on the subject.
Transposition means the basic technique of transposing a success in one area of life into
a success in another area.
In my view, artificial intelligence and computers, in general, should be used to relieve
humans of drudgery and to assist them in turning their intuitive ideas into conscious awareness.
Thats allowing them to be more human and less machine like.
But enough about how I discovered all this.
Let me now teach you how to use it.
Page 12

Youre in for a fun ride.

Stuart Lichtman
Page 13

If You Have Questions

If you have questions, please consult this book, the accompanying Bonuses and the Unadvertised
Bonuses. Ive tried to make them extremely comprehensive and I think that all the answers are
there.
To make it easier for you to find things, all of the Chapter and Section headings are included in the
bookmarks. Just click on the Bookmarks tab on the left side of the Acrobat window and then on
the item youre looking for.
Or, if you are seeking specific words or phrases, use Acrobats Find function by entering your
search term in the Find box in the toolbar at the top of the screen, typing in what youre seeking
and clicking on the Find button. If you want to keep looking for the same thing, youll see that
the Find button has now changed to Find Again so just click it again and again if you wish.
The Bonus forms and audios provide detailed follow-me instructions and will guide you through
all of the Cybernetic Transposition Super Achievement processes.
The Bonus eBooks, Secrets Of Making Large Sums Of Money In Your Own Business and The Nuts
and Bolts of Small Business Management, present the comprehensive, detailed and effective
techniques for building and running a successful small business that have arisen from my
experience successfully running over 100 companies and successfully coaching over 500
entrepreneurs. Most of what it presents will be found nowhere else. The Zappers are clever, simple
and quick variations on the basic Cybernetic Transposition techniques that, once you have
Unconsciously learned the basic techniques, will make things much easier and more successful in
ordinary, day to day situations.
The techniques described in the Bonus eBook, Cut The Time It Takes You To Do Things In Half
Effortlessly, have typically resulted in savings of 50% or more in the time it took very busy people
to accomplish their work - often when doing so seemed completely impossible and this was
usually accompanied by improved performance.
The ten other Bonuses give detailed instructions for finding perfect romantic and business
partners, how to get a perfect job, how to invent million dollar ideas, how to use the Cybernetic
Transposition techniques to achieve any of your other goals, how to very effectively put the howto recommendations of other experts to work, how to discover and harness the power of what you
were born to do, how to access your True-Self, how to simplify and personalize the Cybernetic
Page 14

Transposition techniques with no loss and perhaps an increase in effectiveness and other
useful topics.
Page 15

IMPORTANT NOTE
Copyright 2002, 2009 and 2010 by Stuart Lichtman. All rights reserved. Reproduction and
distribution are forbidden.
No part of this publication shall be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted by
any other means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise, without
written permission from the authors.
This publication is designed to provide accurate and authoritative information with regard to
the subject matter covered. It is sold with the understanding that the authors and the publisher
are not engaged in rendering medical, psychological, legal, accounting, or any other
professional advice. If medical advice or other professional assistance is required, the services
of a competent professional should be sought.
Also, the terms Cybernetic Transposition Basic Achievement Three-Step and Cybernetic
Transposition Super Achievement Three-Step are pending registration and are fully protected
names owned by Stuart Lichtman. They may not be used without his written permission.
One VERY IMPORTANT note:
The Cybernetic Transposition Super Achievement Three-Step is very powerful, too powerful
to teach without a good deal of training. So please note this warning:
This book does not, in any way, teach you how to teach others to do
the Cybernetic Transposition Super Achievement Three-Step or any of
the component Processes.
Do not attempt to teach this to others because you may hurt them and
yourself.
If you want to see what it takes to become a Certified and Licensed
Cybernetic Transposition Trainer/Coach, please go to:
http://www.howtobeagreatcoach.com/cttct
Page 16

For more information, please contact Stuart Lichtman at:

[email protected]
Page 17

TABLE OF CONTENTS
FORMULAS FOR MIRACLES: AN INTRODUCTION BY JOE VITALE
INTRODUCTION TO THE SECOND EDITION BY STUART LICHTMAN
HOW I RAISED 2.5 MILLION DOLLARS, DIED FOR 8 MINUTES, AND DEVELOPED
THE CYBERNETIC TRANSPOSITION TECHNIQUES: A FOREWORD BY STUART
LICHTMAN
IF YOU HAVE QUESTIONS
14
IMPORTANT NOTE
16
CHAPTER ONE: THE NEW WAY TO ACHIEVE ALL YOUR DREAMS 21

CHAPTER TWO: BASIC ACHIEVEMENT STEP 1 - HOW TO SET YOUR FIRST
TARGET
34
CHAPTER TWO B: SETTING EFFECTIVE BASIC CONSCIOUS AND UNCONSCIOUS

TARGETS - STEP ONE OF THE CYBERNETIC TRANSPOSITION THREE-STEP
56
CHAPTER THREE: BASIC ACHIEVEMENT STEP 2 - HOW TO MAKE YOUR TARGET
MORE IMPORTANT THAN DISTRACTIONS STEP TWO OF THE CYBERNETIC
TRANSPOSITION THREE-STEP
65
CHAPTER THREE B: PRIORITIZING YOUR TARGET STEP TWO OF THE

CYBERNETIC TRANSPOSITION THREE-STEP
77
CHAPTER FOUR: BASIC ACHIEVEMENT STEP 3 - HOW TO RESOLVE

UNCONSCIOUS CONFLICTS THAT WOULD NORMALLY BLOCK REACHING
YOUR BASIC ACHIEVEMENT TARGET
83
CHAPTER FOUR B: HOW TO IDENTIFY BLOCKERS?
100
CHAPTER FOUR C: CYBERNETIC TRANSPOSITION STEP THREE - RESOLVING

BLOCKERS VIA THE BASE REFRAMING PROCESS
103
Page 18

CHAPTER FIVE: HOW TO TAKE THE TEMPERATURE OF YOUR TARGET
134
CHAPTER SIX: HOW TO BECOME SUPER LUCKY - THE CYBERNETIC

TRANSPOSITION SUPER ACHIEVEMENT PROCESS
145
CHAPTER SIX B: CONSCIOUSLY DIALOGUING WITH YOUR UNCONSCIOUS
173
CHAPTER SIX C: EASILY CREATING EFFECTIVE IMAGINARY EXPERIENCES
181
CHAPTER SIX D: AN EFFECTIVE YET SIMPLE APPLICATION OF DIALOGUING

AND CREATING IMAGINARY EXPERIENCES THE SUCCESS/FAILURE
PROCESS
195
CHAPTER SEVEN: HOW TO LOCATE YOUR INNER ANCHOR POINT - A MAGIC

TOOL FOR ROCKETING TO YOUR TARGET
197
CHAPTER EIGHT: HOW TO ACHIEVE THE IMPOSSIBLE, OR, THE AMAZING

SECRET OF ROBIN HOOD AND ANCIENT ZEN MASTERS
225
CHAPTER EIGHT B: TIPS ON MORE EASILY AND EFFECTIVELY FORMATTING

YOUR SA OBJECTIVE
265
CHAPTER EIGHT C: RAISING YOUR UNCONSCIOUS PERFORMANCE LIMIT

TO THE LEVEL REQUIRED BY YOUR SA OBJECTIVE
274
CHAPTER NINE: HOW TO COMMUNICATE WITH YOUR UNCONSCIOUS THE SUPER ACHIEVEMENT TARGET PROCESS
282
CHAPTER TEN: SUPER ACHIEVEMENT STEP THREE - HOW TO RESOLVE SELFDESTRUCTIVE UNCONSCIOUS HABIT PATTERNS FOREVER!
305
CHAPTER TEN B: TIPS ON MORE EASILY AND EFFECTIVELY PERFORMING THE
SUBPERSONALITY NEGOTIATION PROCESS
343
CHAPTER TEN C: THE SUPER ACHIEVEMENT CLEARING PROCESS
Page 19

351
CHAPTER ELEVEN: TROUBLE SHOOTING AND PRACTICE - HOW TO

GUARANTEE YOUR SUCCESS
367
CHAPTER ELEVEN B: DEBUGGING YOUR SA PROCESS
381
A WORD FROM THE AUTHOR
385
IF YOU NEED HELP IN SUCCESSFULLY IMPLEMENTING CYBERNETIC

TRANSPOSITION SO THAT YOUR GET THE RESULTS I DESCRIBE IN THIS
BOOK OR IF YOU WANT TO GO MUCH FARTHER
387
ABOUT THE AUTHOR
397
Page 20

Chapter One
The New Way to Achieve all Your Dreams
Name something you want.
It can be a weight-loss goal, a money goal, a sales quota, a new house, a relationship, etc. It's
entirely up to you.
Since this book is about money, think about your money goals. How much more money are
you seeking, anyway? A hundred dollars? Thousands? A million?
Now let me ask you a blunt question:
Why don't you have it yet?
Why don't you have the thinner body, or more money, or whatever it is you said you
wanted?
Well?
Now let me tell you something shocking:
The fault isn't with the economy, your parents, your spouse, your neighbors, your mayor, the
president or anyone or anything outside of you.
There is only one answer to my question of, "Why don't you have it yet?"
And I'll tell you what it is in a minute.
Have you ever wondered why so many people have so much trouble getting what they truly
want?
Have you considered that there could be an easier way through life?
Have you ever felt that life was just too much of a struggle?
Most of us have, at one time or another, just felt that life was a royal pain. But the liberating
truth is thislife doesn't have to be that way.
What's the secret to making life a joy?
Page 21

What's the secret to creating more money now?

And what's the answer to why you haven't achieved your goals yet?
It's in your own mind.
No, not in your thoughts. Not in your Conscious Mind. The roadblock is deeper. It's where
you rarely look. It's in your Unconscious.
In short, if there is something you are trying to achieveyou name itand you aren't
achieving it, chances are your Unconscious holds some contradictory intentions for you.
Said another way, you want something and it doesn't.
If you are typical, you are constantly giving yourself contradictory instructionslike I
want to lose weight and I want that luscious piece of pie.
Notice anything odd about them?
Those statements are going in different directions. After years of such frustrating and
contradictory messages, your Unconscious gives up and starts to disregard what you
consciously want.
In other words, you canceled out your own request. You said, "I want money," but right
after that you said (or thought), "I don't deserve it" or "Money never comes to me" or some
other similar limiting belief.
As a result, you usually didnt get what you said you wanted!
But I have good news for you.
All that is about to end. Youre about to learn two simple three-step processes that will put
an end to the mental self-sabotage that has been holding you back. Now youll finally be able
to show your Unconscious Mind exactly how to let you achieve what you consciously want.
I said simple, but that doesnt mean easy. It wont happen automatically, just by holding
these pages in your hand or thinking beautiful thoughts. Theres no magic or hocus-pocus. But
there is a method. And it can be called magical.
You will have to read, understand, and use the ideas in this book. However, just think of
all the time and energy youve already spent on activities that didnt work. And now think of
all the time and energy youll free up in the future by knowing how to work at maximum
efficiency!
Page 22

Relax. You're about to learn how to make all your dreams come truefinally!
Page 23

An Introduction to Cybernetic Transposition

Before I can reveal the two processes that will bring you all your dreams, I need to explain
the term Cybernetic Transposition to you.
Cybernetic Transposition is the proprietary technique I developed and perfected, and which
companies paid me $25,000 a day to teach to their employees.
(You got a real bargain when you bought this book. You saved $24,900 at least!)
Why did companies pay me so much to learn this method?
Because it may be the single most powerful, effective technique ever developed for personal
achievement.
And the achievement corporate managers care about, of course, is the individual's enhanced
ability to generate more profitin short: More money fast.
So, how does it work?
What Cybernetic Transposition does is empower your mind to use one success any
success that you have experienced, and "transpose" (or transform) that first success into the
solid foundation for a success in another area.
What this means is this:
If you have been successful in gardening, or playing golf, or running a household, or learning
to drive a car, or anything else as long as you are able to understand yourself as a success
(not a world-class success, not an overwhelming success, but merely a success at all) in that
one area then you can be successful in another area.
Wildly successful, if you want.
In terms of money, think what this can mean to you.
How much money do you want? When do you want it?
What if you could "program" yourself, using any past success you've had and you "own" as
valid (in your own mind) as the only condition you need to get that money legally, ethically
and in a way that does not harm you or anyone else?
Page 24

Think of this!
It means you don't need more schooling.... or more experience... or personal connections...
or to be born into a rich family... or any other preconditions you might have thought you
needed to have money.
All you need is a previous success you recognize in your own mind as being a success.
Thats it!
Pretty amazing, isnt it?
No other book, author or method shows you how to do this and no one else has done this
in rigorous tests where 81% of the test group, which was 50,000 people, achieved a seemingly
impossible goal quickly on the first try but in the case of entrepreneurs, the first-time
success rate was close to 100%.
One other thing:
Another reason Cybernetic Transposition works where other methods fall short is Cybernetic
Transposition relies on whole-brain harmonizing, a technique I perfected.
Whole brain harmonizing gets the four main parts of the brain
* the left brain (words, logic)
* the right brain (patterns, symbols)
* the mid-brain (emotions)
* and the brain stem (physical stimulation)
... in sync with each other.
You see, it is the conflict, the disharmony, the competing agendas of these four parts of the
brain that keep you from achieving your goals. No other goal-setting system systematically
and effectively gets all four parts of the brain "looking in the same direction" and working from
the same agenda.
Cybernetic Transposition does.
And it can bring you such results as to take your breath away.
Page 25

A Working Definition of the Magic

I define Cybernetic Transposition as
Putting yourself consciously in charge by creating effective communication between
your conscious and Unconscious Minds, by consciously transposing successes from
any part of your life into other ones where you consciously want to produce success,
resolving self-defeating Unconscious habit patterns into ones that support you and by
creating effective conscious communication with the part of you that knows what's right
for you.
Where did I get the two words that make up the term?
Cybernetics is a term created by the incredibly brilliant Norbert Wiener who developed the
discipline and who I used to see wandering the halls of MIT. Cybernetics derives from the
Greek word for "steersman" or the person in control.
In a very real sense, our Unconscious Mind acts as our massively powerful, massively parallel
computer comprised of about 100 billion tiny computers called neurons. Usually, our
Conscious Minds are pretty much irrelevant to the functioning of our Unconscious.
Ill be teaching you to change that, to bring your Conscious Mind into the loop so it, in a
sense, becomes the steersman.
So the first part of the definition is helping people to be more human rather than acting like
machines that operate almost totally Unconsciously, out of conscious control.
Transposition is defined as the process of interchanging. In our case, we are taking a memory
of success in one aspect of life or in the same aspect at a different time in life and transposing it
to create success in a different aspect and/or time.
Now that you have been introduced to the name of the process, lets move on to discovering
how to use it to manifest your highest dreams.
Ready?
How do you rate this so far?

Page 26

How would you rate your interest in this new method so far?
To keep your conscious and Unconscious on the same page, Im going to ask you to check
out your intuitive feelings on that familiar 1 to 10 scale from time to time.
This will help you step out of the ranks of the millions with poor internal communication.
When you sharply improve your ability to tell your Unconscious Mind what you really want,
its going to respond eagerly. No more guessing. No more hit or miss. You'll give it an
assignment and it will go to work for you instantly.
Just imagine all the money you'll be making shortly!
As you learn this process, your Unconscious will be experimenting. Every time it tries
something, the job of your Conscious Mind will be let it know how well that fits what you
want. If the fit isnt good, then it will try something else. Eventually, through trial and error,
you will get the two working together to get you what you want.
This will be a lot like the pilot on your last flight. No matter where you were flying to, that
pilot drifted off course a few timessometimes intentionally, such as to avoid bad weather
but he later always went back on course so he got you where you wanted to go.
Your conscious and Unconscious will work in similar ways. I'll explain it all to you as we
travel through this book.
And what, you ask, are you going to be measuring on the 1 to 10 scale?
Desirability a 1 means totally undesirable, the pits and a 10 means totally
desirable, wouldnt change it for all the tea in China its perfect for me.
Difficulty a 1 means nearly automatic and 10 means nearly impossible based
on logic and experience.
Right now, how do you rate your desire to know the three steps to more money fast that I am
about to teach you?
Are you at a 10 meaning totally desirable! or lower?
If youre not at a 10 right now, then maybe you have a belief or two that This isnt possible
for me or This cant work for me.
Page 27

Whatever comes up for you is fine. No matter what you think right now, by the time you finish
this book, youre going to know exactly how to use the powers of your own mind to gets lots
of money for anythingfast!
Interested?
Anything Is Possible
Heres a quick, inspiring story to give you a hint of what is possible with the methods youll be
learning in this book
Sam was an experienced programmer who had lost his job when his firm was
downsized after it had been acquired. While he was out of work, he spent his time
improving his skills but was getting pretty desperate as his savings began to dwindle.
Yet, despite submitting lots of resumes, no job came his way.
Using the Cybernetic Transposition Achievement Three-Step, Sam set an BA
Objective of getting a stimulating job at a 10 percent increase in salary. After
practicing for a few weeks, Sam was talking with his instructor in a programming
course he was taking. The conversation continued after class, leading to a request by
the instructor for Sams resume.
Two weeks later, Sam was hired by his instructors firm. They were so eager for
someone with his skills that they gave Sam an offer that included a salary 12 percent
higher than his previous job.
At this point, you might start considering what you want to have, do, or be.
Youll refine your target as you go through this material, but why not begin dreaming right
now?
What do you want, anyway?
Heres another story to jump-start your desires .
Mary decided to form her own training firm. Using the Cybernetic Transposition
techniques in only 8 days she got a $20,000 contract.
Page 28

How much do you want, anyway?

And what do you want it for?
Here's yet another quick story for you
John worked as a bus company manager. Despite management's desire to avoid
raises, he decided he wanted a 15% raise. So he did the basic Cybernetic
Transposition technique and, without planning, walked into his manager's office. He
walked out with exactly the raise he wanted to get.
Well, what do you want?
Three Steps to More Cash

Youre about to learn how a tried and tested three step process can transform your world and
bring you all the riches youve ever imagined.
Ive proven this method will work by testing it on 50,000 people. Now youre going to prove it
will work for you.
First, let me introduce you to the basic three steps:
1.
Create a Target that defines what you want, one that is clearly understood by all
aspects of your Unconscious Mind.
Think of the bulls eye of an archery target with its concentric circles enclosing
a central red circle. Your Unconscious Mind needs something as clear as that
circle, a target that indicates exactly what you want.
2.
Prioritize your Target Flag it so that you will remain Unconsciously focused on it
while you get on with your normal activities.
Imagine a large crowd of people, all dressed alike in gray. Now picture one of
them holding up your highly graphic bulls eye target with the bright red center.
Chances are, the target is what will catch your eye. Thats what happens in
your Unconscious Mind when you have appropriately prioritized your target.
Page 29

3.
Resolve any self-defeating Unconscious habit patterns that can prevent you from
achieving your target.
Your Unconscious habits govern what you normally do in a situation. The
most efficient way to go through life is to do a lot of things on automatic except when
those automatic habit patterns get in the way. In other words, most people have
Unconscious mechanisms that sabotage their desire to hit the target. When you clear
those, you are free to hit the mark.
Think about driving a car
Most of what you do requires little conscious attention. You attend to the traffic, whats
on the radio, the time, etc. You dont pay much attention to the numerous minor
steering corrections, evaluating your distance from the cars on your right or left,
slowing to adjust to the car in front of you, etc.
Now, remember what it was like when you first learned to drive. Every single
thing required a conscious decision. Remember how tiring that was? Didnt
your palms sweat? Didnt you hold your breath a lot?
The difference is that now, through repetition, you have created Unconscious
habit patterns that operate automatically, making things much easier. Those
Unconscious habit patterns persist, seemingly forever. Thats why we say, You
never forget how to ride a bike. Youre never going to forget how to drive a
car, are you?
But driving a car is a simple example. And youve already accomplished it,
most likely.
But what about the things you wantlike more moneythat you dont yet
have? What keeps stopping you from achieving that goal?
Some of your persistent, Unconscious habit patterns dont work well for you
any more. They can automatically block you from getting what you want.
They are probably even operating right now, keeping you from getting
more money (or any other target).
Page 30

For example, an infant learns to cry when it is hungry. Crying is very effective
for an infant. Cry, and someone pretty quickly comes to meet your needs. But
this automatic response loses its effectiveness as we grow older. Think of
someone youve seen in your business life. Theyre frustrated because theyre
not getting what they want. Their voice gets louder, they get red in the face,
maybe they even wave their arms around or pound on a table
Just like an infant when it is frustrated.
Why? The Unconscious habit pattern they learned as an infant is still working
but now its working against them.
For you to be successful at things that seem impossible, those inappropriate
Unconscious patterns have to be changed into new habits that enhance
your ability to get what you want.
I call that resolving Unconscious habit patterns Clearing the
Unconscious of whatever prevents you from achieving your target. Its the third
step in this magical 3-step process. Its fun. And its very, very powerful.
There you have it.
Those are the basic steps to what I call The Basic Achievement Three Step.
Its one of the two powerful techniques in Cybernetic Transposition.
And you thought this was going to be hard!
Quick Summary The Three Step

Just to be sure were on the same page, lets review what you just learned on the Cybernetic
Transposition Three-Step Process.
1. Create a Target defining what you want that is clearly understood by all major aspects of
your Unconscious Mind.
2. Prioritize your target so that you remain focused on it while you get on with your normal
activities.
Page 31

3. Resolve any Unconscious habit patterns that would normally prevent you from achieving
your target.
What Skills Will You Need For The Basic Achievement Three-Step?
Youre probably wondering what youre going to have to pack to make all your dreams come
true.
Well, not much.
Actually, they are very familiar skills that you already learned in school:
1. reading
2. writing
3. editing
They also include two very important ones that youve learned simply by living:
4. separating things into logical groupings
5. being aware of whether things feel right for you or not.
Thats it!
One Last Thing

You dont have to believe this is going to work.
You probably have your doubts. You probably want to raise a ton of money fast but are highly
suspicious that this method will work for you.
Well, Ive taught my seminar to over 50,000 people. Even the ones who didnt believe this
would work still got results.
The truth is this:
Page 32

1. If you have a modest goal or target, you can use the Basic three steps weve been
talking about to achieve it.
2. If you have what feels like an impossible desire, you can use the Super Achievement
process to achieve it.
Either way, your results are just waiting for you!
You ought to be at a 10 on the desire to know everything about Cybernetic Transposition
right now!
Page 33

Chapter Two
Basic Achievement Step 1:
How to Set Your First Target
My goal is to be rich by the end of the year.
My goal is to get more money fast!
My goal is to have Donald Trump owing me money.
Those might be called goals, but chances are high that the person saying them will never
achieve them.
Why?
Because they simply arent good targets. They are far too vague, and anyone that sets goals
like these is not making use of their greatest asset the power of their Unconscious Mind.
In this chapter, youll move far beyond typical goal setting, and learn to create the kind of
target that practically pulls you to it.
Setting Goals The Results Arent Pretty

Id like you to cast your mind back to one of those failed New Years Resolutions youve
made (or some other goal you havent achieved, if youre wise enough to forgo the folly so
typical of December 31st).
Remember what happened afterward? The internal struggle, the battle between your old
habits and your new dream, finally culminating in giving up on your dream and then that
horrible feeling of being weak and a failure?
And yet when we set the goal, it seemed so reasonable to expect that we could achieve it all
we needed was a little willpower and some good old-fashioned gumption.
When will we ever learn?
Page 34

Forget About Goals Set a Target

Now, imagine what it would be like if there was a way to let go of the struggle and strain of
trying to accomplish your goals.
Wouldnt it be better to have the kind of target that is so clear and compelling that youre
drawn to it like a magnet?
Is that really possible?

Its true, most peoples experience with setting goals is negative. It brings up images of toil
and hard work definitely not fun or enjoyable. But Im here to tell you it doesnt have to be
that way.
It doesnt have to be if you understand the inner workings of the human mind and my guess
is that no one has explained to you how the mind functions like Im about to in this chapter.
You see, in the past, when you stated a desire and tried to achieve it, you didnt know that
other parts of you may have other desires.
But Im getting ahead of myself
The next eight chapters will teach you how to use the Cybernetic Transposition Basic
Achievement Three Step Process to attain any challenging (but not impossible) desire you
may have. (Youll learn the Super Achievement Process later for the impossible desires.)
In this and the next chapter, you'll identify your Basic Achievement (BA) Objective, or what
you want to achieve. (Later, we will typically refer to the Basic Achievement Objective as the
BA Objective.) Then we'll work on converting it into a Target that all the major parts of your
Conscious Mind and Unconscious Mind will agree on and support.
Creating your target is just the first step in the Cybernetic Transposition Achievement ThreeStep Process. There are two more steps in the next two chapters.
Page 35

When you put all three of them together, your Target becomes irresistibly attractive. In fact,
you'll find all portions of your mind working together to draw you inescapably towards your
Basic Achievement Target!
Are you ready?
How to Set Your Target

Why do you have inner parts that may not want the same goal you say you want?
In other words, why do you sometimes self-sabotage your own best efforts?
Why does money keep evading you, anyway?
Ill explain it to you. This is something virtually no one has ever understood.
Your brains activities are divided among four different unconscious systems, each involving a
major part of your brain. Usually these parts of your brain are pulling you in different
directions because they each speak a different language:
The right brain is fluent in patterns of arrangement, pattern, rhythm, and sound.
The left brain's language is made up of words and logic.
The midbrain communicates in emotions.
The brainstems language consists of physical stimulus and response.
Your rhythm section, the part of the brain that speaks the language of patterns, rhythm,
and sound, is popularly known as the right brain.
The words and logic brain is sometimes called the left brain.
The emotionally fluent section is the midbrain.
Page 36

And the part that responds to physical stimulus is the brainstem.

You have probably experienced them all working together in harmonyand sometimes in
conflict, battling and even sabotaging each other.
Why Dieting Sucks

This example ought to strike home for you:
Suppose you decide to go on a diet and write a resolution (words and logic).
But when you arrive at the dinner table, you Unconsciously grab a hot, fresh roll and bite into
it before realizing that it will delay reaching your weight-loss goal (physical stimulus: sitting
down to dinner and response: eating a roll).
Perhaps you get upset at yourself, muttering some obscenity (emotions) and, in response,
rededicate yourself to holding to your diet (words and logic again).
You refuse the potatoes and gravy (words and logic) and feel better about yourself. (emotions).
But pretty soon, something seems to be missing (your patterns are being violated).
Meat without potatoes? You think (words and logic), Where are the potatoes? Potatoes go
with meat (pattern).
Do you get a feel for what is happening? Do you sense the inner contradictions?
No wonder dieting doesnt work!
Relax. It can be another way.
Why Money Used To Evade You

But dieting isnt the only place this inner disharmony takes place
Annie is a remarkably competent person - except at making
money. She was at the top of her class in law school and in
Page 37

getting an MBA. But whenever she starts to approach success

with money, her Unconscious habit patterns block her.
In watching her, it's almost like she's a piece of metal
being drawn to a magnet. But, anywhere from the beginning to
just before she gets a big win, she turns away as if
attracted by another magnet that's drawing her off course.
That's her self-defeating Unconscious habit pattern at work.
On the other hand, she spends money like she has all the
money that she would earn if she were in Unconscious
alignment.
Or consider this
Have you ever watched somebody torpedo them self when they
were interviewing for a job or asking for a raise?
Somehow they say or do exactly the wrong thing, the one
thing that absolutely ensures that they will fail.
Of course, they didn't want or plan to fail. They just ran
into a powerful example of Unconscious disharmony, a
self-defeating Unconscious habit pattern that totally
conflicted with what they consciously wanted.
Are you beginning to get the picture here?
Unless all of you is in alignment to get what you want, you will in most cases find some way
to sabotage your efforts.
Youll blame society, or your parents, or your spouse, or anyonebut the real culprit is right
inside you!
WARNING: Unless you can persuade all four parts of your brain to pursue your goal, you
probably wont achieve it! And whenever you fail to achieve your goal, you establish and
reinforce a pattern. Its called trying and failing, a familiar experience for most people.
Page 38

When your four brain systems are not in harmony, it's like the old Keystone Cops films, with
everyone running in different directions. (Except it doesnt feel funny when its happening
inside you!)
However, when the four brain systems are working in harmony, it's like the San Francisco
'49ers winning Super Bowl after Super Bowl in the 80s.
The Cybernetic Transposition Basic Achievement (BA) Three-Step will harmonize these four
parts of your brain so you can more easily achieve the modestly challenging things that you
want.
The Cybernetic Transposition Super Achievement (SA) Three-Step will harmonize these
parts of your brain to an even higher efficiency, helping you achieve seemingly impossible SA
Objectives.
In other words, youre about to get all parts of your team to work together to help you
achieve the target you choose.
How to Get Mentally Aligned

Youre going to be delighted at how easy it is to get the different parts of your mind working
together.
The most effective way to harmonize the different parts of your mind is to start with a
remembered experience and rewrite it so it exactly describes what you want.
In other words, you daydream or rewrite an actual memory into a perfect picture using your
remarkable skill of hindsight.
Let me explain:
Your memories already exist in all four languages that your brain speaks. When you modify
a memory so that the words and logic, rhythm and sound patterns, emotional responses, and
imagined physical behavior seem just right to you, then you bring your Conscious Mind and
Unconscious minds into harmony and line them all up to support what you are imagining.
You realign your energies.
For example, Im remembering my biggest sales month...
Page 39

Im sitting at my desk in Santa Barbara, enjoying the cool breeze and warm sun,
and looking at the wire transfer report from my bank that shows I have received
a $170,000 payment.
Im reflecting on the fact that I worked only five days to earn that much. But I
also had three days of hard travel, during one of which my back started hurting
terribly.
The pain got so bad that I was wheeled out of the airplane in a wheelchair, and
a doctor was waiting for me at my hotel.
He wanted to operate immediately, but I refused, so he gave me some morphine
to tide me over.
Despite the pain, I was able to perform five days of training with outstanding
results. However, it was a triumph of will. I was really in agony. I couldnt even
lie down to sleep. Im still feeling the pain as I sit here a week later.
Frankly, at the time, I would have traded the money for alleviation of the pain.
Note the words and logic, patterns, emotions, and physical stimulus and response in the
preceding passage. Each sentence contains one or more of these languages.
However, the pain, lack of sleep, and my willingness to trade $170,000 for the absence of the
pain are Blockers, indicating that Im lacking harmony in that remembered experience.
If I dont resolve those conflicts, I will probably sabotage my efforts to reach any related goals.
If this had been your experience, how would you rate it on an intuitive desirability scale, 1 to
10, where 10 is perfectly desirable?
For me, it was just a 2.
So if Im going to build a positive, ideal daydream out of these events, Ill have to eliminate
some things and add others.
In short, Ill have to rewrite the past.
Page 40

See how I did it below. Ive added and subtracted some things. (The additions are indicated
below in boldface, the subtractions are crossed out.)
Im sitting at my desk in Santa Barbara, enjoying the cool breeze and warm sun
and looking at the wire transfer report from my bank that shows I have received
a $170,000 payment.
Im reflecting on the fact that I worked only five days to earn that much. But I
also had three days of hard travel, during one of which my back started hurting
terribly.
The pain got so bad that I was wheeled out of the airplane in a wheelchair, and
a doctor was waiting for me at my hotel.
He wanted to operate immediately, but I refused, so he gave me some morphine
to tide me over.
Despite the pain, I was able to perform five days of training with outstanding
results. However, it was a triumph of will. I was really in agony. I couldnt even
lie down to sleep. Im still feeling the pain as I sit here a week later.
Frankly, at the time, I would have traded the money for alleviation of the pain.
Now that Im home, Im really enjoying being with my sons and relaxing
some. Im feeling great and very pleased with my performance.
That seems much better to me. In fact, it seems just right. So Ill give it a 10 on the
desirability scale.
This 10 indicates that all four of my brain parts are working in harmony. Thats what I want.
Did I change anything in my factual past by modifying the memory? Of course not.
But if I want to tell my Unconscious what I want in the future, will I get better results with the
original memory or with my modified imaginary scene?
Obviously, the modified one.
Page 41

In the Cybernetic Transposition Basic Achievement Three-Step, you use a perfect, modified
memory as an instruction to your Unconscious. You show your Unconscious where you want
to go.
When all four parts of your brain are in harmony and focused on your Target, youre headed
straight for achievement. Thats something like setting the autopilot in an airplane. Assuming
that the planes control systems are paying attention to the autopilot and there are no
mountains to fly into, the autopilot will take you straight to your intended destination.
(In Chapter Three you will learn to make sure that your Unconscious pays attention to your
Target by prioritizing it. In Chapter Four, youll learn to fly over the mountains (Blockers) that
might otherwise block you from reaching your BA Target.)
Any way you look at it, once youve completed this process, nothingnot even a mountain
is going to stop you!
Page 42

The Trick to Setting Your Basic Achievement Target

Okay, I know youre eager to dive into Step 1, but Im going to ask you to be patient for just a
few more minutes. I need to introduce you to the technique that is going to get you what you
want.
This trick is an indispensable part of the process.
What I just did above was create what I call a Metastory. You start with a relevant but not
100% great experience that youve actually had. Then you consciously modify it into a
perfect picture, an Imaginary Experience that you use to show your Unconscious what you
want. Thats a Metastory.
Let me walk you through what I mean:
Think of a time in your life where you received money.
Got the image?
Now, was the experience 100% perfect for you? Did anything happen around it that you might
call negative?
Good.
(Yes, I said good. Anything you recalled will be useful material. Its all good.)
Now take that experience and rewrite it so the negative isnt there anymore, as I did with my
own experience earlier. I rewrote it into what I call a Metastorya perfect version of what
really happened. Go ahead and give it a try now re-write your past until it feels, as Tony the
Tiger would say, Grrrrreat!
Note: Throughout this book, Ill be asking you to engage in assignments. Each
assignment will build on the last, and it will be impossible for you to get the full value
from this book without active participation in these exercises. The act of writing will help
you to get crystal clear on what you want, and clarity is critical if you want to reach your
Target.
Page 43

Since your Unconscious cannot tell the difference between a real or imagined event, it will
record what you just wrote as real.
After all, what does it know? It makes you squirm or scream at a movie, where you know
nothing is really happening! It makes you wake up in a cold sweat because of a disturbing
dreamwhich wasnt real!
Metastories are a fun and powerful way to rewrite your past and give your mind new
instructions. Your mind now has a very desirable memory surrounding generating money.
In Chapter 3, youll learn how to prioritize a Metastory, so that your Unconscious will home
in on your Target. (But well get to that later.)
In the example I gave you of modifying my original memory into a 10 Metastory, I was
automatically harmonizing the four parts of my Conscious Mind and Unconscious minds. By
doing this, I was turning the energy of conflict into productive Unconscious cooperation that
clearly and effectively targeted what I consciously wanted to achieve.
In short, I got all my ducks in a row.
This will all become clearer in a few moments
How to Create a Metastory That Is a Target

In the assignment you just finished, you had the experience of creating a Metastory. However,
a Metastory must be polished and refined before it can serve as a Target. Thats what youll
learn to do now.
Lets assume that you have already figured out what you want, meaning you have defined your
BA Objective. You then create a Metastory that gets all four parts of your mind in harmony
with your BA Objective.
Heres an example from my life, one that arose from the BA Objective that I described earlier:
Id like to have my biggest sales month ever.
Page 44

Go ahead and write down a BA Objective of your own right now, so you can follow
along with me.
1. As you think about your BA Objective, notice what comes to mind and write it down.
For example, as I thought about my BA Objective, I remembered sitting at my desk,
reflecting on my biggest income month to date. So I wrote:
Im sitting at my desk, reflecting on my biggest income
month to date.
When you focus on what you want, a similar thing will happen.
As you continue focusing on your BA Objective, your memories will expand. Keep writing
down the additional feelings, thoughts, and memories that come to you.
For example, what came up when I thought of Id like to have my biggest sales month
ever was partly the memory I just described and partly my thoughts about it:
Im sitting at my desk in Santa Barbara, enjoying the cool

breeze and warm sun and looking at the wire transfer
report from my bank that shows I have received a
$170,000 payment.
Im reflecting on the fact that I only worked five days to
earn that amount. But I also had three days of hard travel,
during one of which my back started hurting terribly.
Despite the pain, I was able to perform five days of
training with outstanding results. However, it was a
triumph of will. Frankly, at the time, I would have traded
the money for alleviation of the pain.
Page 45

2. Rate the perfection of your "perfect" memory, using the 1 to 10 Desirability scale,
where 10 means "so great, I wouldn't change it for a million dollars" and "1" means
"so awful I don't even want to think about it."
For example, I said to myself: I like the money I earned, but I dont like remembering
the pain. So Ill rate that a 2. The pain was so intense, I shudder when I remember it.
3. If you rated your Metastory less than 10 for Desirability, put your imagination to
work and produce an imaginary "perfect 10" version of the same scene.
To do this, first home in on whats really bothering you in the memory. Then change it! Start
by circling or underlining the words or phrases that describe negative things about the
experience, that trigger Blockers.
For example, I have underlined what really bothers me about the memory I described above.
$170,000 payment.
earn that amount. But I also had three days of hard travel,
during one of which my back started hurting terribly.
Despite the pain, I was able to perform five days of
Now, change each of the marked words or phrases until the negative feelings disappear (these
feelings are examples of what I call Blockers well go into these in more detail later on).
Use the skill popularly known as "hindsight." (Everyone is an expert at that!) In short, rewrite
your past.
Page 46

For example, Im editing the underlined parts until I really like the result. Im adding
and subtracting parts. The new words are in boldface and what Ive subtracted is
crossed out.

$170,000 payment.
earn that amount and that I really enjoyed the snowy
weather in Sweden while doing that. But I also had
three days of hard travel, during one of which my back
started hurting terribly.
Im really pleased with myself as I reflect on the fact
that Despite the pain, I was able to perform five days of
Im looking forward to the seven days of training that
I have scheduled next month and the $225,000 Ill
earn from that.
4. Repeat the circling/underlining and rewriting as many times as it takes for you to hit
a 10 on the Desirability scale for your entire Target.
For example, while what I came up with above seems pretty good, it felt like something
was missing so I rated that version as only 8 on the desirability scale.
Now Ill modify things again and come up with a 10 version. (Again, the new words
are in boldface this time I didnt subtract anything.)
Page 47


$170,000 payment.
weather in Sweden while doing that.
Im really pleased with myself as I reflect on the fact that
I was able to perform five days of training with
outstanding results.
Im also very pleased that I achieved the BA Objective
that I set for myself of working no more than ten days
a month, leaving lots of time to be with my kids.
Now Ill have another three weeks with them, and Im
filled with joy and happiness at the thought.
And, with that in mind, Im looking forward to the
seven days of training that I have scheduled next month
and the $225,000 Ill earn from that.
Im very pleased with that. In fact, its definitely a 10 for me. So that becomes my
Target.
How did you do? (You did do this exercise, didnt you?)
Would You Like $60 Million?
Page 48

It would be great to suddenly receive $60,000,000, wouldnt it?

Or would it?
Do you have any idea what suddenly getting $60,000,000 would feel like to you?
Would you rate the experience as a 1 or 10 for you? Is this really you? Does it seem real for
you or is it a scene in a movie, something out of a book for you?
Be careful if you said 10.
False 10s are Imaginary Experiences that you rate a perfect 10 and that seem
outrageously wonderfultoo wonderful, in fact.
When you really look at your feelings about them, what they describe doesn't seem to have
much to do with you. They are too fantastic or you dont feel connected with them.
For example, suppose you are now earning $60,000 per year and you come up with a
Metastory that depicts you suddenly earning $60 million per year.
You probably have no real idea of what earning $60 million would be like. Its easy to think of
the positive things such wealth would bring, but youve probably never considered the many
negatives and what youd have to do to earn $60 million. Or how you would manage that
amount of money if you did make it. (For example, many lottery winners end up bankrupt after
receiving their millions of dollars.)
In other words, you probably dont connect with the reality of earning $60 million. You have a
nagging feeling that somethings not righta sign of conflict.
But if you change your Metastory to doubling or tripling your current income, it would
probably be much easier to imagine what you would be doing and what your life would be
like.
Doubling or tripling your income would probably be an appropriate perfect Metastory, but
earning $60 million per year is probably not realistic enough to work for youyet .
If, however, you really do want to earn $60 million a year, you can probably get there in
smaller steps. Each step will be extremely ambitious, but still reasonable. (Though, when you
Page 49

look at what you would lose by changing your lifestyle so drastically, you may decide its not
what you want.)
How do you tell if youre on track with your desires?
Heres a tip:
You're on solid ground as long as the seemingly impossible elements
include an intuitive feeling that they are reasonable and "right for you."
If a 10 Target seems absolutely perfect for you at this time in your life, dont reject it just
because youve never before achieved this result.
After all, maybe $60,000,000 is right for you at this time. I cant judge that for you.
Just remember that any BA Target as challenging as doubling or tripling your income or
even much, much morewill almost certainly require the Super Achievement techniques
youll learn later on in this book for its accomplishment.
The good news is the Metastory is the basic building block of both the Basic Achievement and
Super Achievement techniques, so youre learning a tool youll need to create the results you
want.
Either way, you win!
Now Its Time to Create Your Basic Achievement Target

How hard do you think it will be to reach your BA Objective?
The Basic Achievement process works very well to achieve modestly difficult BA Objectives.
On a scale of 1 to 10, with 10 being impossible based on logic and experience and 1 nearly
automatic, this should be no tougher than a 4.
Or, if youd prefer, think of a problem youd like to solve using the BA Processes something
in your life that seems no tougher than a 4 on that same 1 to 10 scale.
Page 50

Again, remember that the Cybernetic Transposition Basic Achievement Three-Step works
with BA Objectives that are only modestly difficult.
Ready to create one for yourself right now?
Lets begin:
1.
Write your BA Objective on a piece of paper. This BA Objective should describe the
end result you are looking for. For example:
If you want to earn at least $5,000 more this year, your BA Objective would be: I will
earn at least $5,000 more this year.
If you want to get a new job that pays 10 percent more than your present one, your BA
Objective would be By (date), I will be in a new job that pays 10 percent or more than
my present one.
If you want to get your bills done in time this month to avoid late fees but always seem
to miss the due date, your BA Objective would be: This month, I will get my bill
payments mailed in time to avoid late fees.
2. Respond to what youve written. React to it. Notice what memories or imaginary
scenes come up in your mind. What are your feelings, ideas, reservations,
enthusiasms?
3. Write a description of that memory or imaginary scene. This can be like a screenplay.
Imagine and describe yourself performing the tasks and achieving the results you
want.
If what pops up in your mind is an idea, such as achieving my best income month ever,
imagine what that would be like, and write a description.
If youre solving a problem, such as paying my bills on time this month to avoid late
fees, imagine what that would be like, and write a description.
4. Check that it involves only your own actions. Be sure that what you have described
involves only your own actions. This means that you are proactive, doing a specific thing
to produce a specific result. However, if you have previously done something that
produced the desired result, and that result involved the reactions of others, then this is
Page 51

an okay Target, even if your success depends on a particular behavior or response from
other people.
For example, in the movie Don Juan de Marco, Johnnie Depp plays a modern-age Don
Juan. He seems to know how to charm any woman.
It would therefore be okay for this imaginary Don Juan to set a Basic Achievement
Target that involves charming a particular woman.
Whatever he does involves only his own actions and perceptions. He clearly already
possesses the necessary skills. In fact, achieving his goal would probably rate only a
1 in difficulty for this character, given the responses of the women in the movie.
If your Target doesnt focus only on your actions, underline or circle whatever youve written
that involves the actions of others. Then rewrite what youve marked until your description
meets this criterion
5. Rate how Desirable your memory or imaginary scene is to you. Dont intellectualize.
Go with your gut feeling, and use intuitive thinking.
1 <X> 10
Undesirable
................................
Highly Desirable
If your Desirability rating is less than 10, read through your description and mark any word
or groups of words that makes it less than perfectly Desirable. Rewrite what you have marked
until the Target becomes a 10 in Desirability.
6. Test for a False 10. Yes, youve painted a rosy picture, an ideal accomplishment. But,
if you get a nagging feeling that what you have described is unrealistic or just too good to
be trueif you recognize that on some level you have a nagging feeling that somethings
wrong, that its not right for yougo back and reread your description because that
nagging feeling makes it less than a 10. Mark any word or groups of words that are
keeping you from achieving a true 10. Then rewrite what you have marked until the
false 10 feelings disappear. Keep this up until you have not the smallest reservation.
7. Rate how Difficult it would normally be (prior to what I have described in this book)
for you to produce this result.
1 <X> 10
Page 52

Easy/Automatic
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Impossible
If your difficulty rating is more than 4, modify your Target so it remains a 10 in Desirability
while dropping to a 4 or less in difficulty. This may involve removing part of the Target.
If modifying your Target would ruin it, put it aside. (It may provide a perfect starting
point for a Super Achievement Target.)
8. Take out some insurance.
When you improve your conscious communication with your Unconscious Mind, it is very
wise to take precautions to ensure that you don't unintentionally misdirect your Unconscious.
I have found that inserting the following phrase at the end of your written Target will be
enough to keep you on track with the part of you that knows what is best for you, your source
of integrity.
Please make this happen in ways that are for the highest good of me and of everyone else
involved.
For example:
Im sitting in my new and highly attractive office,

enjoying the feel of my leather executive chair.
Im looking at a memo confirming my hiring at a salary
that is 10 percent higher than my previous job and am
savoring the list of my new functions that include only
ones that I enjoy and am good at.
My new boss has just stuck his head in the door,
welcoming me with a big smile and an invitation to drop
into his office and chat.
Im looking forward to working here.
Page 53

Please make this happen in ways that are for the

highest good of me and of everyone else involved.
By using this phrase, which was first documented by Socrates, you are addressing yourself to
your seat of integrity and the source of your inner knowing of what's right and proper for you.
To me, that's a very powerful, positive, and effective way of taking care of yourself.
And using it, all of the more than 50,000 people who have learned this process have reported
only positive effects.
Do It Now!
Right now, add this sentence to your Basic Achievement written Target:
Please make this happen in ways that are
for the highest good of me and of everyone
else involved.
If you want, a variation of the above insurance policy looks like this:
Please make this or something better happen in ways that are
for the highest good of me and of all concerned.
Either way, be sure you use one or the other statement.
What You Just Learned

In this chapter, we covered the four major parts of your brain, why you need to harmonize
them if you want to consistently achieve what you want, and how to do so. We also covered
how to establish a BA Target by starting with a BA Objective, and then creating a Metastory.
Right now you should have a written Metastory in handsomething you are excited about and
ready to see materialize in your lifefast!
Page 54

Whats Next?
In Chapter Two-B, Ill be presenting the Basic Achievement Targeting Process from a
different perspective. By the end of 2-B, youll have a much broader understanding of how to
create a Metastory and Target, and how this process can be used to accomplish many different
kinds of objectives, including improving family relationships.
Page 55

Chapter Two B
Setting Effective Basic Achievement Targets
Step One of the Cybernetic Transposition
Three-Step
As I noted in the Introduction, I have repeatedly found that explaining the same process from
multiple different points of view is extremely effective.
As they say, The proof is in the pudding. Well, the effectiveness of this method is such that
in the most recent Super Achiever Coaching Programs (SACP11, SACP12, SACP13 and
SACP14), 100% of the participants who did at least most of the assigned work achieved their
seemingly impossible SA Objective on their very first try. (The long-term success rate is
greater than 95%.)
So I decided to take the same approach in this Second Edition of How to Get Lots of Money
for Anything Fast.
Chapter Two B is the first example of that.
So lets take a somewhat different look at what I covered in Chapter Two.
Consciously Choosing Where Youre Headed

Theres a Sufi saying, If you dont know where youre going, any road will take you there.
From a conscious perspective, that pretty well describes the way that most people go through
life. Their Unconscious mind is driving the bus and they dont know where its headed. They
and you are essentially completely run by Unconscious habit patterns.
Unconscious habit patterns even determine what flows into your conscious mind. You cant be
consciously aware of anything that your Unconscious does not send to your conscious mind.
And the decision of what you should consciously know is the result of other Unconscious habit
patterns.
On some level, youre certainly aware that Unconscious habit patterns run you.
Page 56

For example, havent you ever said, That pushed my hot button? The event that you
call, pushed my hot button was the stimulus that started a specific Unconscious
habit pattern operating, a process that took place entirely Unconsciously. But, in
retrospect, you can see the pattern of stimulus and response when you think about it.
If you dont know where your Unconscious has you headed, youre at the mercy of your
Unconscious instead of managing and directing your Unconscious to give you what you
consciously want.
And, if thats the case, the result can be that you conclude its impossible to get what you want.
Or, putting it another way, if you do what youve always Unconsciously done, youll get what
youve always gotten.
So if you want your life filled with much greater abundance, you have to change what your
Unconscious is doing to what you consciously want.
The good news is that via even the simplified implementation of the Cybernetic Transposition
Three-Step comprising the Basic Achievement Processes, presented in Chapters One through
Five, you can often take a significant degree of conscious control of your life.
The aspect of the Cybernetic Transposition Three-Step Process Im about to show you in this
chapter is Step 1, setting a very precise BA Target thats harmoniously held by your
Conscious Mind and the major aspects of your Unconscious.
In the following chapters, Ill show you Step 2, how to prioritize your BA Target in a way that
you already know works. And Step 3, two powerful ways of changing your self-defeating
Unconscious habit patterns, your Blockers, into self-supporting habits that will aid you in
realizing your BA Target.
Here goes. To set a BA Target, do the following.
1.
Write a brief list of what you want to accomplish.

For the purpose of this illustration, lets assume that what you want to accomplish
includes three points:
1. Staying calm and positive when your child knocks over an expensive lamp or the cake
you just prepared.
Page 57

2. Asking him or her how and why that happened.

3. Working with him or her to design a much better solution that seems very workable to
both of you.
2.
Home in on the first difficult or seemingly impossible thing on that list. That is,
what you think should come first timewise.
In this case, if it were me when my daughters were young, the very first thing would be
to stay calm and positive when my child broke something that was dear to me.
Make sure that you choose a single very precise thing and record it.
3.
Remember a time when you were experiencing something close to the positive
response you just described. It could be in a very different context and thats fine.
Record what you get.
In this case, I want to home in on a time when I was with my child and felt very calm,
positive and loving. In this example, Ill call my child Susan.
I home in on and record the following experience:
On Susans third birthday, I got up, walked into her room and looked at her beautiful
face while she was still sleeping. I instantly felt an incredible sense of loving. It was so
strong that I started softly crying. I also felt calm and very positive inside as I recalled
that I had finished all but the final preparations for her birthday party and I felt a
happy sense of anticipation and joy as I contemplated her face when she saw the cake
Id made.
4.
(By way of definition, I will often use the term Frame to mean to separate what
is of interest from everything else going on in your mind, similar to the way a
picture Frame separates whats within it from the wall and everything else on it. A
very powerful way of framing is writing.)
Now, using your wonderfully powerful skill of hindsight, edit the written
description you just recorded in step 3 to demonstrate you expressing the same
sort of feelings in the situation you described in step 2.
Page 58

Be sure to use the present tense.

This explicitly frames your conscious intent in a way that starts to form a Preliminary
BA Target.
Thus, continuing with my example, I might write:
Susan just broke my favorite Chinese dish while she was running around. I look at her
stricken face and remember the incredible sense of loving I felt for her on her third
birthday. As I did then, I feel calm and very positive inside as I realize that Susan is
incredibly more important and wonderful to me than the dish and that I can always get
a new dish if I choose. I feel a sense of positive anticipation as I look forward to
discussing the situation with Susan and to jointly coming up with a way that will
prevent such accidents in the future.
Note two things about this description.
First, it is stated in the present tense. Stating things in your BA Target this way is very
important because your Unconscious lives in the now.
Second, It may very well seem difficult or impossible to achieve.
5.
Try to imagine yourself actually doing what you described in Step 4. As you do, be
alert for any other feelings of upset or impossibility, any Blockers operating. If and
when you experience any, describe them in writing along with your body reactions to
that imagined situation, any changes in your body from what you consider your
norm.
This explicitly Frames any signs of Unconscious conflict, any additional Blockers at
work.
In this case, I get a kneejerk angry reaction when I read that Susan has just
broken my favorite dish.
After all, Susan just broke my favorite dish. Isnt a little anger normal?
The answer is yes, it may be normal but anger doesnt feel good inside and if I
express it to Susan, things will go from bad to much worse.
Page 59

In this situation, my Unconscious habit pattern of becoming angry when

someone hurts me in this way is very self-defeating. In other words, Ive just
encountered one of my Blockers.
My hands want to clench into fists, my jaw clamps down, my mouth turns down,
my brow furrows and the back of my neck becomes extremely tense.
These are the changes in my body to which I referred above.
As I continue to read through my Preliminary BA Target, I feel despair at ever
being able to do this. It seems impossible.
I feel myself sighing. I feel my shoulders drooping, my head hanging a little bit
and a heaviness in the center of my chest.
Thats a second Blocker at work and those are the body feelings that
accompany its operation.
I Frame and record both my mental and emotional reactions that characterize
each of these Blocker operating and, most importantly, what I feel in my body
when those reactions occur.
6.
Read over your written description of what you want, your preliminary BA
Target, to identify the specific words or phrases that trigger these signs of
Unconscious conflict, these Blockers. Underline or circle these words or phrases.
The first trigger is broke my favorite dish and the second is I feel so calm
and positive inside.
When I read broke my favorite dish, I immediately experience a gut level
sense of loss.
When I read, I feel so calm and positive inside, my reaction is strongly
(expletive deleted) xz#!!!xzzz! NO!
7.
To the extent that you are now able, edit your preliminary BA Target by rewriting
the words or phrases that triggered the Blockers and anything else relevant until
you feel a sense of rightness and positivity when you read them.
In this very familiar process of editing what you have written until it intuitively seems
right, you are instructing your Unconscious to do what it has often done before: to
come up with alternatives to what you first recorded.
Page 60

As you continue to edit, you are instructing your Unconscious to keep coming up with
more acceptable alternatives, bridging the gap between what you consciously want and
your Unconscious habit patterns.
So I edit what I wrote in step 4 to the following (my changes are in bold type):
Today, Susan accidentally broke my favorite Chinese dish while she was
joyfully running around. I look at her stricken face and its clear to me that this
is an opportunity to turn negative into positive. As I ponder how to do that, I
remember the incredible sense of loving for her that I felt on the morning of
her third birthday. As I did then, I feel calm and very positive inside because I
know from experience that we can do this, together. I know absolutely
certainly that Susan is incredibly more important and wonderful than that
dish or any other material object - and that I can get a new dish if I choose to.
I feel a sense of positive anticipation of the joy that Susan and I will jointly feel
when we come up with a way that will prevent such accidents in the future.
Please make this happen in ways that are for the highest good of me and of all
concerned.
Note that I have added the critically important Insurance Statement that instructs your
Unconscious to implement your BA Target in ways that are appropriate for you and all
concerned.
As noted previously, you must always add the Insurance Statement to each of your BA
Targets in order for them to work effectively.
My written Preliminary BA Target is now a 10 in perfection and my Blockers feel a
lot less intense even though theyre still clearly operating.
8.
However, my Preliminary BA Target deals only with one very specific single
situation.
While that usually works for generating a certain amount of money, finding a perfect
home or relationship or writing a book, it doesnt work so well with respect to the
continuing type of situation Ive used as an example.
It doesnt work because the specific situation is already past. What I really want is to
react in the positive way Ive described whenever one of my children breaks or defaces
something of value to me.
Page 61

When constructing a BA Target dealing with this type of situation, one more step is
required: to generalize the Target.
Let me demonstrate with my Preliminary BA Target example. My final changes are in
bold type and, as you may note, I have further refined my Target in other ways.
Whenever any one of my children breaks or defaces something I value, I
remember the incredible sense of loving I felt for Susan on the morning of her
third birthday and for my other children on other occasions. As I did on those
occasions, I feel calm and very positive inside because I know from experience
that we can positively resolve things together. I know absolutely certainly that
my children are incredibly more important and wonderful to me than any
material object. I feel a sense of positive anticipation of the joy that they and I
will jointly feel when we come up with a way to prevent such accidents in the
future. Please make this happen in ways that are for the highest good of me and
of all concerned
I again check. Is this still a 10 in perfection for me?
The answer is absolutely yes.
So now I have created my BA Target.
What I Just Did

As I edited my BA Target, I sent strong communications to my Unconscious in the form of
This part of what I have written is right but that part needs to be changed.
My Unconscious responded by popping into my Conscious Mind proposed editing changes
which I intuitively accepted or rejected.
In reviewing these proposed edits, I sent messages to my Unconscious, accepting or rejecting
what it had proposed. When I rejected something, I almost instantly received revised edits from
my Unconscious. I kept this very rapid process up until the edits seemed right to me.
(This is what happens during the very normal process that occurs while you hold your pen
hovering over the paper until you are ready to write.)
Page 62

Finally, when I consciously said to myself, Thats right, my Unconscious responded by

either sending an intuitive not so and additional edits or an intuitive thats it message in the
form of feelings that my BA Target was very desirable and appropriate.
And when you, in turn, have accomplished that, you have created a BA Target that is
harmoniously held by your Conscious Mind and all of the major aspects of your Unconscious
except the aspects expressing the Blockers that youve identified (which Ill show you how
to resolve into harmonious and self-supporting habit patterns in Chapter Four - C.)
The harmony will be evident in your Unconscious Minds feedback to your Conscious Mind
in the form of feelings of desirability, appropriateness, joy and loving. That will be your
Unconscious answering your implied question, Is this perfect for me?
So now you have created a BA Target thats harmoniously held by your Conscious Mind and
the relevant parts of your Unconscious other than those expressing the Blockers. As Step 3
of the Cybernetic Transposition Three-Step, you will need to resolve those Blockers before
your BA Target will be harmoniously accepted by all relevant parts of your Unconscious as
well as your Conscious Mind.
Once you have resolved the Blockers that are still triggered by your BA Target, you should be
able to quickly tune your Target up to the point where you rate it as a 10 in desirability,
joyfulness, loving and appropriateness for you and your child.
Since I already know how to do the Cybernetic Transposition Base Reframing Process
(which youll learn in Chapter 10), Ive resolved both my anger Blocker and my
impossibility Blocker (see step 5, above) and my BA Target has become a 10 in
desirability, appropriateness for me, joyfulness and loving.
Page 63

Whats Next?
In Chapter Three, you will learn to prioritize your Target. You want your Unconscious to see
your Target as more important than all those other things you think about wanting. A highpriority Target becomes a living reality!
Page 64

Chapter Three
How to Make Your Target
More Important Than Distractions
I want to have more money in the bank! someone declares.
But then they walk down the street and spend money mindlessly at every store they see.
I want to lose weight! someone else declares.
But then they walk past a bakery and cant help but go inside and eat.
Im going to save and buy a new car! someone announces.
But then they buy new clothes, new music, new odds and endsand wonder why they cant
save for that stated desire.
What happened to their goals?
Distractions can get the best of usif you dont know how to make your target more important
than them!
In this chapter, you are going to learn how to prioritize your Basic Achievement Target so
your Unconscious stays focused on achieving it. It will no longer become sidetracked.
You can imagine how powerful this alone will be in your life.
Dieting, saving, and earning moneyor anything else you want to have, do, or bethen
becomes almost a snap to do.
Why?
Because your Unconscious wont have a counter desire working against you.
This will become clear as we move ahead.
Page 65

First, a Difficulty Check.

Is the target you have written down difficult or easy to achieve?
Remember that the Cybernetic Transposition Basic Achievement Three-Step works well to
accomplish only modestly difficult BA Objectives, ones that are rated no more than 4 on a 1 to
10 Difficulty scale, where 1 equals nearly automatic and 10 indicates impossible, based on
logic and my experiences.
With that in mind, intuitively check again to be sure that your Target is no more than a 4 in
Difficulty.
What is yours?
If it is higher than a 4, you have two choices:
* First, you can modify and rewrite it until it is a 4 or less. Then continue here.
* Or, if changing your Target that much would decrease its Desirability below a perfect
10 rating, save it until you are ready for the Cybernetic Transposition Super
Achievement Three-Step that starts in Chapter Six. If thats your choice, go back to
the previous chapter and choose a less demanding BA Objective.
Ready to move on?
Why Prioritize?
Keep your eye on the ball!
Why does a football coach yell that?
Its pretty obvious that if you want to accomplish something, you have to keep focused on it.
Thats what a football coach means when he says, Keep your eye on the ball.
In this case, your stated BA Target is the ball in your life.
Page 66

However, the Conscious Mind has great difficulty keeping its eye on the ball, so to speak.
Researchers have found that almost no one can remain consciously focused on any one thing
for even five seconds without experiencing some mental distraction.
Surprised?
You can check that out for yourself. Try this:
1.
Close your eyes and imagine a yellow triangle perfectly centered within a red
circle.
2.
Keep picturing that for as long as you can. At what moment do other ideas,
thoughts, emotions, visual images, sounds, or feelings intrude?
If youre normal and completely honest with yourself, you probably didnt make it more than
three seconds.
Insidious, isnt it?
What should you do?
The answer is actually pretty simple.
The solution lies in getting your Unconscious to put a high priority on your Target while your
Conscious Mind continues to do what it normally does.
That means letting your conscious mind come up with the target or objective you wish to
accomplish, but set your unconscious mind to work bringing that target into your life.
Thats what the Basic Achievement Prioritization Process is about.
It will help you train (and tame) your Unconscious.
How to Prioritize Your Target

So, how do you get your Unconscious to stay in line, anyway?
Page 67

The most effective way of prioritizing a Basic Achievement Target is through repetition.
Repetition works by repeatedly sending the same message to your Unconscious until the
relevant parts of it get the point.
That's what took place when you memorized your lines in a school play, a poem to recite in
class, or the words to a popular song that you wanted to sing with your friends.
Almost certainly, you repeated and repeated the words until they reeled off easily and rather
automatically, once the verbal or musical cue was given.
So, what you can do right now is begin to look at your written BA Target, your Metastory
(from the last chapter) every day. Just get used to seeing it. The more you read itwhich is
repeating itthe more your Unconscious will pay attention to it.
Thats easy enough, isnt it?
But thats not all you should do
Read This If Your Target is a 3 or Less

Is your Target a 3 or less in difficulty?
Heres how to prioritize the easier Basic Achievement Targets, those that you have rated 3
or lower on the Difficulty scale.
1. Sit down with your Target statement. Put the piece of paper on which you have written
your Basic Achievement Target in front of you. Choose a time when you wont be disturbed.
For example, if I were prioritizing the Basic Achievement Target that I used as an
example in the previous Chapter, I would have the following written on the paper in
front of me.

Page 68

report from my bank that shows that I received a

$170,000 payment.
Im looking forward to the seven days of training that I
have scheduled next month and the $225,000 Ill earn
from that.
Please make this happen in ways that are for the highest
good of me and of everyone else involved.
2. Imagine and experience what your Target describes, reading it silently. Create a movie in
your head.
3. Read through your Target statement 100 times. Do it aloud or by explicitly talking to
yourself, whichever feels like it works best for you. However, if you read aloud, make sure that
no one can overhear you. Otherwise, their negative comments or attitudes could interfere with
the message youre giving your Unconscious and, ultimately, with your achieving your
Target.
Keep count: After each read-through, make a mark on a separate piece of paper to indicate
"another one done." (I find that Roman numerals are easiest, 10 rows of two sets of 5).
Dealing with inspiration: If, while you are reading, you suddenly realize you can make your
Target statement even stronger, wait until the changes are clear in your mind before you stop
to make them. Revise your original written Target quickly and immediately go back to
reading. The fewer and shorter the interruptions in the reading process, the better.
Page 69

Dealing with conflict: If you notice Blockers that try to stop you from completing this
process, make a note of them on a separate piece of paper and keep reading. Some likely ones
include:
I'm tired.
I don't need to keep doing this. I've already got it.
This is a stupid process. I'm going to quit.
This is too much trouble. I didn't really want to achieve my target anyway.
DON'T LET THIS STOP YOU!
These habit patterns may be the same ones that will try to keep you from achieving your
Target.
In the next chapter, Chapter Four, you will learn how to deal with them.
So dont worry about that nagging voice in your head, just note it and keep going forward.
Prioritizing Your More Challenging Basic Achievement Targets

Was your Target a 4 or more in intuitive difficulty?
To prioritize more challenging Basic Achievement Targetsthose that rate as 4 on the
intuitive Difficulty scalerepeat the above process, but with one important difference.
This time, you are going to write your Target statement 100 times by hand instead of reading
it. Just like you did in school. (It worked then. It still works now!)
Its best to do 100 repetitions at one sitting but its okay to do a minimum of 25 repetitions
each day for four successive days. (Dont miss a day.)
And then do one repetition every day until you achieve your Cybernetic Transposition BA
Target.
Thats easy enough, isnt it?
Page 70

What? You Dont Want to Do It?

You didnt stop and write or read your BA Objective 100 times, did you?
Why not?
Well, why not?
Take a moment and jot down your answer.
Why didnt you read or write your Target 100 times?
Whatever you just answered is your inner conflict, your Blocker.
Ill begin to show you how to resolve it in this chapter, and give you a much more powerful
series of approaches in the next. But for now just note why you didnt do the work.
Did you think it was just too much effort?
What I say to people who say that it's too much effort to write or read their BA Target 100
times is that they haven't picked a desirable enough BA Target. It's not really a 10 in
Desirability because, if it were, the hour or two required to prioritize would be insignificant.
Right?
After all, if you truly want it, wouldnt an exercise proven to work for you be worthwhile to
do?
Now, if you insist that your Target is truly a 10 for you, and you still didnt do the above
exercise, then recognize that you are encountering a Blocker a self-defeating unconscious
habit pattern that's trying to block you from getting what you say you really want.
(Again, Ill teach you how to resolve such Blockers in the Chapter 4. For now, just recognize
them if they show up.)
Heres what one person said who at first didnt want to do the work I prescribed:
I just completed prioritizing my BA Objective. It was rough around 40
repetitions. I wanted to quit but recognized I was dealing with a Blocker so I
Page 71

wrote down the feelings and thoughts that were trying to block me and
continued. At 60 repetitions another big sign of conflict popped up and I
handled it the same way. At 70 repetitions it began to get easier and by the
time I reached 90 times, I felt like my Target had really become a part of me
and that my resistance was gone. It was work but I really feel it was worth it.
I'm pumped!"
And heres what another person did:
Cheryl was about to take a vacation and felt that another $500 in
her pocket would make it a lot more enjoyable. So she set a Basic
Achievement Target of somehow receiving $500 before her
departure in a week. She started with a memory of running short on her
last vacation:
"It's the last day of my vacation in Puerto Valletta and I'm short
of money. I've already borrowed $50 from Bonnie and don't want to
ask her for more. She invited me to lunch but I said I wasn't
hungry because I was embarrassed to tell her I didn't have the
money. This feels really bad."
She developed this into a Metastory that became her Target when
she added the "insurance factor":
"I'm really enjoying my vacation. I feel exceptionally abundant
whenever I feel the envelope in my pocket with the $500
that mysteriously appeared just before I left. I'm grateful to
myself for setting the Basic Achievement Target that brought
the money to me. Please make this happen in ways that are for the highest good
of me and of all concerned."
She had to go through a number of heavy Blockers while
she was prioritizing but she stuck with it. Then she resolved the
Blocker and prioritized another 10 times.
Each day she practiced and went about her normal activities. Then,
on the fifth day, she received a phone call from a long lost
friend to whom she'd loaned $750 while in college. Cheryl had
written off the money in her mind. But now, magically, her friend
Page 72

was apologizing for taking so long to pay the money back and
asking for directions so she could bring it over.
Cheryl regained her friend and her $750.
And she had a great vacation.
As you can see, doing the work leads to getting the results. Youre worth it, arent you?
Lets Make a Deal

I have a confession to make. I dont really expect that most people will write their target 100
times before finishing reading this Chapter after all, it makes sense that youd want to gather
as much information about prioritizing as possible before you begin.
So how about this make a note of those subtle (or not so subtle) feelings that have been
coming up for you that keep you from being 100 percent enthusiastic about the idea of writing
your target statement 100 times. (After all, that basically means you dont like spending time
focusing on what you say you really, really want and that doesnt make much sense, does
it?)
And go ahead now, and write your BA Target 5 10 times to get a feel for the process, and
soon well build on what youve learned and experienced by doing this. In Chapter 3-B, Im
going to present the prioritizing process from a slightly different angle, and it wont be nearly
as impactful if you dont got your feet wet in this process right now.
Dont Ignore Your Phone Ringing

When your phone rings, do you ignore it?
You might, but wouldnt you check the message to see what it was about?
Your resistance (if you still have any) is a message.
Its your Unconscious ringing your phone.
Page 73

Blockers are so familiar that most people dont take them seriously. That's like thinking that
the sound of the phone ringing is the message. It isn't, of course. You have to pick up the
phone and answer it to get the message.
Of course, if you're afraid that it's the bill collector, your fear may prevent you answering and
finding that it's your lover calling to whisper sweet nothings in your ear.
So, do you want your BA Objective or not?
If its a 10 for you, you should be eager to do whatever it takes to achieve it.
If it isnt a 10, rewrite it until it is.
Do that right now.
An Inspiring Story
Mike had just graduated from grad school and was carrying some pretty heavy loans.
While he enjoyed the new job hed recently taken, the salary wasnt great and didnt
leave much after paying living expenses and his monthly loan payments.
So he set a Basic Achievement Objective of getting some help from his employer in
handling the problem.
Using the Cybernetic Transposition Basic Achievement Three-Step, Mike set his
Target, prioritized it and resolved the Blockers that arose as he practiced each day.
Finally, after a week, he felt he had things straight in his head and prepared a written
proposal to his boss. In exchange for an immediate raise in the amount of his monthly
loan payment, Mike would agree to stay on the job for at least two years assuming
that this wouldnt diminish his subsequent raises.
Mike found his boss quite open and, after they had also worked out a growth path
within the firm, his boss not only granted the raise but asked Mike to enroll in some
outside courses that would speed his progress within the firm at company expense.
His boss commented that Mike had shown the kind of initiative that the firm was
looking for.
Heres another one
Page 74

Mark wanted to lose some weight but hed had no success with the various diets hed
tried. So he set a Basic Achievement Objective to easily lose 10 pounds in a month.
He started with a memory of frustration in trying to stick to a diet:
The last time I tried to lose weight, I was hungry all the time. I did lose a few pounds
but then Id binge and gain them right back. I seemed to be totally stuck at the same
weight.
He developed this into a 10 level Metastory that became his Basic Achievement Target:
I am reducing my body weight by at least one pound every three days, and I record
my weight when I weigh myself each night before going to bed. Im enjoying my meals
and eating less because I stop eating when Im satisfied. I continue to feel satisfied
until the next meal and am happy with the way I feel.
My energy is great and I'm enjoying seeing my body slimming
down when I look at the mirror after taking a shower. After 30 days, I
notice that I have lost at least 10 pounds and look much sleeker.
good of me and of all concerned."
Then he prioritized his BA Objective by writing it 100 times,
resolved the Blockers that arose in the process and
practiced daily.
After 30 days, he'd lost 11 pounds and said that he never
felt hungry in the process.
Summary
To prioritize your Basic Achievement Target, you are going to alert your Unconscious Mind
to exactly what you want to achieve and get it behind your efforts through repetition.
1. For your easier Targets 3 or below on the Difficulty scale you will read your Target
statement 100 times.
Page 75

2. For your more challenging Targetsthe harder 4s and 5s on the intuitive Difficulty
scale you will write your Target statement 100 times.
Whats Next?
In Chapter 3-B, youll learn about prioritizing from a slightly different angle, and now that
youve had some experience the material will be even more impactful.
Page 76

Chapter Three - B
Prioritizing Your Target Step Two of the
Cybernetic Transposition Three-Step
As I mentioned earlier, establishing a high unconscious priority on your BA Target is Step 2 of
the Cybernetic Transposition Three-Step Process.
Guess what?
You already know the technique of effectively prioritizing your BA Target that Im about to
show you.
For instance, remember a time when you were in school and had to memorize lines in a play or
a poem to be recited in class. Or think of a favorite song you only need to hear a few notes,
and all the words and music (and feelings) come rushing back.
Most everyone has such a memory.
How did you do it?
By focus and repetition.
By intensely focusing on and repeating what you had to memorize, over and over again. And,
once youd done that sufficiently, what youd memorized rolled out of your mouth when you
were then cued with a word or gesture.
In my terminology, by repeatedly framing what you had to memorize through reading it and
saying it to yourself or out loud, you got your Unconscious attention. When youd done this
enough times, you had formed a prioritized Unconscious habit pattern.
When the stimulus the cue - arose, your Unconscious habit pattern went on automatic and
you said your lines, or sang your song.
In other words, through extensive repetition, you put a high enough Unconscious priority on
what you were memorizing that your Unconscious deemed it appropriate to form it into a habit
pattern.
Page 77

The more intensely you focused on the memorization process and the more thoroughly you did
it, the more automatic your ability became.
Perhaps, even today if you read or hear the first few words of what you memorized long ago,
the words will roll into your Conscious Mind and, perhaps, out your mouth. Whether this
occurs depends on how thorough a job you did of memorizing, but Id certainly be surprised if
you didnt know at least know a few songs by heart.
And because you liked the songs, it wasnt hard work to memorize them, was it? It was
actually fun and thats the way it should feel when you are repeatedly writing your BA
Target. Your target should be something you like thinking about so much that it make your
heart sing.
Ive found that writing your target 100 times (by hand, no computers) is enough to prioritize
your Target. And while this is somewhat of a brute force approach, it works when your BA
Target is not more than about a 4 to 5 in difficulty.
The results you create will make the effort worthwhile.
The good news is that you dont have to do all of that writing in a single day. You can write a
continuous minimum of 25 repetitions per day for 4 consecutive days, adding up to the
required total of 100 times.
Note: In Chapter Seven I show a much easier and more effective way of prioritizing the Super Achievement approach - that works with up to level 10 difficulty Super
Achievement Objectives. But please dont skip ahead these earlier lessons lay a firm
foundation for the more powerful techniques youll learn later on.
Why Prioritize?
The act of prioritizing your Target accomplishes two things.
First, it does a good job of telling your Unconscious to remain focused on your BA Target
even while your Conscious Mind is all over the place. Sending this message 100 times really
gets the point across.
Page 78

Second, it triggers the Blockers that would otherwise prevent you from achieving your BA
Target.
So far youve been working on editing your Target statement until it feels just right and that
process removes one type of Blocker.
Important Note: There is another type of Blocker that youll almost certainly run into
For example, these Blockers may show up as a feeling that you just dont want to do this
repetitive writing process. Or you might feel like falling asleep while pausing between
repetitions. Or you might feel that this is a stupid thing to do. Or you might just feel like giving
up.
Those are all Blockers that havent served you in the past and wont serve you here.
Through the Base Reframing Process I will describe in Chapter Four-C, you can redirect the
energy of those Blockers from self-defeating to self-supporting in ways that will greatly aid
you in realizing your Target.
But before you can resolve this type of Blocker, you have to find it and this repetitive
prioritization process is perfect for discovering whats standing in the way of you getting what
you want.
So for now, just make keep a record of these Blockers as they come up for you, and youll
learn to resolve them in Chapter Four-C.
And now back to Chapter Three business. Continue to edit your BA Target until reading it
triggers level 10 feelings of desirability, appropriateness, joyfulness and loving and an
intuitive certainty that you will achieve your BA Target.
If that certainty is less than a 10 on a 1 to 10 scale where 10 equals complete intuitive certainty,
you still have a Blocker running that you need to resolve.
This is key.
Page 79

For example, I have a little nagging doubt that Ill be able to actually do what I have
described in my BA Target (concerning Susan and the dish and generalized to all of my
children). That indicates I have encountered a Blocker that can prevent me from
achieving my Target.
While that seems like something small and you might habitually ignore such messages
from your Unconscious, that approach just wont work here.
Ignoring those messages from your Unconscious is, in itself, a Blocker, a self-defeating
Unconscious habit pattern. This is the kind of Blocker that ends up with you later
saying to yourself after something has gone wrong, I had the feeling that this would
happen. Why didnt I pay attention to that feeling?
So be sure to immediately Frame that type of Blocker through writing and then resolve
it through the Base Reframing Process that Ill show you in Chapter Four - C.
Now I want you to add something new to the process - at the end of each writing repetition
involved in the BA Prioritizing Process, create an Imaginary Experience of having just
successfully achieved your BA Target. Just like you did with your written Target, tune-up that
Imaginary Experience until it is a 10, until it seems perfect for you. Feel free to add in any
peripheral experiences required to make it just right.
Then imagine surrounding this perfect Imaginary Experience with a ball of white light and
place it in your Heart Chakra (center of your chest). Once there, silently say into your Heart
Chakra, This is the way I would like things to be. Please make this happen in ways that are for
the highest good of me and everyone else involved.
Next, with your in-breath, feel that white ball of light and the Imaginary Experience become a
part of you.
Why So Much Writing?

One of the more powerful things that we all know how to do is writing.
Im not talking about the power of the written word sort of thing.
I mean that editing through writing is a powerful technique for creating a basic level of
harmony among the often warring parts of your Unconscious.
Page 80

Think about it!

When you write things down, you first Frame the intuitive signals sent by your Unconscious
to your Conscious Mind. Then you mentally translate them into words and intuitively test to
see whether the words you've selected match what those signals intuitively mean. When they
seem right to you, put those words to paper.
(Remember that those intuitive reference points are also signals from your Unconscious and
are much richer in content than the words.)
For example, watch someone else writing when they dont know that youre looking.
They will often hold their pen or pencil poised in the air while they look up.
Whats going on inside of them is the process of translating intuitive feelings into words
by rapidly and implicitly Dialoguing with their Unconscious.
Then they will suddenly look down at the paper and start writing.
Thats because they got intuitive signals that the words and phrases they were mentally
rehearsing seemed to be okay.
But once they start writing, they may stop, lift their pen or pencil and look up again
before scratching out or erasing part of what theyve written and continuing with
something new.
Whats going on is that they got new intuitive signals indicating that what they were
writing wasnt right. So they respond to that intuitive signal by searching for words and
phrases that do intuitively seem right. Their Unconscious sends them alternatives and
they accept or reject them based on intuitive input.
This process continues until what they have written down seems just right.
At that point, they have achieved a basic level of harmony among the relevant parts of
their Unconscious.
Your Mission, Should You Choose To Accept It

Page 81

First of all, complete the 100 repetition BA Prioritization Process. In addition to editing the
text until it feels 100% right, make a note of Blockers that come up for you that make it
challenging to complete the assignment.
Then, until you achieve your BA Target, do the following BA Practice Process on a daily
basis.
1. Read your BA Target once, becoming aware of any Blockers that pop up as you do. If any
do, record the words that triggered them.
2. Rate your certainty that you will achieve your Target.
3. Now rewrite your BA Target, if necessary, editing it to again make it perfect.
4. Create a corresponding 10-level Imaginary Experience of having just successfully
achieved your BA Target and Anchor that Imaginary Experience by imagining
surrounding it with a ball of white light and placing it in your Heart Chakra while silently
saying into your Heart Chakra, This is the way I would like things to be. Please make that
happen in ways that are for the highest good of me and everyone else involved.
5. In steps 1 and 2 youll be discovering Blockers, and in Chapter 4 youll be learning a
process called Base Reframing that will allow you to eliminate any Blockers that cant be
resolved by the editing process. Use this process to resolve not more than one Blocker a
day until you achieve your BA Target.
Whats Next?
In Chapter 4, youll learn how to resolve any unconscious conflicts (Blockers) that could
prevent you from achieving your target.
If youve ever felt like you were spinning your wheels, and wondered why your goals seemed
as far away as the day you set them, youll love whats coming up in Chapter 4.
Page 82

Chapter Four
How To Avoid Or Resolve Unconscious Conflicts
That Would Normally Block Reaching Your
Basic Achievement Target
Welcome to one of the most liberating chapters in this entire book.
You're going to learn techniques in this chapter that are absolutely critical to successfully
achieving your dreams and I'm certain you won't have seen these revolutionary methods
anywhere else!
First, We're Going To Do A Little Review

This first section of Chapter 4 will seem familiar- you've already worked on getting around
your blockers by editing your Target statement until if feels right to you.
But we're going to take your ability to overcome blockers even further. In this Chapter, you'll
be refining your understanding of what blockers are, where they come from, and how to avoid
them.
And then in part 4-C, you'll take things to the next level. This is where you are going to learn
to eliminate blockers from your life once and for all, by resolving them.
Whats Your Feedback Saying?

Look at the Target you wrote down in Chapter Two and Prioritized in Chapter Three.
How do you feel about it? Is it still a 10 in desirability for you?
Or are you having a few nagging feelings about it?
Maybe you didn't even finish the prioritization process (a sure sign that blockers are getting in
the way).
Page 83

Whatever you are getting as you review your current Target is feedback from your
Unconscious. Its important. It can make the difference between you getting your desire, or
not.
Let me explain.
Your Unconscious Mind cooperates smoothly with your Conscious Mind when it
understands and agrees with what you consciously want. It is constantly sending feedback
signals to your Conscious Mind that indicate whether it is in harmony or in conflict with what
you consciously want.
Blockers are signals that there is disharmony within your being.
If you experience Blockers, there is a tug of war going on between your Conscious Mind and
various parts of your Unconscious Mind.
The result is something like a football team where some of the players are running a different
play from the others. You end up with lots of people running around the field - and it sure
looks like a lot is happening, but there are no touchdowns to show for all the activity.
When you experience Blockers, youre sure to be wasting energy that could go toward
producing the results you want.
Just check out the list of typical Blockers below, and youll realize how often this can happen.
Remember: Your Unconscious Mind uses body feelings to communicate.
Do You Have Any of These Blockers?

Conflict between the various parts of your Conscious and Unconscious Minds is so frequent
that most of us have experienced the familiar signals:
Headaches, body pains, acid stomach

Insomnia, oversleeping
Fatigue, sluggishness, drowsiness
Anger, fear, upset
Page 84

Confusion, difficulty understanding

Difficulty concentrating, difficulty focusing
Boredom, loss of energy
Nagging feelings that something is wrong
All of the above are Blockers within you, self-defeating Unconscious habit patterns. You may
have always considered them to be simply health problems or stress issues.
The truth is more interesting- they happen to be signals from your Unconscious.
Page 85

Do You Have These Signs of Cooperation?

Cooperation between your conscious and Unconscious Minds is less common, but also
familiar:
Feelings of well being, contentment

Eagerness, enthusiasm, alertness
High energy
Joy, loving, happiness
Clarity, understanding
You may have experienced any of the above as simply good days for you.
But the truth of it is, these experiences were also signals from your Unconscious.
When Conflict Arises

Why does conflict arise in you?
Conflict happens when what you consciously want doesnt match what is dictated by your
Unconscious habit patterns.
For example, if you consciously decide to ask for a raise but constantly avoid asking your boss
because you feel afraid, you are experiencing Blockers.
These Blockers are always accompanied by changes in your body from what you might
consider its normal state.
Your Body Has Something To Tell You

In the example presented above, such Blocker Body Feelings might include tension in your
shoulders and your stomach, a wrinkled brow and a down-turned mouth.
The Unconscious habit pattern that underlies these particular feelings of conflict is very
strong. In fact, its probably the strongest one - survival.
Page 86

In many people, the Unconscious confuses rejection with a threat to survival. This was
learned in infancy, when rejection by the mother could very well be a threat to survival.
It is very difficult and often seemingly impossible - to consciously override such a strong
Unconscious habit pattern. And even if you manage to override it for a time through force of
conscious will, the pattern will usually come back into play when youre not looking.
Thats why most people keep putting off things their Unconscious deems a threat to their
survival.
So, what can you do?
Old Ways of Dealing with Inner Conflict

People deal with inner conflict in a wide variety of ways, not all of them ideal.
The most obvious ways of dealing with such conflict is to let either the Conscious or
Unconscious Mind take over.
For example, when we drink alcohol, we anesthetize our Conscious Minds. Alcoholics often
drink so much that they completely anesthetize their Conscious Minds, producing blackouts.
A blackout is when they have no conscious memory of what happened because their
Conscious Mind wasnt involved in what was taking place.
So one way of dealing with conflict between the Conscious and Unconscious Minds is to
block one of the minds the Conscious Mind. That is, to get it drunk or high on drugs.
Thats not something I recommend.
On the other hand, when we tough it out through force of conscious will, no matter how
uncomfortable we get, as in forcing ourselves to save or invest when it would be more fun to
spend no matter how much we want to, our Conscious Minds have temporarily predominated.
This is at least better than getting wasted with booze.
However, its very difficult to maintain a constant state of conscious control.
Page 87

It can be exhausting.
Remember your experiment with the yellow triangle inside the red square?
You probably discovered that its impossible to keep your Conscious Mind focused on one
thing for more than a few seconds and when we lose our conscious focus, our old
unconscious habit patterns re-assert themselves.
So when someone is using conscious willpower to try to be prudent with money, almost
everyone will Unconsciously lapse into a spending spree. This usually starts with little steps
that grow and grow in small increments until they suddenly find themselves in significant debt.
The same thing happens as soon as someone goes on a diet. They suddenly want to eat
everything they see or smell.
Again, what can you do?
How To Turn Conflicts into Cooperation

Now we get to the important distinction that I mentioned at the start of this chapter.
There are basically two ways to make sure blockers don't get in the way of getting what we
want.
Avoid them, or resolve them.
Avoiding Blockers
When you are editing your target statement until it feels just right to you, that process allows
you to avoid blockers.
So let's say your target is I want to lose 15 pounds while eating well and enjoying what I eat.
Page 88

Now, for better or worse, here's your situation: you live close to Marie Callender's Restaurant,
and because you drive right by it on the way to and from work, you eat there frequently. And
when you eat there, guess what - you always get a slice of chocolate cream pie.
Realistically, there is no way you're going to achieve your target weight if you continue to eat
chocolate cream pies (and really, at this point, eating the pie is just a habit it's really not all
that enjoyable anyway).
So when you read your Target statement, you notice a blocker that comes up related to your pie
habit. So you might chose to edit your statement to allow you to avoid that
temptation/blocker, and now your Target might read something like this:
I want to lose 15 pounds while eating well and enjoying what I eat. I choose to drive to and
from work on a route that allows me to take advantage of restaurants and markets that support
my desire for a leaner, healthier weight.
As you read your new Target statement , you feel an immediate sense that you've solved a
major problem with reaching your goal. Now it feels right.
But there will be other times when more is required, so let's take a look at
Resolving Blockers
In some cases, simply avoiding blockers won't be enough to solve the problem. In the case of
someone who lives for chocolate cream pie, that particular blocker is going to have to be
resolved, not avoided. In that case, it will be necessary to use the Base Reframing Process
you'll be learning in 4-C.
Turning Resistance Into Momentum

Whats the secret of turning those inner battles into an inner force working for your highest
good?
Its not as hard as you think. The Basic Achievement Unconscious negotiation process is
relatively simple.
Page 89

Youre already familiar with your conscious point of view.

Its what you say you want to happen.
Your Unconscious habit pattern is also familiar.
It is what you normally get.
Even more important for this process, the signs of conflict between your conscious point of
view and your Blocker Unconscious habit patterns are also familiar: all those headaches,
insomnia, upsets, procrastinations, resistances and confusion in the list above.
As awful as all these Blockers feelings are, theyre enormously valuable.
Theyre your phone ringing.
Theyre good.
Youre going to use them to spot where problems exist!
Heres how:
Focus consciously on what you want.
Monitor yourself for those unpleasant Blockers.
Use them to identify the trouble spots.
Resolve or avoid the problems.
How?
Experiment with and modify what you consciously want, still keeping it highly desirable.
In other words, rewrite your Target until it says what you want without triggering any
Blockers.
Often, youll pretty quickly arrive at a version that also meets the needs of your Unconscious
and, thus, doesnt triggered Blockers.
Page 90

In other words, as those signals of conflict surface in you, start rewriting your Target BA
Objective to avoid them.
Its easier than you think.
And boy will you be more powerful after youve done it!
For example
If you wrote, Within 4 weeks, I will have received $5,000 in cash and it triggers selfdoubt and a feeling that it just wont happen, then rewrite it to be more acceptable to
all parts of you without losing your basic intent for the BA Objective, such as Within
4 weeks, I will have done whatever is necessary so that I will have received an
additional $5,000 in hand.
Perhaps that still triggers a queasy feeling because it leads you to thinking about
robbing a bank or other illegal activities. So you rewrite your Target again to, Within
4 weeks, I will have done whatever is necessary, legal, and appropriate for me so that I
will have received an additional $5,000 in cash in hand or directly into my bank
account.
Now, that feels just right to you. So you reprioritize it and end up $5,000 richer in 4
weeks assuming you practice and deal with any other Blockers that arise.
Let me explain this process to you
The Secret
Whats the secret to sailing over those inner conflicts?
Its simple.
Its a process I created and call the Basic Achievement Clearing Process.
Use this amazing but easy process to resolve those minor conflicts between what you
consciously want and your Unconscious habit patterns.
Heres how it works:
Page 91

1.
Focus on what you consciously want by writing a description. This explicitly defines
your conscious intent.
2.
While you are thinking about what you want, be alert for any uncomfortable feelings. If
and when you experience some, this explicitly defines any Blockers.
3.
Read over what you have written to identify the specific words or phrases that trigger
these Blockers.
4.
Mark the words or phrases that caused those feelings. This explicitly defines what
triggers the conflict.
5.
Rewrite the words or phrases that you have marked. This tells your Unconscious that
you know what is causing the conflict. As you work, ask your Unconscious to keep
coming up with more acceptable alternatives, bridging the gap between what you
consciously want and your Unconscious habit patterns.
When you reach a point where both your conscious and Unconscious needs are met, the
moderately intense Blockers will disappear.
Get Clear and Get Results!
Using the Basic Achievement Target Process and then the Basic Achievement Clearing
Process, your achievements can be like Margarets.
After 10 years of marriage, Margarets husband had just walked out for another
woman, his secretary who was significantly younger. Margaret didnt have any money
but her husband promised to provide a reasonable amount of support to help her get on
her feet.
However, after she had moved to another town to get a fresh start, the money stopped.
Margaret was left in desperate straits with no money and two young daughters to
support.
Since she had married while in college and had rapidly become pregnant, Margaret
had never held a paying job. But now she desperately needed one. So she took
Page 92

whatever she could find, selling magazines door to door at night. It was a dangerous
and financially unrewarding job.
So Margaret set a Basic Achievement Objective of getting a better paying, safe and
enjoyable job paying at least $30,000 per year. (This was in 1982.) As she worked
through the process of creating a Target, the BA Objective evolved into a sales job in
the computer business.
Using the Cybernetic Transposition Achievement Three-Step, she set her Target,
prioritized it and resolved the Blockers that arose as she practiced each day. After
about ten days, she heard of a job in a computer store. But that didnt pan out. So she
kept at her Basic Achievement practice. After another week, she saw a classified ad for
a sales job at a major computer manufacturer. It called for a resume.
Realizing that as a housewife, mother and volunteer, she had lots of relevant
experience, Margaret created her resume by using the Metastory process to convert
her work experience into business terms. As part of this process, she enlisted a business
consultant friend who gave her the terminology.
Five days after she submitted her resume, she was called for an interview. Two days
later, she was hired at a salary that was about 15 percent more than she had specified
in her Basic Achievement Objective.
Lets Resolve It Together

Again, look at your Target that you have written down.
Did you find any Blockers while prioritizing your Target?
If youre human, you probably did.
Here are step-by-step instructions for resolving modest conflicts between your conscious and
Unconscious Minds
Youre going to feel great after doing this brief exercise!
Page 93

1.
Identify one of the Blockers that seemed particularly strong. (If youre not aware of any,
read through your Target statement again to double check. Be especially aware of whats
going on with you.)
Heres a checklist of some typical Blockers indicating conflict between your conscious and
Unconscious Minds and, possibly, within your Unconscious:
Headaches
Body pains
Acid stomach
Insomnia
Oversleeping
Drowsiness
Fatigue
Sluggishness
Anger
Fear
Agitation
Confusion
Difficulty understanding
Loss of energy
Procrastination
Avoidance
For example, I felt tired and sleepy as I prioritized the Basic Achievement target I
described earlier. I thought my Target was a clear 10 when I set it up, but maybe I was
wrong. Lets also say that these feelings are pretty strong.
This tiredness and sleepiness would be Blockers.
2.
Read through your Target once again, trying to spot the exact point where the sign(s) of
conflict, the Blocker, arise. Circle or underline the words or phrases that trigger stress.
When doing so, I get a slightly negative reaction when I read the phrase (from my
example in Chapter Two) and that I really enjoyed the snowy weather in Sweden while
doing that When I focus on the feelings, I realize, why should I limit myself just to
Sweden in the winter? Why not other places and other seasons? So Ill underline that
phrase.
Page 94


$170,000 payment.
from that.
3.
Edit the words or phrases you have marked until you feel the Blockers disappearing.
In this case, I simply eliminated the words that were bothering me.
$170,000 payment.
earn that amount.
Page 95


from that.
Read through your edited version to see if any Blockers still exist. If they do, keep
rewriting your Target until they disappear.
Repeat these steps until you have eliminated all Blockers
When there are no Blockers evident, proceed to the next step.
If you have made significant changes in your Target, reprioritize it until your Unconscious
gives you intuitive feedback that it has gotten the message. In most cases, this will be
between 20 and 50 repetitions.
In my imaginary example, the change I am making doesnt feel significant to me, so I
dont need to reprioritize.
IMPORTANT: This Basic Achievement Clearing Process should empower you to resolve the
moderately intense Blockers that arise.
What if it doesnt?
Then you need the Super Achievement Base Reframing described in Chapter FourC and
Chapter Ten or the Subpersonality Negotiation process in Chapter Ten and Chapter Ten-B.
Use one of these for resolving intense Blockers.
How to Know When Youre On-Track

Page 96

How do you know when youre in the fast lane to success?

Weve looked at negative signs that indicate roadblocks. Now, lets check out some positive
and familiar feedback signals that let you know youre on your way to hitting your Target.
If your Target statement includes all aspects of what you need to feel successful, you'll
experience joy and happiness when you imagine achieving your Target of course, if
no Blockers are getting in the way of that..
If you have adequately prioritized your Target, you'll experience enthusiasm and
eagerness every time you think about it ditto.
If your Target triggers joy, happiness, enthusiasm and eagerness when you think about
it and if you have resolved all major conflicts between your conscious and
Unconscious Minds, you'll feel absolute certainty that you'll achieve your Target.
These are the feedback signals that say youre on track.

IMPORTANT: You can achieve joy, happiness, enthusiasm, eagerness and certainty
only with modestly challenging Targets, using the Cybernetic Transposition Basic
Achievement Three-Step
For seemingly impossible Objectives, youll experience these on-track feelings using
the Super Achievement Three-Step process in Chapter Six through Eleven.
How to Make More Money

When you are clear - when your inner conflicts are resolved and all parts of you are in
alignment - your results can come almost instantly.
Heres another true story
Page 97

Marianne wanted more money, and fast. Heres what she wrote:
"It is the end of this month and I have $1,000 or more left in my checking account after
I pay all of my bills. I am feeling very happy and satisfied with myself and confident
that lots more extra money will come to me soon."
As soon as she began to prioritize this Target, she began to get queasy feelings. As she
continued, the queasy feelings turned into a feeling that she would fail. So, following
instructions, she wrote a description of both feelings on a separate piece of paper. Then she
continued writing her Target.
For about 10 repetitions she felt okay. Then the feelings returned, even stronger. So she
decided to write them down again. And, again, she felt okay. This cycle of okay and writing
continued, the feelings getting stronger until, around the 55th repetition, she realized what the
feelings were trying to tell her.
There was something wrong with the phrase, "confident that lots more extra money will come
to me soon," that it wasn't her doing something. That didn't feel right. So she changed the
phrase to "confident that I will easily do enjoyable things to bring a lot more money to me
soon."
When she continued her prioritizing of the revised Target, she felt better and, as she reached
the 90th repetition, she realized how she was going to get more money. This realization grew
until, as soon as she finished the 100th repetition, she got on the phone to her friend Andie.
She remembered that Andie had told her she really needed help in her new business and that
Marianne had just the skills she needed. But Marianne was totally absorbed in a change
process at work and didn't pay attention.
When she called Andie and told her she could help now, Andie was delighted. They talked
about the time required and what Andie could pay and, amazingly, it came to just about
$1,000 this month and, if Marianne wanted, each month thereafter.
Since what Andie needed was accounting work and Marianne really enjoyed putting things
into order and entering the figures into Quickbooks, she eagerly accepted.
And, at the end of the month, she had more than $1,000 left in her checking account along
with a big smile on her face when she told me about her success.
Summary
Page 98

The Basic Achievement Clearing Process consists of these steps.

1. Read through your Target.
2. Be alert for any uncomfortable feelings, any Blockers.
3. Identify any specific words or phrases that trigger these Blockers.
4. Mark the words or phrases that caused those feelings.
5. Rewrite the words or phrases you have marked until you resolve the conflict.
Whats Next
Well, if youre clear and youre on track, is that it?
It may very well be it for the mildly difficult Target you've been working on, but I'm sure
you've got some more difficult Targets that you'd like to achieve as well!
You can begin to get a feel for how to accomplish more challenging Targets in section 4-C.
(If youre not clear and on track, you still have Blockers running. Blockers that you probably
will need to resolve with the Base Reframing techniques I discuss in 4 C.)
Coming up next in section 4-B, you'll learn some additional distinctions regarding identifying
and working with Blockers. It's a short section, and worth reading.
However, if you feel like you're ready for the next leap forward in the Cybernetic
Transposition process, you can skip ahead to 4-C, where you'll learn to resolve intense
Blockers using the Base Reframing Process. This process is so transformational, you'll be
amazed.
Lets take a look.
Page 99

Chapter Four - B
How to Identify Blockers?
Based on my work with over 70,000 people, Ive firmly concluded that love, joy, upliftment,
abundance, fulfillment and enthusiasm are our natural state. Any deviation from that state is
caused by Blockers.
Put most simply, a Blocker is operating whenever you are experiencing anything other than
love, joy, upliftment, abundance, fulfillment and enthusiasm.
For most people, that means a great deal of the time.
Blockers fall into three categories:
1. Minor Blockers such as questions that pop into your Conscious Mind and the attendant
uncertainty, questions such as, What do I do now? or How do I do this?
You can handle these Minor Blockers by applying the Super Achievement Clearing
Process that I will show you in Chapter 10.
Minor Blockers also include headaches and minor aches and pains that you can often
handle via the Cybernetic Transposition Color Process (that Ill describe in Chapter Six B).
2. Moderately to Very Intense Blockers such as feelings or conclusions that I cant,

Im frustrated, Im angry (or otherwise upset), Im confused, I fall asleep
when I try to do. and Im depressed (sad, unhappy, at my wits end)
This is a far from complete list. Intense Blockers also include, among many others,
reactiveness and inappropriate behavior on your part.
You can permanently resolve Moderately to Very Intense Blockers into self-supporting
Unconscious habit patterns by applying the Cybernetic Transposition Base Reframing
Process that I will show you in Chapter FourC and in Chapter Ten.
Page 100

3. Extremely Intense and typically life long Blockers that tell you that you are less than
what you really are. For example, Im no good with children. I never have been,
I cant learn and have never been able to, and Ive always felt inferior
(worthless, unworthy)
Such extremely intense Blockers Blockers that cant be resolved via the Base Reframing
or Subpersonality Negotiation Process - are usually due to what I call Cell-Level
Memories, memories that are embedded in the various organs and muscles of the body.
The resolution of Cell-Level Memories is too complex to be successfully addressed
through a book. (However, the participants in my SACP coaching program learn how to
successfully resolve Cell-Level Memory Blockers. If that seems relevant to you, you might
want to look at: http://www.howtobeagreatcoach.com/superachiever/.)
In your daily life, youll most frequently encounter Type 1 and Type 2 Blockers, Minor and
Moderately to Very Intense Blockers which you can handle or permanently resolve using what
Ill show you in the next two chapters and in Chapter Ten.
It is important to recognize that when you set a BA Target, the Blockers that would otherwise
prevent you from achieving that Target will pop up. Thats one of the two major reasons why
the daily Practice is so important to stimulate and catch the Blockers that you need to
resolve in order to get what you are seeking. (The other reason is to continue to prioritize your
BA Target.)
For example, you should always check your level of certainty that you will achieve your
BA Target. Use a 1 to 10 scale where a 10 is absolutely intuitively certain.
Anything less than a 10 reflects an important Blocker. The tip of the Blocker iceberg is
your intuitive conclusion that the certainty of achieving your BA Target is less than a
10. Frame the associated Body Feelings and resolve that Blocker by doing a BA Base
Reframing.
Some other typical Blockers that you may encounter are:
You may feel stuck, tired, unmotivated, or confused.
Page 101

You may think halfway there is good enough (its not in order to feel complete, you
need to finish what you set out to accomplish).
You may feel inclined to skip the daily Practice, including Framing and resolving
Blockers, telling yourself I dont have enough time for this.
These are just examples and are far from an exhaustive list.
Make no mistake, while it may not be apparent now, these sorts of Blockers can stop you in
your tracks can prevent you from achieving your BA Target if you dont resolve them.
Whats more, theyve probably produced similar failures throughout your adult life.
Framing and resolving your Blockers constitutes the entirety of Step 3 of the Cybernetic
Transposition Three-Step Process, resolving what would otherwise prevent you from
achieving your BA Target that you set in Step 1 and prioritized in Step 2.
Lets take a look.
Page 102

Chapter Four C
Cybernetic Transposition Step 3:
Resolving Blockers Via the Base Reframing
Process
In the First Edition of this book, I didnt include the Base Reframing Process until the Super
Achievement Section.
But I have decided to present it here because I believe that its inclusion will substantially
enhance your ability to get what you want using the Basic Achievement Processes.
In Chapter Ten, youll learn a more powerful version of the process I describe here, called the
Super Achievement Rot Normal Base Reframing Process and the Super Achievement
Subpersonality Negotiation Processes. The material youll be learning in this chapter forms
the basis for those advanced techniques, and is a big step towards learning how to get anything
you want.
How Blockers Are Formed

Lets talk a little more about how Blockers are formed.
The absolutely highest priority of your Unconscious is to ensure your survival. This means
that whenever youre in what it concludes is a survival situation, your Unconscious does one
of two things. It either invokes a way of ensuring your survival that youve used before or,
particularly when you are young, it picks one out of the collective Unconscious.
Whatever worked in a situation where your Unconscious concluded your survival was at stake,
typically in your early life, becomes encapsulated in your being as an Unconscious stimulusresponse habit pattern.
When your Unconscious concludes that a current situation is similar to that early survival
situation, it invokes that habit same pattern.
Page 103

However, your Unconscious has a definition of survival that goes way beyond physical
survival. It also includes anything that is strongly at odds with your Unconscious self-image.
Lets call the latter ego survival.
Let me repeat an example I presented earlier in this book that demonstrates both physical and
ego survival.
Remember the example of the person when he or she was an infant and needed
nourishment?
When they were hungry, getting their parents attention was a life and death matter, a
matter of physical survival. Their Unconscious put, and continues to put, absolutely top
priority on survival.
So it allocated massive resources to resolving this survival situation and came up with
a way of responding that worked.
In that example, the Unconscious Mind of a 40 year old person, lets call him Andrew,
invoked exactly the same Unconscious habit pattern when it concluded that he was
about to get fired and deemed that a survival situation.
While the infants situation was a matter of physical survival, Andrews situation was
probably a matter of ego survival given the widespread demand for someone with his
skills.
Yet the Unconscious invoked exactly the same Unconscious habit pattern in each case.
Crying became yelling. Waving his little arms and legs becomes gesticulating and
pounding the table. And turning red in the face stays turning red in the face.
What worked for this person as an infant has now become a self-defeating Unconscious
habit pattern. (Having run over 100 companies, I really know how self-defeating this
type of behavior is in a business context.)
Andrew, however, is aware of none of this because this whole pattern is invoked and operates
Unconsciously. It all seems reasonable and normal to him.
Whats more, even if he did realize whats going on, hes still at the mercy of this old pattern.
He lacks conscious control of his Unconscious habit pattern (the Blocker).
Page 104

That brings me to the topic of this section. What Im about to show you could have
empowered Andrew, and will empower you, to change self-defeating Unconscious habit
patterns into self-supporting ones.
I call it the BA Base Reframing Process.
How the Basic Achievement Base Reframing Process Works

The best way to learn to do a BA Base Reframing is by doing it. Intellectual understanding is
certainly important initially, but it is only doing that produces results.
First, however, I need to set the stage.
When you were very young, communication between your right and left brain hemispheres
was essentially unrestricted, and took place via a tremendous pathway in the brain, the corpus
callosum.
But as you grew up and were schooled, this communication became more and more restricted.
My guess is that currently, very little clear communication takes place between your right
hemisphere (the highest level of your Unconscious) and your left hemisphere (the part that
contains your Conscious Mind).
Therefore, when your Unconscious deems it urgent to get a clear message across to your
Conscious Mind, it finds itself stymied.
So it does a workaround.
Do you remember those old World War II movies where destroyers were sailing under
radio silence in close proximity to each other? Do you remember that they
communicated by using semaphores signal flags or flashing lights sending Morse
code?
Your Unconscious does a similar thing to get its message across. It is in full control of
your body so it manipulates your muscles, blood vessels, organ functioning and
endocrine system in a way that creates unusual body feelings.
Page 105

Over time, we become increasingly aware of these semaphore signals from our Unconscious
and name them, attributing specific meanings to certain variations. Sometimes we call them
intuitive feelings. (But we can give them other labels as well anything from headache to
something strange is going on.)
Most people have encountered the following types of survival-driven intuitive messages from
their Unconscious:
Dont trust that person.
Thats dangerous. Dont do that.
Somethings wrong.
As I said, these are all related to survival. The normal process of consciously learning what
those intuitive feelings mean is by trial and error.
Feelings
You can only feel your body feelings with your body. There is no other way. Body feelings are
literal changes in your body from what you consider the norm. They are not your thoughts
about those body feelings. They are not the labels that you put on them.
(This may seem so obvious that it seems foolish to point it out, but it is critical that you be
aware of it the distinction between a body feeling and a mental label for that feeling.)
For example, Ive got a headache is a label that, typically, covers a set of body feelings. This
might include: sharp and painful outward pressure in my temples, especially the right; inward
pressure on my forehead; intense painful muscle tension in the right rear of my neck; and a
bubbling turbulence in my stomach.
The difference is very clear.
When I speak of body feelings, I am always talking about the actual physical changes in your
body from what you consider the norm. I am never referring to the mental labels or thoughts
about those changes.
Page 106

When any self-defeating Unconscious habit pattern (Blocker) is running, it sets up a unique set
of semaphore signals, or body changes. I call these Blocker Body Feelings.
When you Frame the actual body changes comprising these Blocker Body Feelings (for
example, what Ive labeled a headache above), you are locating the tip of the iceberg of your
Blocker in a way that will allow you to home in on whats under the surface.
But, as I said above, its critically important to differentiate body feelings from the label you
typically put on them.
If, for example, you say I dont feel good, that is a label that youve put on a set of body
feelings.
The label is NOT equivalent to the body feelings.
The body feelings might be a sore throat, a runny nose, pressure in your sinuses, a hot
forehead, a sore neck, and a heavy feeling in your body.
It is important to understand this because when I ask you to Frame your Blocker Body
Feelings, Im talking about ONLY the physical changes in your body. The labels you put on
those feelings are absolutely irrelevant to this particular process.
Only when you have effectively Framed your Blocker Body Feelings are you ready to proceed
with the Base Reframing Process.
How Does the BA Base Reframing Process Work?

The next three paragraphs answer this question.
1. Having effectively Framed the Blocker Body Feelings, you ask your Unconscious to
rapidly move down the iceberg of the Blocker to when you Unconsciously set up what
is now the associated self-defeating Unconscious habit pattern, the Blocker.
In other words, you become aware of successively earlier memories of when the
Blocker was operating until you reach the earliest appropriate one.
Page 107

2. You then design a replacement behavior pattern that reflects the way you would like to
respond in the future to the stimulus that previously triggered the Blocker response. This
replacement reflects your current level of wisdom.
Using your marvelously powerful skill of hindsight, you modify anything about
each of those memories, except the basic situation, until you come up what
would have been perfect for you then, as you now view things.
3. You then instruct the part of your Unconscious that previously expressed the Blocker, a
particular Subpersonality, to express the replacement behavior pattern in the future
whenever it would otherwise have expressed the Blocker.
In effect, you tell your Unconscious to do this (the perfect replacement behavior
pattern) whenever it would have previously expressed that (the Blocker).
Of course, exactly how you perform each of these steps is what makes the Base Reframing
Process work, and well get into that shortly.
The end result will be that where you would have Unconsciously expressed the Blocker, you
will express the replacement behavior pattern instead. This will happen automatically and
usually without conscious awareness.
What you will be aware of consciously is simply that things have gotten a lot easier and more
joyful.
How to Frame the Blocker Body Feelings

When you really focus on a memory, your body will Unconsciously go back to the state it was
in when the situation originally occurred.
This means that when you recall the experience of a Blocker at work, you re-stimulate the
Blocker Body Feelings. This sets the stage for the BA Base Reframing Process.
For example, if you remember your last intense argument or upset and focus on that
memory for a few minutes, your body will return to the state it was in during the
argument or upset.
Page 108

Typically, that means that you'll go into a fight or flight mode with the adrenaline
flowing, a faster heartbeat, tightening of muscles, and strong emotions.
In this case, the memory of your last intense argument or upset re-stimulates the
Blocker.
But be careful if you try remembering your last argument or upset. Youll be primed for
another one, and could easily create that!
BA Base Reframing Step 1: Framing the Blocker Body Feelings

As I said, when your Unconscious cant get its message through directly to your Conscious
Mind, particularly when it runs into a Blocker, it resorts to indirect signals in this case,
modifying various things in your body such as:
the flow of blood that you consciously note as feelings of hot or cold depending on whether
your Unconscious dilates your blood vessels or constricts them.
muscle tension that you consciously note as physical stress, pain or a feeling of relaxation
depending on whether your Unconscious tenses or relaxes your muscles.
headaches when your Unconscious severely constricts blood flow to parts of the brain.
the flow of bile and enzymes into your stomach that you consciously note as stomach pain
or the pressure of bloating when too much enzyme flows and feeling overfull, like you have
a rock in your stomach because of undigested food when too little flows.
To effectively Frame such Blocker Body Feelings, focus on the experience of your selfdefeating behavior or attitudes that comprise the Blocker. Frame that experience by writing a
brief description of it.
So go ahead and pick an experience that youd like to work on, grab something to write with,
and write a brief description now.
Label that Number 1.
Really get into he memory of that experience.
Page 109

Then, with your eyes closed (to help you focus) scan your body from the very top of your head
to the bottoms of your feet as you hold the Blocker experience in mind. (Typically, youll
probably flip back and forth between the Blocker experience and scanning your body.)
As you do so, become aware of anything thats different in your experience of your body from
what you consider your norm. These are the Blocker Body Feelings.
It is VERY important to recognize that thoughts ARE NOT Blocker Body Feelings. You can
only feel with your body. Thoughts are mental. They are not Blocker Body Feelings. Labels
are mental. They are not changes in your body.
Blocker Body Feelings are exclusively changes in your body.
For Number 2, record the Blocker Body Feelings on the same sheet of paper.
Then, for stage 3 of this process, intuitively rate how clear and concrete the Blocker Body
Feelings you just recorded are using a 1 to 10 scale where a 10 is as clear as the feeling of
holding your pen or pencil while a 1 is no feelings at all, numbness. Record that rating under
Number 3.
On this scale, the rating of your Blocker Body Feelings must be at least an 8 before you take
the next step in the BA Base Reframing Process.
For example, Andreas two children, Keith (5 years old) and Annie (3 years old), often
squabble with each other, arguing over who gets to play first with a favorite toy, who
gets to choose the weeks movie and such.
In this case, theyre squabbling over a toy car.
Andrea finds this extremely stressful to the extent that she goes through a pretty
predictable sequence that escalates to yelling at Annie and Keith to be quiet, raising
her hand as if to swat one or the other of them and breaking into tears as she runs into
her room and loudly slams the door behind her.
She knows that her response is neither productive nor is it comfortable for herself or
her family so she decides to do a BA Base Reframing on the Blocker that causes her to
get upset to the point of yelling at her children, raising her hand as if to strike them and
running frantically into her room.
Page 110

So she takes a clean piece of paper and describes the situation where this occurs,
numbering that as Number 1.
She then remembers the last time she got so upset at her children, closes her eyes and,
in her imagination, scans her body to Frame the Blocker Body Feelings. She finds that
she is biting down, her neck is very tense in back, she is frowning and she feels a heavy
inward pressure in the center of her chest.
Andrea records these Blocker Body Feelings on her paper as Number 2.
Then she intuitively rates their clarity and concreteness. For Number 3 she records that
rating, in this case giving it a 9.
Since her rating is more than a 8, she is ready to move on to the next step in doing the
BA Base Reframing Process.
Because the Blocker Body Feelings are an inherent part of the Blocker stimulus-response
mechanism, by Framing and grabbing a hold of the Blocker Body Feelings, you are grabbing a
hold of the entire Blocker pattern.
The feedback that your Unconscious gives to your Conscious Mind when you have adequately
Framed your Blocker Body Feelings is that those Blocker Body Feelings are clear and
concrete.
Using the scale described above, the level of clarity and concreteness that your awareness of
your Blocker Body Feelings must reach before proceeding with a BA Base Reframing is an 8.
What If The Clarity and Concreteness of My Blocker Body Feelings Is Less than an 8?
There are two primary causes for low ratings on this Clarity and Concreteness Scale:
1. Your Unconscious doesnt know what you want to focus on.
2. You have Blockers associated with feeling things.
Ill discuss each in turn.
Page 111

1. Your Unconscious doesnt know what you want.

Think of the flow from your Unconscious to your Conscious Mind, the Stream of
Consciousness, as a very wide and rapidly moving river. If you stand for a few minutes
watching such an actual river roll past, youll realize that it carries a tremendous amount of
stuff. So does your Stream of Consciousness.
When you consciously focus on, for example, a log flowing down the actual river, you lose
conscious awareness of everything else flowing past and become far more aware of the details
of the log.
In similar fashion, when your Unconscious homes in on a particular aspect of the Stream of
Consciousness, it sends more and more information about that aspect to your Conscious Mind.
As it does, your experience of that aspect becomes clearer and more concrete.
If your Blocker Body Feelings arent adequately clear and concrete, you have to consciously
help your Unconscious to home in on the aspect that interests you, on your Blocker Body
Feelings.
You can do that very effectively do that via the Tune-Up Process. Here how the Tune-Up
Process works:
1. Rate the clarity and concreteness of your Blocker Body Feelings using the 1 to 10 scale
defined above, where a 10 is on the order of what you experience when you grasp your pen
or pencil or tightly hold this book in terms of clarity and concreteness.
2. If your rating is at least an 8, thats good enough. Continue with your Base Reframing.
3. If your rating is less than an 8, record the Blocker Body Feelings as you now perceive
them under Number 2 on your original paper.
4. Review what you just wrote about the Blocker Body Feelings. Then record how your
experience of the Blocker Body Feelings would have to be changed to bring them to a 10.
For example, you might have written down, I have a vague feeling of pressure on my
right temple and the center of my forehead. Intuitively, theres something going on in
my stomach and my arms.
Say that your rating of the clarity and concreteness of that is a 4.
Page 112

The feelings must be a lot more intense for my rating to reach a 10.
5. Read your rating that you just wrote (step 4 above) into your Heart Chakra (the center of
your chest). Next read into your Heart Chakra how that experience would have to be
changed to become a 10 and ask your Unconscious to make those changes in ways that
are for the highest good of me and of all concerned. Then take a deep breath and blow out,
hard.
In other words ask your Unconscious, via your Heart Chakra, to change your
experience of your Blocker Body Feelings by saying, into your Heart Chakra, Please
change my experience of my Blocker Body Feelings by making them much clearer and
more concrete to the extent that I rate the clarity and concreteness as a 10. Please do
that in ways that are for the highest good of me and of all concerned.
6. Take a deep breath and repeat steps 3-5 until your rating is at least an 8.
Ive never encountered anyone who was unable to Tune-Up their awareness of their
Blocker Body Feelings to at least an 8 in three cycles if they were able to initially Frame a
starting point unless they were encountering another Blocker.
If you have trouble Framing a starting point, if you have trouble simply perceiving your
body feelings, do what Im about to describe.
2. You have Blockers associated with feeling physical feelings.
The second reason you may have difficulty clearly and concretely perceiving your Blocker
Body Feelings is that you have trouble becoming consciously aware of your body feelings.
That can happen when you have a Blocker running about physically feeling things.
If thats the case, heres what to do.
If you are most comfortable talking and listening, as you focus on the Blocker experience, tell
yourself about what you are intuitively sensing or thinking concerning possible Blocker Body
Feelings. If you intuitively sense any wisps or glimmers of body feelings, note their possible
locations. Record what you get.
Page 113

As you talk to yourself, those feelings will become more apparent. When they are sufficiently
apparent to do the Tune-Up Process described above, do so. They will soon reach at least an 8 in
clarity and concreteness.
If you are more comfortable seeing things, write and draw out what you are intuitively sensing
or thinking concerning possible Blocker Body Feelings. If you intuitively sense any wisps or
glimmers of body feelings, note them.
It helps greatly to draw a stick figure representing your body and put asterisks or other marks
where you sense something unusual is going on. Next to each of these marks, record what you
sense or guess is going on in that part of your body.
As you write and draw, those feelings will become more apparent. When they are sufficiently
apparent to do the Tune-Up Process described above, do so. Your Blocker Body Feelings will
soon reach at least an 8 in clarity and concreteness.
BA Base Reframing Step 2: Letting Your Blocker Body Feelings Lead You
Back to Successively Earlier Times when the Blocker Was Operating.
When you have properly Framed your Blocker Body Feelings, when your awareness of them is
sufficiently clear and concrete - at least an 8 - your Unconscious will almost unerringly take you
back to memories of earlier times where those Blocker Body Feelings were present when you
appropriately ask it to do so.
To get those memories, do the following.
1. In your imagination, surround those Framed Blocker Body Feelings rated 8 or above
with a ball of white light and put that all into your Heart Chakra. As you do, say to
your Unconscious via your Heart Chakra, These Blocker Body Feelings are the part
of me I would like to focus on during the first segment of this Process. Please make
that happen and please make this entire process happen in ways that are for the
highest good of me and of all concerned.
Breathe in and imagine all of that becoming a part of you.
Then say to your Blocker Body Feelings within your Heart Chakra, Please take me back
to any earlier time when these same Blocker Body Feelings were operating.
Page 114

You will instantly get a memory.

If it is clear and understandable, simply document it. Number the first memory as 4a.
For example, in her imagination, Andrea (the mother we met earlier in this Chapter,
who yelled at her children and ran into her room, slamming the door) surrounds her
Blocker Body Feelings with a ball of white light and places that into her Heart Chakra
(in the center of her chest).
As she holds this Imaginary Experience, she silently says into her Heart Chakra,
These Blocker Body Feelings are the part of me that Id like to focus on during the
first segment of this Process. Please make that happen and please make this entire
process happen in ways that are for the highest good of me and of all concerned.
She breathes that in and imagines both the white ball with the Blocker Body Feelings
within and her instructions becoming a part of her.
Then she focuses on the Blocker Body Feelings within her Heart Chakra and silently
asks them to take her back to any earlier time in her life when the same Blocker Body
Feelings were present, doing so in ways that are for the highest good of me and of
all concerned..
Instantly, she gets a memory when she was 19.
In that memory, Andreas best friend, Theresa, was having a fight with her boyfriend,
Claude, that was threatening to turn violent. So Andrea stepped in to try to calm things
down.
But that was a mistake because both Theresa and Claude turned their anger toward
Andrea. Claude slapped her and Andrea responded by hysterically screaming and
physically lashing out at both of them.
Andrea remembers that thereafter she avoided any contact with either Theresa or
Claude. The whole things still leaves a very bitter taste in Andreas mouth.
As she remembered the incident, Andrea feels her anger and avoidance urge coming up
once again. The more she focuses on the memory, the more intense the Blocker Body
Feelings became.
Page 115

She records a brief version of the memory, Age 19, Claude and Theresa. Fight.
Claude hit me. I started screaming hysterically and hit them both. Never saw them
again. She numbers this 4a.
If you want to write more, thats fine but whats required is just enough to easily
remind you of that memory when you later read it.
(Note: using this process youll always instantly get a memory, but if that memory is
not formatted in a way that you can consciously recognize it will probably seem like
you get a blank in response to your request. If so, see Tuning a Blank into a Clear and
Understandable Memory, below, for instructions.)
2. Repeat step 1 three times to get three more memories. Record each and number it 4b.,
4c. and 4d, respectively.
Continuing our example with Andrea, she now again focuses on the Blocker Body
Feelings within her Heart Chakra and asks them to take her back to an even earlier
time when those Blocker Body Feelings were present, adding the Insurance Statement,
Please make that happen in ways that are for the highest good of me and of all
concerned.
She immediately gets a glimmer of the next memory and, as she writes that down, it
becomes clearer and clearer. She remembers that, at age 14, her parents were violently
fighting This was an old pattern of theirs but this time she tried to intervene, fearing for
her mothers safety. When she did, her father turned on her, verbally striking out and
threatening to hit her. Andrea responded by screaming hysterically at them, taking a
swing at her father and running away to her room and slamming the door loudly.
She records this as 4b.
The next memory is at age 10. It involved her two sisters fighting and Andrea getting
hysterical, running into her room and slamming the door. She records this as 4c.
The next memory is at age 6. Her brother was picking on her and she started
hysterically screaming at him, took a weak swing at him and ran into her room,
slamming the door. She records this as 4d.
3. Then seek out the earliest relevant and appropriate memory when this Blocker was
operating.
Page 116

Do this by changing the instruction you give your Blocker Body Feelings to Please
take me back to the very earliest time in my life when these same Blocker Body
Feelings were present that is appropriate and for my highest good to remember right
now. Please take me back to the very earliest time in my life when these same Blocker
Body Feelings were present that is appropriate and for my highest good to remember
right now. (Be sure to repeat this instruction twice, as above.)
Record the memory you get and number it 4e.
Andrea finds it easier and easier to instantly get the memories so now she again focuses
on the Blocker Body Feelings within the white ball within her Heart Chakra and says,
Please take me back to the very earliest time in my life when these same Blocker Body
Feelings were present that is appropriate and for my highest good to remember right
now. Please take me back to the very earliest time in my life when these same Blocker
Body Feelings were present that is appropriate and for my highest good to remember
right now.
She notices, as she does this, that she is no longer clearly feeling these Blocker Body
Feelings but that seems to make no difference because she instantly gets the requested
memory.
In it, she is about 1 year old, crawls into her parents room and hears them screaming at
each other. Her mother is complaining about how much time she has to spend taking
care of Andrea and that her father doesnt contribute to that at all. He screams back
that he works plenty hard providing a living for her and Andrea and that they should be
really grateful to him for doing a job that he hates in order to bring in that money for
them.
Andrea is terrified. What if they kill each other? What if theyre not there to feed her?
What will she do? So she tries to get their attention by crawling over to her parents but
they are so caught up in their argument that they ignore her. So she starts crying to get
their attention. They continue to ignore her. She starts screaming hysterically to the
extent that she vomits on the floor.
Her mother angrily picks her up and puts her into her crib, yelling at her. Andrea
retreats to the far corner of the crib, curled up in a ball. She's trying to get as far away
from her parents as possible. She feels herself trying to disappear, trying to become
nothing. She feels heartbroken.
Page 117

Andrea briefly records this as 4e.
BA Base Reframing Step 3: Reframing Each of the Five Memories.

During this step, you will consciously create new instructions for the part of your Unconscious
that has been expressing this Blocker what I call a Subpersonality. Those instructions will
determine the way that that this Subpersonality will respond to what it perceives as the same
type of situation in the future.
To accomplish this, you will use your powerful skill of hindsight to come up with a new
version of each memory that you deem exactly the way you would like things to have been in
that situation, a new version that is perfect for you a 10 on a 1 to 10 scale were 10 is perfect,
it couldnt be better, while a 1 is absolutely awful.
Its important to recognize that youre not trying to change the past. You are simply creating
new instructions for the Subpersonality that had been previously expressing the Blocker.
The steps involved are as follows.
6. Starting with memory 4e., rate how perfect that memory is from you current
perspective using a 1 to 10 scale noted where 10 means the memory is perfect. Record
your rating.
For example, in Andreas 4e memory, the basic situation is that she is about 1 year old
and crawls into her parents room in which she finds both parents.
Andrea rates memory 4e. as a 1.
7. Using your skill of hindsight, come up with a new version of that memory that is a 10,
perfect for you.
In the process of doing so, give yourself permission to change anything except the
basic situation. In other words, make your own movie. You are the screenwriter, the
director, the casting agent, the cinematographer, the editor, etc. Record your 10-level
version of the reframe and number it R5e.
Page 118

If the original memory is so horrible that you dont know where to start in reframing
it, just start with the opposite of the memory. Be sure, however, to keep the basic
situation the same.
Memory 4e is so terrible for Andrea to recall that she wants to avoid it. But, following
the instructions, she looks at the main points of what she has written down and, in each
case, she writes the opposite while keeping the basic situation the same.
Again, she is 1, crawls into her parents room and finds them arguing about something.
She smiles at them, radiating her incredible loving for her parents.
When they see her, they stop arguing, joyfully turn to her and break into broad and
loving smiles. Her mother moves over to her and gently and lovingly picks Andrea up.
Her father comes close to her face, smiling, and plays her favorite game where he lifts
his glasses off his eyes, saying boop, puts them back in place, again saying boop
and repeats this four or five times.
Andrea giggles.
Her mother tells her father that even though shes tired, taking care of Andrea is such a
great joy that its the most wonderful thing shes ever done. Her father agrees and
lovingly takes Andrea in his arms. Andrea smiles back and coos. The room is so filled
with loving and joy that Andreas heart feels full.
Andrea rates this reframe as a 9. She asks herself, Whats missing. Then she realizes
that when she was little, she loved hearing her parents sing her favorite song. So she
adds that to the reframe and it becomes a 10.
She now feels it cant be any better, that its perfect.
Andreas been developing this reframe by writing it down and editing. Now its perfect
so she numbers it R5e (R stands for Reframe).
The fact that her parents never actually expressed anything nearly as wonderful as what
Andrea is now imagining, is irrelevant.
Note that Andrea is NOT changing the past.
Page 119

Andrea is designing a new instruction for the Subpersonality previously expressing the
Blocker, telling it how to handle this kind of a situation in the future.
If you have difficulty allowing yourself to create your own perfect movie, you have a
Blocker running. So document it and use the BA Clearing Process presented in Chapter
Four to assist you in turning the reframe up to a 10.
Then, as soon as reasonable, resolve your Blocker that makes it difficult to tune-up your
reframes to a 10.
Create an Imaginary Experience that expresses R5e and tune it up until it
is a perfect 10.
Then, using her marvelous gift of hindsight, Andrea turns the original memory 4e. into
an Imaginary Experience that matches the written reframe shes recorded as R5e. She
doesnt have to do much more than remember 4e., read R5e, and close her eyes before
the Imaginary Experience starts to emerge. She inspects it, corrects a few things until
she rates it a 10 in perfection. She once again checks to see whether she can make it
any better. The answer is no, now its really perfect.
In your imagination, surround your Imaginary Experience with a ball of
white light and place it in your Heart Chakra. Then say to your
Unconscious, via your Heart Chakra, This is an example of the way I
would like to perceive, experience, create and handle this kind of a
situation. Please make that happen in ways that are for the highest good
of me and of all concerned. Breathe in and imagine that perfect
reframe and your instructions becoming a part of you.
Andrea imagines placing that ball of white light containing the perfect reframe into her
Heart Chakra. Silently, focusing on her Heart Chakra, she says, This is an example of
the way I would like to perceive, experience, create and handle this kind of a situation.
concerned. She breathes in and imagines making the perfect reframe and the
instruction a part of her.
I call this Anchoring the perfect reframe.
Page 120

Repeat steps 1 through 4 for each of memories 4d., 4c., 4b. and 4a., one at a
time, recording the perfect reframes (new versions) as R5d., R5c., R5b.,
R5a., respectively.
In similar fashion, Andrea reframes each of memories 4d., 4c. 4b. and 4a., bringing
each reframe to a perfect 10. As she does, she Anchors each and then moves onto the
next one.
By the time she finishes, she is feeling extremely good.
BA Base Reframing Step 4: Creating the Merged Reframe

At this point, you have created five perfect examples of how you would have liked this type of
situation to be in the past, in five different but Unconsciously related situations, and have told
your Unconscious to use these as examples for how it responds to the same sort of situation in
the future.
Now your job is to refine those instructions to your Unconscious. Do this in the following
way.
1. In your imagination, run back and forth through all five of the perfect, 10-level
reframes. Refer to your written descriptions R5a. through R5e. if you need to. Then
identify the themes that run through all five of those perfect reframes.
Andrea reads through her written description of each of her perfect reframes, R5a.
through R5e. and realizes that there are some extremely clear themes that run through
all of them. They are:
1. When she expresses her inner loving through her smile, others respond with loving
smiles.
2. She feels safe and loved.
3. Her loving is so infections that others around her catch it, stop fighting and
become loving, harmonious and cooperative.
Page 121

She notes that, although her written descriptions of the perfect reframes didnt all
evidence these themes, on reflection, they were present in each of her associated
Imaginary Experiences.
2. Record these themes under the heading, Merged Reframe.
Satisfied that what shes now written down catches the essence of all of her perfect
reframes, she titles the three themes, Merged Reframe.
3. Create an Imaginary Experience that expresses this Merged Reframe by starting with
the original situation you recorded a 1 and tuning it up to a 10, ensuring that it
incorporates all of the Merged Reframe themes.
Andrea creates an Imaginary Experience of the situation where she originally

exploded at her kids that fully embodies these three themes.
(Having already read my wife, Gloria Walthers, and my book on successfully
parenting 3 to 5 year olds, Eye to Eye, Andrea incorporates some techniques
presented therein.)
In this, Andreas two children, Keith (5 years old) and Annie (3 years old), start
squabbling with each other and Andrea, smiling radiantly and holding each of their
hands, places them equidistant from her.
Andrea says, Keith, how many candles do you need until your heart is ready to receive
love? Keith answers, 12. Andrea holds up one finger and Keith blows it out.
They continue until he completes blowing out 12 candles.
Andrea asks if hes now ready to receive loving and he says, Yes.
Andrea then does the same thing with Annie who requires 9 candles to be ready to
receive loving.
She radiantly smiles and calmly asks her children, one at a time, what happened before
they got so angry.
Keith says, I was about to reach out to play with my new toy car when Annie grabbed
it.
Page 122

Andrea thanks Keith and turns to Annie who says, The car had just been sitting there
for a long time and Keith was playing with his blocks. So I decided to take a look at it.
At this point the Keith and Annie have calmed down and started to smile back at her so
Andrea asks them to come up with a solution so that fights like this never occur again.
Keith says, Lets take turns. We can make a chart so we know whose turn it is. Annie
says, You make the chart and Ill decorate it. Then they look at each other and say,
Wouldnt it be great if we had a garage for the car? And they jointly start building
one out of Lego.
At this, Andrea is filled with loving feelings for her wonderful children and smiling so
radiantly that both of them radiantly smile back at her.
Andrea feels extremely safe and loved.
This Imaginary Experience is a definite 10 for Andrea.
4. In your imagination, surround this 10-level Imaginary Experience with a ball of white
light and place it into your Heart Chakra. Say to your Unconscious, via your Heart
Chakra, This is the way I would always like to perceive, experience, create and
handle this situation. Please make this happen at all appropriate times in ways that
are for the highest good of me and of all concerned. Breathe this in and imagine your
10-level Merged Reframing Imaginary Experience and your instructions becoming a
part of you.
Andrea imagines surrounding her 10-level Merged Reframing Imaginary Experience
with a ball of white light, placing that into her Heart Chakra and silently says, into her
Heart Chakra, This is the way I would always like to perceive, experience, create and
handle this situation. Please make that happen at all appropriate times in ways that are
for the highest good of me and of all concerned. She breathes in and imagines making
both the Merged Reframing Imaginary Experience and her instructions a part of her.
At this point she actually feels a 10. She feels joyful, loved and secure.
Whats With The Heart Chakra?

Page 123

The Heart Chakra is an energetic center located in the center of the chest that is a focus of the
Unconscious Mind.
It is said to be the center of the positive (yang) Chi energy in the body. It is also said to be the
point at which spiritual energies meet physical energies. It is said to be the point from which
loving radiates.
In any case, it is a point that gets a tremendous amount of Unconscious attention. And
anything put into the Heart Chakra similarly becomes the focus of Unconscious attention.
So, when you want to communicate consciously with your Unconscious, first get its attention
by focusing on the Heart Chakra and then imagining placing your communication within it.
Your Heart Chakra may or may not be the most effective point in your body to achieve this
result but it is fine for now.
Later, in Chapter Seven, Ill show you how to find the exact point thats most effective and to
set it up so that anything you place into it receives a very high Unconscious priority. That may
be your Heart Chakra or it may be some other point in your body.
BA Base Reframing: What You Have Just Done

You have given your Unconscious six sets of powerful instructions (via your five perfect
reframes, perfect Merged Reframe Imaginary Experience and accompanying instructions) that
define how, in the future, your Unconscious is to handle the type of situation that previously
triggered the Blocker.
In the future, whenever a situation arises where your Unconscious would previously have
expressed the Blocker you just resolved, it will express your new instructions instead.
The next time that Keith and Annie start squabbling, Andrea will smile warmly at each of
them, gently takes each of their hands, gently draws them to her, keeping them equidistant
from her, do the candle process if appropriate, turn to Keith, the oldest, and, in a soft and
gentle voice lovingly says, Keith, please tell me what was going on before you and Annie
started fighting, etc.
Page 124

What you instruct your Unconscious to do in the future, via the BA Base Reframing Process,
will simply happen - without your conscious attention.
Unless you keep a journal or otherwise reflect on events, you probably wont even be aware of
this happening. Youll just feel somewhat lighter and happier.
Your Unconscious will continue to follow these new instructions until you change them, if you
ever see fit to do so.
Some Important Tips for Making the BA Base Reframing Process Work Easily and
Smoothly.
There are only a few problems that you might encounter doing a BA Base Reframing Process.
Ill now discuss each of them, as well as how to solve them.
Turning a Blank into a Clear and Understandable Memory via the Color Process
Always assume that when, via your Heart Chakra, you ask your Unconscious a question or ask
it to do something, it will instantly respond.
If you dont perceive the response, its because the response isnt formatted so that it can be
consciously understood.
This is because your Unconscious hasnt yet learned how to properly format these types of
communications so they are consciously clear and concrete.
In summary, doing the Color Process (described in detail in Chapter Six B) is the first step in
resolving a memory that comes across as a blank into a clear and understandable one. The
second step is to do a Tune-Up Process.
The Detailed Steps

Here are the detailed steps involved in resolving a blank into a clear and understandable
response.
Page 125

1. Record exactly what popped into your Conscious Mind immediately after you asked
the Blocker Body Feelings to take you back to the earlier memory.
2. If what you got seems to be a blank, do the Color Process as taught in Chapter 6-B on
that blank. That is, frame and record the color of the blank, the liquid volume of the
blank, the temperature of the blank and the sound the blank makes. In each case,
record what you get.
Of course, all of this is imaginary so guess at the answer if you need to.
Repeat this Color Process until you get at least a hazy memory. When you do, rate its
clarity and understandability on a 1 to 10 scale where 10 equals very clear and consciously
understandable.
Then proceed to step 3.
For example, what if Andrea had gotten a blank when seeking her first memory?
Lets assume that she followed the instructions, focused on her blank and wrote down
its color (dark gray), liquid volume (2 gallons), temperature (112 degrees Fahrenheit)
and sound (an annoying whining).
She again asked for the memory and this time, she got a brighter blank with something
going on but it was still too hazy to figure out.
So she did the Color Process again and, upon completion, she was aware of the people
involved and the time in her life but the details were still hazy. She rated this a 6 in
clarity and understandability.
She recorded what she got and moved on to the next step.
If you dont get a blank but, rather, get a memory that is less than a 10 in clarity and
understandability, also proceed to 3.
3. Do a Tune-Up Process. Tell your Unconscious what you recorded in steps 1 (if a hazy
memory) or the final step in 2 (if initially a blank), your rating of clarity and
understandability and your written description of the memory.
Page 126

Andrea had rated the clarity and understandability of the memory she just recorded as
a 6.
Then she thought about how it would have to be changed to become a 10 on the same
scale and recorded what she got. She wrote, Need to see everyone involved and
exactly what is happening. Need to hear what they are saying.
Then she told her Unconscious what she had gotten by silently reading her rating and
what had to be changed into her Heart Chakra.
4. Ask your Unconscious, via your Heart Chakra, to give you a 10-level experience of the
memory, invoking the Insurance Statement. Record what you get.
She immediately said, Please change my awareness of the memory I just described
and do so in ways that are for the highest good of me and of all concerned.
She took a deep breath and imagined that what she had read into her Heart Chakra
and her instruction becoming a part of her.
5. Repeat 3 and 4 until your rating of clarity and understandability is a 10.
Andrea immediately took a deep breath, forcefully exhaled her breath and observed
the memory. Now it was much clearer but still only a 7. So she recorded what she now
knew about the memory and repeated steps 3 and 4. Now the clarity and
understandability were a 10.
6. Record the memory.
Since the memory was now a 10 in clarity and understandability, Andrea wrote a brief
description of it and continued with the rest of the BA Base Reframing Process.
Important Note: Through Tune-Up Processes, you train your Unconscious to format what it
sends to your Conscious Mind so that what it sends is clear and understandable. Pretty soon
youll automatically get that result.
What If the Memory is Now Pretty Clear, but Not Fully Understandable?
Page 127

If, after 3 cycles of this Tune-Up Process your rating is still less than a 10, the problem is
probably that you dont understand why that memory was chosen. In other words, the
memory is clear but not completely understandable.
Note that what you become consciously aware of when recalling a memory is a tiny fraction of
what that memory constitutes in your Unconscious like one Frame in a 90 minute movie
one out of about 130,000 Frames.
The problem is probably that your Conscious Mind is focused on the wrong one!
To Get the Relevant Frame of the Memory.
1.
Record whatever you perceive of that memory. Rate its clarity and understandability on
the same 1 to 10 scale you previously used.
For example, lets say that in the previous example, Andrea got a pretty clear memory
but it didnt make sense to her in the context of this BA Base Reframing. So she
recorded what she had gotten and rated the clarity and understandability as an 8 in
clarity but only a 3 in understandability.
2. Focus on your Heart Chakra and ask the Blocker Body Feelings Anchored in your
Heart Chakra to take you to the exact point in that memory where the Blocker Body
Feelings were present in ways that are for my highest good and the highest good of
all concerned. This triggers additional flow from your Unconscious.
Andrea then focused on her Heart Chakra, read into it what she had written about the
memory and asked the Blocker Body Feelings to take her back to the exact point in the
memory where they had arisen in ways that are for my highest good and the highest
good of all concerned..
Immediately, she leaped to an earlier point in the memory and everything made sense.
She now rated both the clarity and understandability as a 10.
3. Repeat 1 and 2 until the memory becomes a 10 in clarity and understandability. This
usually requires no more than two repetitions.
4. Record and number the memory.
Page 128

Andrea now wrote a brief description of the memory and numbered it 4a. before
continuing to find the other memories. These popped up easily because her
Unconscious had gotten the hang of the process.
Glimmers and Wisps Are Key Starting Points

When youre seeking memories, assume that the first glimmer or wisp you get is the tip of the
iceberg and write down a description of whatever that is.
Then write down the next glimmer or wisp.
Pretty soon, you will have turned that glimmer or wisp into a full memory.
Remember the power of writing things down!
Writing by hand is an extremely powerful Framing activity, as I have pointed out previously.
As you write, you give visual, auditory and kinesthetic feedback to your Unconscious.
Similarly, when doing reframes, be sure to write out your reframes before you try to come up
with Imaginary Experiences.
The Easy Way to Reframe Memories

There is no such thing as a fixed memory. Every time you recall a memory, you
Unconsciously reframe the original memory into the context of where you are in your life at
that time.
For example, when you recall an early memory, you dont experience it from the perspective of
someone at that age, even though it may include your early emotions. You perceive it from a
perspective resulting from your accumulated life experiences, your current knowledge, you
linguistic skills and your current perceptions.
Try it. Youll see what I mean.
In other words, reframing memories is something we are Unconsciously quite adept at doing.
Page 129

However, to consciously manage reframing memories, its necessary to give your Conscious
Mind permission to fully use your Unconscious creativity.
So heres that permission:
In reframing your memories, you are the screenwriter, the casting agent, the producer, the
director, the cinematographer, the musical director, the lighting director, the actor(s), etc., in
making your own movie.
In other words, YOU have full permission to change ANYTHING in YOUR memory to make
a perfect 10 reframe FOR YOU - anything except the basic situation!
Notice all those YOUs?
You are in control of the process.
Nested Blockers
Your Unconscious is very clever and efficient. If something has worked to get your conscious
attention in the past, it will use it again.
So if a set of Blocker Body Feelings gets your attention when your Unconscious expresses one
Blocker, it may use those same Blocker Body Feelings to get your conscious attention when
its expressing a different Blocker.
As such, you may find that what appears to be the same set of Blocker Body Feelings
characterizes multiple different Blockers.
Thats fine.
Just work with your Blocker Body Feelings in the context of the present Blocker that you have
Framed, even if you initially think you have worked with the same Blocker Body Feelings
previously.
If you follow the process I just described, youll soon realize that the memories are different in
context and/or specifics.
More challenging are what I call Nested Blockers.
Page 130

Frequently stimulated Blockers can spawn other Blockers that respond to the same stimulus
and are characterized by similar Blocker patterns and similar self-defeating habit patterns.
In Chapter Ten, I will show you how to quickly get at the root of those Nested Blocker
patterns, clearing many associated Blockers at once..
However, for the time being, be aware that you may have to repeatedly peel the onion this
means doing repeated BA Base Reframings on apparently the same Blocker.
Since its important that your Conscious Mind agrees with what you are doing in such a case,
its important to demonstrate for it that the apparently same Blocker is really a different one.
You can do this by asking the Blocker Body Feelings to take you to the exact point in the
earliest memory of the current BA Base Reframing where the Blocker Body Feelings arose.
(Be sure to include the Insurance Statement in your request.)
Youll see that this exact point is different from the exact point you reached in other BA Base
Reframings of what initially seemed to be the same memory.
By analogy, each Frame of the movie constituting your memory can reflect a different
Blocker. (Thats can, not necessarily will.) Seldom will you find more than a few Nested
Blockers.
Bottom Line
The Cybernetic Transposition Base Reframing Process is a way to permanently change the
way you Unconsciously respond to a situation, from a self-defeating way to a self-supporting
one.
It is very powerful.
A CRITICALLY IMPORTANT NOTE
Always, always invoke the Insurance Statement when instructing your Unconscious!
Your Unconscious has complete control of your body.
Page 131

For example, based on the work of Dr. O. Carl Simonton, it appears that cancer is a result of
Unconsciously trying to get the Conscious Mind to pay attention to and resolve repressed
grief. (If youd like to read more about this, Dr.Simonton has published several books on the
subject.)
You can also find many other references via Google. For example, Prospective investigation
of emotional control and cancer risk in men (the Zutphen Elderly Study) Tijhuis MA, Elshout
JR, Feskens EJ, Janssen M, Kromhout D. and Expressive/suppressive anger-coping responses,
gender, and types of mortality: a 17-year follow-up (Tecumseh, Michigan, 1971-1988).
Harburg E, Julius M, Kaciroti N, Gleiberman L, Schork MA.)
For example, based on extensive medical research (including the research of my father, a
cardiologist), it appears that sudden death heart attack is the Unconscious Minds way of
resolving a particular type of ego survival situation. It often occurs when a previously highly
productive and involved executive or professional person retires and feels unworthy and
without a purpose.
Unless you provide some guidance, your Unconscious can interpret your instructions to it in
ways that can seem pretty strange from your conscious perspective and pretty destructive as
well.
Thus, it is EXTREMELY IMPORTANT to always include the Insurance Statement
in ways that are for the highest good of me and of all concerned whenever you give
instructions to your Unconscious.
This clearly tells your Unconscious to ensure that what it does is appropriate for you and for
everyone else involved.
Thats an extremely important protection.
Be sure to always use it.
Page 132

Chapter Five
How to Take the Temperature of Your Target
I have good news and so-so news.
The good news is this:
Now that you have a clear Target and have resolved the inner conflicts that surfaced when you
looked at it, you will probably move right to its accomplishment.
The so-so news is this:
I said probably move right to its accomplishment.
Because this process is new to you, you are going to need to keep active watch over your
Unconscious.
When you have fully mastered the Cybernetic Transposition Super Achievement Three-Step
process, it will often work almost completely automatically. Thats the way it works with very
lucky people.
Now, however, this is a new process for you. Your Unconscious Mind is going through a
complex learning. It is necessary to give it fairly frequent feedback on how its doing in
moving toward your Target.
I call that feedback process Monitoring.
In this chapter, Ill cover how to effectively monitor your progress.
Why Monitoring is Necessary

Most peoples conscious thoughts are usually contradictory.
For example, you might think, Its Saturday and Im going to mow the lawn, clean out part of
the garage and play some catch with my kids.
Page 133

However, at the same time, you might be thinking, I dont have to get up and go to work
today. Id like to stay in bed, just sleep in.
Those thoughts are contradictory: Get up and do some work around the house versus stay in
bed and sleep in.
Youve been there, havent you?
Thats the sort of contradictory communications that most of us give our Unconscious Minds
most of the time.
As a result, your Unconscious has a lot of trouble understanding what you consciously want.
In fact, quite early in life, it begins to regard your conscious input as a lot of noise and turns
down the volume.
Obviously, the more difficulty your Unconscious has in comprehending what you consciously
want, the less likely you are to get it.
Therefore, we are now embarking on learning a process that will sharply improve your
conscious communication with your Unconscious Mind. Thats what the Cybernetic
Transposition Basic Achievement Three-Step process is primarily about.
Your Phone Is Ringing Again

Start paying attention to what you see, hear, and feel in your life.
Once you have made clear to your Unconscious what you want by doing the Cybernetic
Transposition Basic Achievement Three-Step Process covered in the preceding seven
chapters, your Unconscious will attempt to give you what it thinks you want.
Your conscious job is to clearly tell it how it is doing. I call this process Monitoring.
Basic Achievement Monitoring consists of five steps. These steps are discussed in detail in the
next section.
But here is an overview of them:
Page 134

1.
On a daily basis, read through your Basic Achievement Target, imagining and
experiencing what it describes.
2.
On a separate piece of paper, write down the things that you have done that day to
bring you closer to the accomplishment of your Target.
3.
Record a 1 to 10 rating that indicates how close you are to achieving your Target.
A 1 means no progress at all and a 10 means full achievement.
4.
If Blockers arise, either while you are reviewing your Target or while you are
recording your progress in achieving it, note them and handle them using the Basic
Achievement Clearing Process.
5.
Check for the three sets of on-track feedback signals - joy and happiness, enthusiasm
and eagerness, and certainty of achievement. If any of those are missing, repeat the
previous steps.
Remember Cheryl and her vacation money?

In an earlier chapter I told you about Cheryl and her desire to get more money for a Vacation.
When she finished prioritizing, her Target ended up as:
"I'm really enjoying my vacation. I feel exceptionally abundant whenever I feel the
envelope in my pocket with the $500 that mysteriously appeared just before I left. I'm
grateful to myself for setting the Basic Achievement Objective that brought the money
to me. Please make this happen in ways that are for the highest good of me and of all
concerned.
By the third day of practicing, Cheryl got the feeling that she was off track. Although
she felt joy and happiness, enthusiasm and eagerness, she had no certainty of
achievement.
As instructed, she redid the Practice routine and realized that she hadn't done anything
much to bring about the result she wanted. So she sat down and thought about where
she might get some money.
In doing so, she remembered that she had loaned a few college friends money when
Page 135

they needed it and they hadn't paid it back. She made a list of the people and the
amounts they had borrowed, looked up their phone numbers and called two of them.
No luck there, as neither of them had any extra money. But because Cheryl hadn't
found the number of the third friend who owed her money, she asked
each of the two she reached. They both said, no, they didn't have the number but she
felt a little suspicious that one of them did.
On the fifth day, when the third friend called to say that she had the money to repay
Cheryl, she mentioned that one of the other two had called her and told her that Cheryl
really needed to be repaid. That was why she had called.
As you can see, by prioritizing and monitoring her Target, she was able to get clear
about her options.
And that clarity helped her get the money she wanted!
Detailed Instruction
Now lets walk through the whole monitoring process on the Target you have:
1.
Review Your Target

For example, lets assume that I have embarked on accomplishing the Basic
Achievement Target created in Chapter One and modified in Chapter Three:

$170,000 payment.
earn that amount.
Page 136


from that.
2.
Document Your Accomplishments

Become aware of the things that you have done this day to bring you closer to
accomplishment of your Target.
For example:
What I have done today that brings me

closer to achievement of my Target
1. I confirmed my booking for next
month.
2. I received a list of trainees for next
months training and background on
each.
3. I made plane reservations for travel to
the training location.
4. I reviewed and updated my training
outline and overheads.
Page 137

3.
Rate Your Progress

Then record a 1 to 10 rating that indicates how close you are to achieving your
Target. A 1 means no progress at all and a 10 means full achievement. Record this
on your list of accomplishments.
For example:
My booking for next month was definitely confirmed and the most important detailed
arrangements were made. However, I intuitively know that there are some important
things that I havent covered. Therefore, I give myself a progress rating of 7.
What I have done today that brings me

closer to achievement of my Target
1. I confirmed my booking for next
month.
2. I received a list of trainees for next
months training and background on
each.
3. I made plane reservations for travel to
the training location.
4. I reviewed and updated my training
outline and overheads.
My Progress Rating: 7
Page 138

Remember, this is a trial and error process for your Unconscious. It tries something
and you consciously tell it whether it has gotten it right.
What I have just done provides very concrete feedback to my Unconscious Mind.
IMPORTANT: When you hit a 10, you have achieved what you want and you
should complete the process by congratulating yourself, by writing something like:
Congratulations. Great job!!!

Rating: 10
This congratulatory feedback to your Unconscious is very important.

4.
Resolve Blockers
Check for Blockers. If any arise, resolve them using the Basic Achievement Clearing
Process.
For example, as I read through my Target, I have a vague feeling of unease. Something
is nagging at me, a Blocker. So I read through again until I hit on whats triggering it.
Something seems to be missing from the Target. Something was there before that isnt
there now.
So I go back to my papers that I wrote during Chapter One and find that, indeed,
something is missing. When I rewrote my Target during the Chapter Two exercise,
Prioritizing, I left something out.
What I left out is:
Im also very pleased that I achieved the Basic
Achievement Objective that I set for myself of working
no more than ten days a month, leaving lots of time to be
with my kids.
Page 139

Now Ill have another three weeks with them and Im

And, with that in mind, Im looking forward to the seven
days of training that I have scheduled next month and the
$225,000 Ill earn from that.
I realized that what I left out is very important to me. So I edit my Target accordingly:

$170,000 payment.
earn that amount.
Im also very pleased that I achieved the SA Objective
that I set for myself of working no more than ten days a
month, leaving lots of time to be with my kids.
Now Ill have another three weeks with them and Im
And, with that in mind, Im looking forward to the seven
days of training that I have scheduled next month and the
$225,000 Ill earn from that.
Page 140

Now as I read through my Target, there isnt any sign of conflict.

Since I made a significant change, I will reprioritize my Target until I get a Thats
enough intuitive signal. In practice, it only took 20 repetitions to reach that point.
5.
Check for On-Track Signals

The On-Track signals Im looking for are:
joy and happiness

enthusiasm and eagerness
certainty of achievement.
In my example, all of those are present when I think about achieving my Target. So I
know that Im on-track.
Summary
By Monitoring your progress toward achieving your Target, you provide very important
feedback to your Unconscious Mind feedback that substantially increases the likelihood
that you will hit your Target. This is the feedback any good pilot would use to keep on course.
Basic Achievement Monitoring consists of the following tasks:
1.
2.
On a separate piece of paper, write down the things that you have done that day to
bring you closer to hitting your Target.
3.
Record a 1 to 10 rating that indicates how close you are to achieving your Target.
A 1 means no progress at all and a 10 means full achievement.
Page 141

4.
If Blockers arise either while you are reviewing your Target or while you are
recording your progress in achieving it, note them and handle them using the Basic
Achievement Clearing Process.
If you make significant changes, reprioritize your Target until you get a Thats
enough intuitive signal. Typically, no more than 20 to 50 repetitions will be required
to achieve this.
5.
Check for the three sets of on-track feedback signals - joy and happiness, enthusiasm
and eagerness, and certainty of achievement. If any of those are missing, repeat the
previous steps.
What You Covered in This Chapter

In this chapter, you learned why it is necessary to provide frequent feedback to your
Unconscious, clear feedback on how you are doing in moving toward hitting your Target. You
also learned the five steps involved in daily Basic Achievement Monitoring.
Coming Up!
Are you ready to tackle impossible targets?
Thats right. With the tools youll begin to learn in the next chapters, you will be armed and
ready to create and manifest what others might call impossible dreams.
Well, what do they know?
Youre reading this book. Not them!
The next chapter describes the differences between the Cybernetic Transposition Super
Achievement Three-Step and the Basic Process you just learned. It also presents some
exercises that will give you a concrete feel for these differences.
Prepare for miracles!
Page 142

Chapter Six
How to Become Super Lucky:
The Cybernetic Transposition Super
Achievement Process
Is anything truly impossible?
Not with what you are about to learn in the rest of this book.
With the Cybernetic Transposition Super Achievement Three-Step you are about to learn,
even desires that might be called seemingly impossible will now be within your reach.
Think of it: Even the desires you wanted but were afraid to even try to get are now possible for
you!
That's what the Cybernetic Transposition Super Achievement Three-Step is about, becoming
successful in a way that looks almost miraculous.
After you start using this amazing process, people will start calling you lucky.
You wont be lucky, youll just be smart.
Lets get cracking!
Youre About to Unleash Real Power

Youre going to feel like Superman (or Superwoman) after you learn the Super Process.
Youll be able to fly right to your desires!
These techniques are much more powerful than the Cybernetic Transposition Basic
Achievement Three-Step and somewhat more complicated.
While the Basic Achievement techniques pretty much let you work in your normal way, the
Super Achievement approach may require some new learning for you.
Page 143

(Youve already encountered one aspect of that when you performed the Basic Achievement
Base Reframing Process.)
The payoff on this learning is fantastic:
My research has shown that people who use this advanced method have an initial rate of
success in achieving seemingly impossible SA Objectives of up to 100 percent!
Yes, I said 100% percent.
(In my coaching program where I lead the participants through learning what you are about to
encounter, 100% of those who do at least most of the assigned work achieve their 10difficulty, seemingly impossible SA Objective, first try.)
Now lets get to the meat of the process itself.
In brief, the Super Achievement involves the same Three-Step Framework of creating a
target, prioritizing it, and resolving what would otherwise block you.
But it differs in at least four important ways.
1) It involves a good deal of creating specific Imaginary Experiences.
2) It incorporates a very powerful process for translating your conscious, written SA
Objective into a harmoniously held, extremely precise Unconscious SA Target, the
Target Process.
3) It develops an ability to directly trigger the parts of the brain that are capable of holding
a sustained Unconscious focus on this Target, a very powerful additional way to
prioritize your Target, your Inner Anchor Point.
4) It develops an ability to permanently change self-defeating Unconscious habit patterns
(Blockers) into supportive ones. This involves a powerful modification of the Basic
Achievement Base Reframing Process and a completely new and very powerful
Process, the Subpersonality Negotiation.
Each of these differences is explained in the following sections.
Page 144

Put on your Superman/Superwoman suit and lets start flying.
Page 145

The Truth About Visualization

The first major difference between the Basic Achievement and the Cybernetic Transposition
Super Achievement Three-Step is the Level of Explicit Imaginary Experiences.
Please note that Im talking about creating Imaginary Experiences. I am NOT limiting me or
you to only visualization.
To understand this, you have to understand the truth about visualization.
The Cybernetic Transposition Super Achievement Three-Step frequently involves creating
and modifying Imaginary Experiences a process that some people call visualization.
But visualization can be a misleading term since it implies only visual experiences. To be
complete, an Imaginary Experience should include:
seeing
touching
feeling
moving
hearing
smelling
tasting
emotions
thoughts
intuiting
Youre probably good at creating Imaginary Experiences, whether we call the process
daydreaming, hindsight, visualizing or imagining.
When I asked you to put on your Superman or Superwoman suit, you probably had a visual in
your mind of what that looked like.
But maybe you also felt the suit on your skin, felt great thinking of yourself with super powers,
and maybe saw yourself flying, too. Thats more of an Imaginary Experience, and not just a
visual experience.
Whatever we call it, the process is pretty much the same.
Page 146

Are you with me here?

To give you a feel for exactly what Im talking about, Im going to ask you to do an exercise in
creating Imaginary Experiences. First, Im going to walk you through the exercise as I do it.
The numbered paragraphs are the instructions. The italic paragraphs are words explaining the
thoughts and pictures going on in my mind.
1.
Imagine a very tall tree with very strong branches. Become aware of how it
looks, the color of its bark, the shape and color of its leaves, how it sounds
with the wind blowing through its branches, what it feels like when you
touch it, its smell, and how it would taste if you chewed on one of its leaves
or needles.
Im imagining a very tall redwood tree with an enormously thick trunk and
very strong branches. Its bark is a rough, dark reddish brown and its leaves
are pine-like, dark green needles. As I imagine the wind blowing through it,
I hear a soft susurrus and sighs of the branches (to quote Longfellow). Its
needles are spiny, sharp, prickly and relatively stiff. Its bark is rough and
consists of raised strips. My tree has a wonderful resinous smell like an
enormous Christmas tree and its needles taste the same way, a little like
Greek Retsina wine.
2.
Imagine the face of someone who easily comes to mind. In your

imagination, ask them if they are willing to try something with you. If they
say yes, imagine shaking hands with them or giving them a hug. If they say
no, thank them, imagine a different person and ask them. If they say yes,
do the rest of the exercise with them. If they say no, find someone else.
Im thinking of my eldest daughter, Lisa, who is now 40. Im remembering
her stories of trekking through Nepal, climbing slippery paths up the
mountains in the rain. Im pretty sure that she will feel comfortable with this
exercise and when I ask her, she says sure! So I give her a hug.
3.
Imagine your person sitting on the lowest branch of the tree that's strong
enough to safely hold them. Check whether they're safe and comfortable
and, if not, change things in your imagination so they are.
Page 147

Im imagining Lisa sitting on a long and very thick branch, looking

extremely happy. Shes waving to me with a smile on her face.
4.
Now imagine your person standing, very safely and comfortably, on the
very top of the tree. In your imagination, do what's necessary to ensure
that they are safe and comfortable.
In my imagination, Im asking Lisa whether shed like a platform on the top
of the tree and she looks at me like Im crazy. You must be kidding, she
says, puts on her safety harness and climbs the tree to the very top where she
looks around and says, Well, on second thought, maybe a platform with a
nice rocking chair would be nice.
In my imagination, the platform with a rocking chair immediately appears
and, for my comfort, it has a sturdy white picket fence. Just to make sure its
safe enough, I imagine myself grabbing and trying to shake it. It doesnt
move an inch.
Now, Lisa climbs over the fence, looking knowingly at me, takes off her
safety harness and sits comfortably in the rocking chair.
5.
Imagine that your person is now standing on top of the tree on one foot and
that they have their other leg stretched out in back of them. They have
both their hands stretched out in front of them. In your imagination, do
whats necessary to be sure that they are safe and comfortable.
Lisas got a serious expression on her face. She says, I want to make sure I
get this right. But once shes stretched out and gained her balance, she
looks like shes enjoying the experience. She says, The view is magnificent.
You can see the Pacific Ocean. And the pine smell is terrific.
6.
Imagine that your person is also spinning a hoop on their back leg, the way
performers do in the circus. Note the color of the hoop and the sound it
makes. In your imagination, do whats necessary to be sure that your
person is safe and comfortable.
In my imagination, Lisa has grabbed ahold of the fence to brace herself and
she is moving her right leg so that the red and yellow hoop is spinning in a
wobbly fashion. Its making a soft oscillating sound something like a lawn
Page 148

sprinkler. Shes saying, Daddy, this is really ridiculous as she smiles at

me.
7.
Now imagine that your person also has a flag in one hand and they are
waving it. Note the colors and messages written on the flag. In your
imagination, do whats necessary to be sure that your person is safe and
comfortable.
In my imagination, while still holding onto the fence for support with her left
hand, Lisa is holding a Thai flag in her right and waving it. The flag is red,
white and blue with a red horizontal band at the top, a white one under that,
then a blue band that is twice as wide and narrower white and red ones
beneath it. She reminds me that she used to teach at the university in Chiang
Mai, Thailand and that she speaks Thai.
She says, Look! as she increases the speed of the red and yellow hoop
rotating around her leg. Good job, I say in my imagination.
8.
Imagine also that a little bird has now landed on your person's head and is
singing a song that you recognize. In your imagination, do whats necessary
to be sure that they are safe and comfortable.
Now, in my imagination, a finch gently lands on Lisas head. Its red head
and golden breast contrast with its shiny black wings and upper body. The
finch is singing a totally unlikely rendition of the Beatles Im Henry the
Eighth I am and Im laughing out loud. I notice that, in my imagination, Im
somehow level with and quite close to Lisa a good viewing platform.
9.
Imagine also that your person is singing a song and that right now two
more birds arrive on the scene carrying a banner with a message just for
you. The banner carries a very noticeable and pleasant scent so take note of
it. Be sure that you read the message on the banner and, in your
imagination, make sure that your person is safe and comfortable.
Now things are getting really interesting. Lisa is singing along with the finch
and, in my imagination, Im joining in. Were all having a great time of it
and Lisa and I are smiling. (Im not sure about the finch.) Two snowy owls
(the Disney type) arrive carrying an Olde English appearing banner that
Page 149

says, LOVE TRIUMPHS. It carries the smell of freshly cut, ripe red
strawberries which I love. Lisa says, Me too!
10.
Imagine your person coming down from the top of the tree in a very safe
fashion, one that they especially enjoy. Be sure that they are safe and
comfortable.
In my imagination, Lisa says, Ive got a really great one and waves her hand.
Suddenly, a long, curving white stonelike staircase appears. It has strong but
slim white handrails and is firmly mounted to the tree. It is supported by other
trees as it curves its way around and about during its descent to the ground
almost right next to the foot of my tree.
Lisa gracefully descends the stairway, regally waving to the imagined crowd
watching. When she reaches the ground, she turns and looks upward at all of
the imaginary creations and smiles. Good work, she says.
11.
Imagine that your person has arrived on the ground safely and
comfortably and that they are standing where they were when you first
imagined them. Make sure that they feel safe, comfortable, and otherwise
okay.
Thank them for participating in this exercise. Surround them with an
imaginary ball of white light and let it take them back whence they came.
Im asking Lisa whether shes okay and she says, I feel great. That was
exhilarating. She gives me a hug and I ask her where she was before she came
to join me. She says, I was working at the magazine and I really have to get
back. So I thank her and imagine her surrounded with a ball of glowing white
light that rises gently off the ground, comfortably carrying her back to the
world of New Haven.
In my imagination, I remain in the forest for a while, alternately smelling the
resin smell and the smell of strawberries while I listen to the finch who has
remained on the top of the tree and is now working on Sergeant Pepper.
Page 150

Keys to Creating Imaginary Experiences

Ive just demonstrated the keys to creating sophisticated Imaginary Experiences. Here they
are as a list for you to review:
start with the familiar, perhaps in an unfamiliar context

add something else familiar, perhaps in an unfamiliar context
then add another familiar something, perhaps in an unfamiliar context
modify anything that you have created as you require
keep going until you've created the imaginary version that you want.
I started with a familiar face and a tree that I had only seen from a distance. This evolved into a
detailed experience of the tree (sight, sound, touch, taste, smell) and a series of events that I
have only experienced in pieces, in completely different contexts.
For example, I have never seen my daughter Lisa climb a tree or spin a hoop on her leg.
However, Ive seen lumberjacks climb trees the way I imagined her doing and Ive seen
clowns in circuses spin hoops on their legs. My Unconscious was easily able to put these
pieces of the familiar into a new context with only a slight suggestion from me (i.e., reading
the instructions for the exercise).
In similar fashion, you can construct essentially any Imaginary Experience that you want.
Its easy, and Ill help you with the process in just a moment.
In fact, in Chapter Nine I will show you a relatively simple and extremely powerful way of
translating your written SA Objective into a very precise Imaginary Experience of having just
successfully achieved it.
To recap, a visualization usually involves just the visual sense, but an Imaginary Experience
involves all of your senses.
In short, a visualization involves only seeing.
The Imaginary Experience involves seeing, hearing, feeling, touching, tasting and smelling.
The Imaginary Experience is almost real.
Page 151

Its the difference between just seeing yourself in a super powers costume, or actually
experiencing yourself as the super power.
Its Your Turn

Now its time for you to create your Imaginary Experience.
This will be fun, and great mental training.
Just follow the same set of instructions:
1.
Imagine a very tall tree with very strong branches. Become aware of how it
looks, the color of its bark, the shape and color of its leaves, how it sounds with
the wind blowing through its branches, what it feels like when you touch it, its
smell, and how it would taste if you chewed on one its leaves or needles.
2.
Imagine the face of someone who easily comes to mind. In your imagination,
ask them if they are willing to try something with you. If they say yes, imagine
shaking hands with them or giving them a hug. If they say no, thank them,
imagine someone else. and do the rest of the exercise with this new person.
3.
Imagine your person sitting on the lowest branch of the tree that's strong enough
to safely hold them. Check whether they're safe and comfortable and, if not,
change things in your imagination so they are.
4.
Now imagine your person standing, very safely and comfortably, on one foot on
the very top of the tree. In your imagination, do what's necessary to ensure that
they are safe and comfortable.
5.
Imagine that your person is now standing on the top of the tree on one foot and
that they have their other leg stretched out in back of them. They have both their
hands stretched out in front of them. In your imagination, do whats necessary
to be sure that they are safe and comfortable.
6.
Imagine that your person is also spinning a hoop on their back leg, the way
performers do in the circus. Note the color of the hoop and the sound it makes.
Page 152

In your imagination, do whats necessary to be sure that they are safe and
comfortable.
7.
Now imagine that your person also has a flag in one hand and that they are
waving it. Note the colors and messages written on the flag. In your
imagination, do whats necessary to be sure that your person is safe and
comfortable.
8.
Imagine also that a little bird has now landed on your person's head and is
singing a song that you recognize. In your imagination, do whats necessary to
be sure that your person is safe and comfortable.
9.
Imagine also that your person is singing a song and that right now two more
birds arrive on the scene carrying a banner with a message just for you. The
banner carries a very noticeable and pleasant scent so take note of it. Be sure
that you read the message on the banner and, in your imagination, make sure
that your person is safe and comfortable.
10.
Imagine your person coming down from the top of the tree in a very safe
fashion, one that they especially enjoy. Be sure that they are safe and
comfortable.
11.
Imagine that your person has arrived on the ground safely and comfortably and
that they are standing where they were when you first imagined them. Make
sure that they feel safe, comfortable, and otherwise okay.
Thank them for participating in this exercise. Surround them with an imaginary
ball of white light and let it take them back whence they came.
Excellent!
Youre tracking right along and doing great.
An Effective Translation Incorporates Both the Words and the Music

Remember that the first step of the Cybernetic Transposition Three-Step involves creating a
very precise Unconscious Target that is harmoniously agreed on by your Conscious Mind and
all of the relevant parts of your Unconscious.
Page 153

We indirectly accomplish that in the Basic Achievement Three-Step but in the Super Achiever
Three-Step, we accomplish that very directly, in a way that creates an extremely precise and
tightly focused SA Unconscious Target.
That is the second major difference between the Basic Achievement and Super Achievement
Processes.
It has been said and repeatedly demonstrated that an effective translation must incorporate both
the words and the music.
In other words, it must incorporate all of what is important.
The SA Target Process empowers you to perform this critical task in a rather easy and
extremely effective fashion so that the SA Target you create provides an excellent aiming
point for your Unconscious to strive to reach. It is far more precise and comprehensive than
the BA Unconscious Target.
The Secret of Focus

So far, weve talked about the first and second major difference between the Basic and Super
Achievement processes, the explicit use of Imaginary Experiences and effectively translating
your conscious SA Objective into a very precise Unconscious SA Target.
Now lets explore the third difference, a powerful additional way of prioritizing your Target.
The second major difference between the Basic Achievement and the Cybernetic Transposition
Super Achievement Three-Step is the process of holding a sustained Unconscious focus.
Let me explain.
There are specific parts of your brain (i.e., the frontal lobes) that have the ability to keep you
Unconsciously focused on something at the same time that you are consciously concerned
with completely different things.
For example, have you ever wondered how you can safely drive a car while
thinking about whats happening at work, dinner, your plans for the weekend,
etc.?
Page 154

Thats what I mean by consciously focusing on one thing (thinking about all of those things)
and Unconsciously focusing on something else (driving the car).
But thats a simple example.
Lets go deeper.
How Your Unconscious Slows Time

Do you know all of what is happening in and around you right now?
Probably not. None of us donot consciously, anyway.
Your Unconscious Mind is typically focused on a tremendous number of things, ranging from
keeping your heart beating to maintaining your body weight to searching through billions of
alternatives until you come up with the solution to a problem thats troubling you until you
have an aha!
However, in a life-threatening situation or one that your Unconscious takes to be lifethreatening, essentially all of the power of your Unconscious is focused on one or a very small
number of things and, consciously, time seems to slow down.
The reason Im telling you this is that you normally only know how to use this special focusing
capability when your Unconscious Mind perceives your very survival is at stake.
In the next chapter, however, were going to show you how to use this marvelous already
existing ability to help achieve what previously seemed like impossible SA Objectives.
Watch This Bullet Coming At You

Have you ever gotten an amazing amount of work done while on a deadline?
Have you ever knocked over a cup and watched it slowly fall and shatter?
Have you ever been in an auto accident and time seemed to move like molasses?
Page 155

You may have already experienced this focusing ability at work, when you were rushing
toward an impending deadline and later wondered how you achieved so much in so little time,
or when you dropped something extremely valuable and watched it slowly float to the floor
and fly apart, or even when you were involved in an automobile accident and saw the collision
slowly occurring.
Maybe you can recall a movie youve seen in which somebody fired a gun at somebody else.
Remember how everything went into slow motion?
The example I like to think about that illustrates this phenomenon is from The Matrix.
Keanu Reeves, the hero, was on top of a tall office building when attacked by the evil Agents.
As an Agent fired his gun, time slowed sharply. You could see the bullets slowly moving
toward Reeves, spiraling from the rifling in the gun barrel, as our hero moved out of the way.
However, what were talking about here isnt simply a cinematic special effect.
What that movie depicts is actually a slightly enhanced version of what you might see if the
gun had been fired at you!
The same part of the brain that so focuses you in a crisis situation is the part that will allow you
to remain Unconsciously focused on your SA Objective, once you have established the
Framework.
Think of this!
In the next chapter, you will learn to consciously trigger that part of your brain by developing
an imaginary tool, the Inner Anchor Point, into which you will imagine placing Imaginary
Experiences that you want to highly prioritize.
For now, just realize that the second difference in the Super process is maintaining an
Unconscious focus on your SA Objective independent of your conscious focus.
Now lets move on to the fourth difference between the Basic and Super Processes.
Get ClearFor Good!

Just so were on the same page, so to speak, lets review:
Page 156

The first difference is explicit visualization

The second difference is creating an extremely precise and comprehensive Unconscious
Target.
The third difference is maintaining a sustained focus.
And whats the fourth?
The fourth is learning two processes of permanently changing self-defeating Unconscious
habit patterns into self-supportive ones.
This is where you get clear inside yourself.
This is where you transform the self-sabotage into self-support.
To do this youll need what I call the Root Normal Base Reframing Process.
Youll love this section because it deals with getting clear within yourself so you can have, do,
or be whatever you can imagine.
In the Root Normal Base Reframing Process, you will use your ability of sensing what is
going on with your body to track down self-defeating Unconscious habit patterns through
remembered time.
The difference from the BA Base Reframing Process is that you will wipe out numbers of
related Blockers at one time.
Think of a tree. In this context, the leaves represent minor Blockers while the branches
represent modestly intense Blockers. The trunk represents very intense Blockers while the
roots represent extremely intense normal (not Cell-Level Memory) Blockers.
When you destroy the roots of a tree, the trunk, branches and leaves all die. In similar fashion,
where you perform a Root Normal Base Reframing, the tree of Blockers built on the Root
Blockers will be cleared.
As usual, once you have completed the Root Normal Base Reframing, your Unconscious will
handle the types of situations that previously triggered the self-defeating habit patterns in the
new way that you have defined with your highly desirable Targets.
Page 157

The second major SA Process for clearing Blockers is the Subpersonality Negotiation. In this
Process, you will regress the Subpersonality expressing the Blocker at hand to its most basic
state which is extremely cooperative and supportive You will then build a team of other
Subpersonalities around the regressed Subpersonality whose job it is to express more or less
the positive opposite of the Blocker in a broad range of situations.
Ill be explaining all this to you in Chapter Ten. For now, just understand that the fourth main
difference between the Basic Process and the Super Process is getting really clear. Youll learn
how your body is trying to send you messagesmessages that come in the form of body
feelings.
To understand how you use your body to give you feedback, Im going to take another cut at
explaining body feelings to you.
Why Body Feelings?

Body feelings are the most common form of communication from your Unconscious to your
Conscious Mind when your Unconscious cant otherwise get through.
In other words, most messages that our Unconscious Mind tries to send to our Conscious
Mind are blocked.
You are, in some ways, on the phone right now.
Your Unconscious is trying to call you but your line is busy.
Since it cant get your attention, it sends you a non-verbal signalthrough your body.
When your Unconscious cant get the message through directly to your Conscious Mind, it
resorts to indirect signals in this case, modifying various things in your body that it controls,
such as:
the flow of blood (that we consciously note as feelings of hot or cold depending on whether
it dilates the blood vessels or constricts them)
muscle tension (that we consciously note as stress, pain or a feeling of relaxation
depending on whether it tenses or relaxes your muscles)
headaches (when it severely constricts blood flow to parts of the brain)
Page 158

the flow of bile and enzymes into your stomach (that we consciously note as stomach pain
and the pressure of bloating when too much enzyme flows and congestion when too little
flows).
In the Super Achievement Root Normal Base Reframing, you will use your ability to become
aware of your body feelings to track down the root source of the self-defeating habit pattern.
Do you see how healing this can be, as well?
Once you start paying attention to those messages, and clearing them, many of your health
issues will dissolve.
Why?
Because you finally heard what they were trying to tell you!
Again, Ill explain all this to you later. For now, Im just introducing the differences and
concepts in the Super Process.
Now lets look at another concept that may be brand new to you.
Heres How to Achieve Any Success

Are you a detailed planner?
Do you set goals and map roads to them?
Ordinarily, you are taught that when you want to achieve a challenging SA Objective, you
develop a detailed plan of how to do it and then implement your plan.
Right?
Youve heard the advice: Make a plan and make it so.
Thats NOT the case when you're doing the Cybernetic Transposition Super Achievement
Three-Step.
Here the rule is:
Page 159

Don't try to figure out how to achieve your SA Objective.

Thats not to say that, once having set your Super Achievement Objective, you shouldnt think
of how to achieve it if thats your normal way of thinking.
In fact, once youve created an Unconscious focus by setting your Super Achievement SA
Objective, your Unconscious may flood your Conscious Mind with how-to thoughts.
Thats fine. Handle them normally. In fact, it might be worthwhile keeping some Post-Its and a
pen with you to note those suggestions. Thats what I do.
But!
But what I am saying is that you DO NOT try to figure out how you are going to achieve your
SA Objective as part of the Cybernetic Transposition Super Achievement Three-Step process.
If your Unconscious wants you to do something that contributes to achieving your SA
Objective, you'll either do it Unconsciously or you'll be given conscious reasons that motivate
you to do what's needed. Of course, as you may later realize, those reasons may have little or
nothing to do with what's really going on.
In other words, let go.
Yes, of course, act on the ideas that occur to you and seem right to you, but dont worry, plan,
or schedule your time for your goals arrival.
So just relax into the Cybernetic Transposition Super Achievement Three-Step process and
allow yourself to be lucky - meaning Unconsciously successful.
This is another difference between the Super process and anyone elses approach to achieving
your dreams.
Can you imagine how easy this will be for you?
Success almost becomes automatic.
It certainly becomes more natural.
Page 160

Is This Magic?
When you let go and allow your Unconscious Mind to bring your results to you, you might
feel like magic is happening.
Its not really magic. Its invention. Your Unconscious invents a way to carry you to
successful achievement of your Objective and it does so with minimum conscious awareness.
That's what I mean about seeming to be lucky you let your Unconscious do the work.
When the Unconscious does it, the Conscious Mind isn't aware of what's happening to
produce the intended results. They happen naturally. Thats when luck seems to happen.
Heres a true story to illustrate what I mean:
Carl was a big fan of competition badminton (like in Forrest Gump) and the founder
and head of his local badminton club. He wanted to generate at least $300,000 in
sponsorship for an international competition.
Being a high achiever, Carl was quite familiar with talking people into approving
major expenditures so he was confident that he had the Unconscious skills to do what
he wanted.
He, therefore, set a Cybernetic Transposition Super Achievement Objective that
within 4 weeks he would have done whatever was necessary and appropriate so the
sponsorship of the international competition would have been fully subscribed. He did
the complete Three-Step process and practiced faithfully according to the schedule
presented in Chapter Eleven.
Then, being a very busy executive, he attended to business at hand, managing a multibillion dollar revenue stream.
Carl kept a log of the amount subscribed and, by week 3, he was over $100,000. By
Thursday of week 4, subscriptions had reached $300,000 and by Friday, they totaled
$365,000.
Was it magic? No. Carl did speak to various potential sponsors during the four weeks,
meeting some for lunch or dinner. But he never set a conscious plan to achieve these
Page 161

things. Everything seemed to happen by chance. Hed be introduced to a potential

sponsor by a friend who knew Carl was looking. Or someone that hed never
considered a potential sponsor mentioned that his firm was looking for a way to get its
name in front of sports fans.
In other words, while Carls Conscious Mind was focusing on his normal day to day
business, his Unconscious Mind was making things happen.
What to Do If Road Blocks Appear

Is all of this sounding too good to be true?
That very thought might be a Blocker in your progress.
Again, Ill teach you how to powerfully resolve Blockers later, but lets take a look at this idea
of road blocks for a moment.
As you make progress through the Cybernetic Transposition Super Achievement Three-Step,
you may run into some roadblocks. This is normal and to be expected.
The following things may happen:
you may feel stuck, tired, unmotivated, or confused
you may think halfway there is good enough (its not you want to finish what you
set out to accomplish)
you may feel inclined to skip part of the work, like Practicing, telling yourself I dont
have enough time for this.
When that happens, youll be pleased to know, theres a technique youve already learned that
can get you through these roadblocks easily, quickly and with 100% reliability.
That technique is the Cybernetic Transposition Basic Achievement Three-Step, which you
learned in the previous chapters. Just review those steps to get through any bumps in the road.
Using this technique to help yourself through a rough stretch of road is something like picking
yourself up by your bootstraps, so thats why I call it bootstrapping.
Page 162

You see, even though you may have achieved some gratifying things with the Cybernetic
Transposition Basic Achievement Three-Step Process, that wasnt the primary reason for
including those techniques in this book.
The reason I wanted you to have them at your disposal is to give you a bootstrap way of
mastering the Cybernetic Transposition Super Achievement Three-Step, if you need it.
The Basic Achievement technique is just one part of your bootstrapping resources.
Heres the full bootstrapping program:
1.
Read each of the Super Achievement Chapters, one at a time. Do what is suggested,
chapter by chapter. Do not wait until youve read everything to get to work.
If, at any point, you have difficulty implementing what I suggest, do the Cybernetic
Transposition Achievement Three-Step dealing with easily and effectively completing
what's causing you trouble.
2.
If you feel even slightly stuck or experience other minor Blockers, do a Basic
Achievement Clearing Process or Basic Achievement Base Reframing Process on the
feelings of conflict.
3.
Maintain a Success/Failure List for tracking your Super Achievement progress (see
below).
Ill explain that last step in this next section.
Success and Failure Lists

A great way to track your ongoing journey is with a Success/Failure list.
As you learn the Cybernetic Transposition Super Achievement Three-Step, each day take a
clean piece of paper, divide it into two columns, write successes at the top of the left hand
column and failures at the top of the right hand one. Then date the page.
Under successes, briefly note each of the day's successes in learning the Cybernetic
Transposition Super Achievement Three-Step, one per line. They can be little or big.
Page 163

For example, if today I read and understood this chapter and decided on a more challenging
version of my previous SA Objective, I might write under successes:
Failures
Successes
1.Completed and
understood Chapter Six.
2.Created a very desirable
and substantially more
challenging new version
of my SA Objective.
7/18/02
Similarly, under failures, list each of what you perceive to be the day's failures.
I might write under failures, I initially felt like Id have trouble doing the Imaginary
Experience exercise or the first time I read the Root Normal Base Reframing description, it
seemed confusing (if that were the case.)
Successes
1.Remembered to water
plant.
2.Gave a presentation that
earned a very profitable
contract.
Failures
1. I initially felt like Id
have trouble doing
the Imaginary
Experience exercise.
2. The first time I read
the Root Normal Base
Reframing
description, it seemed
confusing.
7/18/02
Page 164

Then read through your success list. After reading each success, remember the experience it
refers to and say to yourself, Thats a success. I'd like more like of those!
Next read through your failure list. After each failure, remember the experience and say,
Thats a failure. I don't want any more of those!
You will soon see that the daily list of successes increases and the list of failures decreases
simply because you consciously told your Unconscious Mind what you mean by successes
and failures and instructed it to focus on generating the former and reducing the latter.
Remember, what you focus on expands.
What you focus on is an instruction to your Unconscious.
If you want more successes, focus on successes.
Easy, isnt it?
The Bonus Packages

As you have probably discovered by now, I am giving you a series of Bonuses.
Six of these consist of packages of forms, descriptions and audio segments of me leading you
through the Cybernetic Transposition Super Achievement Three-Step processes, just as I did
in the trainings that typically cost participants $4,500 apiece.
Once you have read and understood a Super Achievement Chapter, you will be ready to use
the associated package to lead you through the process that the chapter describes.
Heres how to use them:
First you will print and fill out the form as instructed in the Chapter (always by hand).
Then, the online audio segment will verbally lead you through the process.
This way you will have both visual (form) and verbal (audio) guidance in doing the process.
Page 165

A Caution
The Cybernetic Transposition Super Achievement Three-Step is very powerful, too powerful
to teach without a good deal of training.
So please note this warning:
This book doesn't teach you how to teach others to do the Cybernetic Transposition Super
Achievement Three-Step or any of the component processes.
Please do not attempt to teach this to others.
Here's why:
First, the Cybernetic Transposition Super Achievement Three-Step is very sophisticated,
having been refined over a twenty-five year period. The script for presenting it is about 250
single-spaced pages in this size type. The trainers have to go through a year long process of
building Unconscious models of the processes and resolving Unconscious habit patterns that
might get in the way before they are ready to lead others.
If youre interested in whats involved in that, take a look at:
http://www.howtobeagreatcoach.com/cttct
NONE of that is taught in this book!
Second, someone who isn't properly trained can, potentially, hurt others if they try to train
them in the Super Achievement techniques. That's because we Unconsciously treat another
human being very differently from the way we treat a book.
When you read a book, your Unconscious protective mechanisms will block you from hurting
yourself unless you are so foolhardy as to ignore some very strong intuitive messages. Even
then, you'll probably Unconsciously misinterpret things so you don't hurt yourself. And,
finally, the insurance instruction will cancel any remaining self-defeating things that you try
to do.
But if someone else tries to lead you through the techniques, two unfortunate side effects may
occur:
They may misinterpret the instructions in a way that suits them but not you.
Page 166

They may Unconsciously implant some of their own Blockers in your Unconscious Mind
by virtue of the way they present the material to you or how they act or talk when you are
in a receptive state. These Blockers may well be totally wrong for you and create severe
unintended problems.
The same may be the case if you try to lead someone else through the processes.
So please don't take a chance. Don't try to teach the Super Achievement material to anyone
else or let anyone other than someone I approve teach it to you.
Again, this material is for you to use NOT to teach!
Use it and blossom.
Page 167

Summary
The Cybernetic Transposition Super Achievement Three-Step differs from the Basic
Achievement in these ways:
It utilizes a good deal of explicit visualization.
It incorporates a very powerful process for translating your conscious, written SA

Objective into a harmoniously held, extremely precise Unconscious SA Target, the Target
Process.
It develops an ability to directly trigger the parts of the brain that are capable of holding a
sustained Unconscious focus, a powerful additional way to prioritize your Target.
It develops an ability to permanently extremely powerfully change self-defeating

Unconscious habit patterns (Blockers) into supportive ones.
And it differs from the way we normally try to achieve SA Objectives by not focusing on how
to do something when setting your Super Achievement Target.
What you have already learned will assist you in bootstrapping your way to success with the
Cybernetic Transposition Super Achievement Three-Step:
If, at any point, you have difficulty implementing what is described in the following
chapters, do the Cybernetic Transposition Achievement Three-Step dealing with easily
and effectively completing what's causing you trouble.
If you feel only slightly stuck or experience other minor Blockers, do a Basic Achievement
Clearing Process on the feelings of conflict.
If you feel more seriously stuck or experience more intense Blockers, do a Basic
Achievement Base Reframing on the feelings of conflict.
Maintain a Success/Failure List for tracking your Super Achievement progress.
Once you have read and understood a Super Achievement Chapter, you will be ready to use
the associated package of forms, downloadable downloadable audio instructions and discussion
to more easily lead you through the process that it describes.
Page 168

Page 169

Chapter Six - B
Consciously Dialoguing with Your Unconscious
One way I describe Cybernetic Transposition is that it empowers you to consciously manage
your Unconscious Mind in ways that allow you to consistently achieve seemingly impossible
results.
To Successfully manage your Unconscious requires that you have effective two way
communication with it.
Very few people have developed that skill.
Thats why learning to effectively communicate with your Unconscious Mind is the subject of
this chapter.
Here are a couple of important definitions.
Imagine a great big circle. Whats within that circle represents your Unconscious Mind (and
whats outside represents everything else including the collective Unconscious, the spirit realm
and the God realm).
Within that big circle, imagine a very small circle defined by a fairly thick line. Whats within
that very small circle represents your Conscious Mind.
The fairly thick line that divides your Conscious Mind from your Unconscious represents your
Subconscious Mind. The Subconscious Mind contains whats on the edge of conscious
awareness.
Page 170

Just one more definition.

There is a constant massive stream of communication from your Unconscious Mind, across
your Subconscious Mind into your Conscious Mind. I call this the Stream of Consciousness.
Normally, we are consciously aware of only a tiny aspect of the Stream of Consciousness. But
hallucinogenic drugs, such as LSD, can make one consciously aware of much more of the
Stream of Consciousness. Some people who tried LSD couldnt handle that and went mad,
literally and irretrievably.
Normally, self-supporting Unconscious habit patterns protect us from becoming consciously
aware of too many aspects of this Stream of Consciousness but hallucinogenics can
overwhelm those protections.
One way of thinking of the Stream of Consciousness is as a massive river.
Imagine that as you are standing on one bank of this river, you see many logs and bits
of flotsam floating past you. Obviously, you cant simultaneously comprehend very
much of that flow.
But if you focus on one log, carefully inspecting it, you can see great detail. While you
do that, your awareness of the rest of whats floating on the river and the river itself
becomes a blur.
Similarly, if you consciously focus on one thing in the Stream of Consciousness, you become
increasingly aware of that one thing.
This happens because the very act of consciously focusing on something sends feedback to
your Unconscious that what youre focusing on is of conscious interest to you. Your
Unconscious responds by sending more about that something into your Conscious Mind via
the Stream of Consciousness.
To illustrate, lets talk about dieting.
If youre typical, when you focus on dieting, you become quite aware of previous
dieting experiences. The very act of focusing on dieting tells your Unconscious to send
you more on the subject.
Page 171

Perhaps you remember how difficult it was last time you tried to lose weight and how
you quickly regained all of the weight you lost when you ended the diet.
Perhaps you remember all of the foods you yearned to eat but couldnt.
Perhaps you remember the depressing days when you went hungry all day but your
scale showed no weight loss.
Perhaps you remember that you were hungry most of the time and that it was a struggle
to stay on the diet.
Perhaps you remember wondering how long it would take to lose a significant amount
of weight. Etc.
Similarly, if youre typical, when you focus on chocolate cake, you become quite aware
of your previous encounters with chocolate cake.
Perhaps you remember how great it tastes.
Perhaps you remember the contrast of textures, the slightly spongy cake itself as
contrasted with the luscious smoothness of the frosting.
Perhaps you remember the wonderful taste of the frosting in contrast to the taste of the
cake itself.
Perhaps you remember how that first piece of cake looked on your fork. Perhaps you
remember the scent of chocolate.
Perhaps you remember how nicely full and satisfied you felt when you ate a big piece of
that chocolate cake last time. Etc.
When you consciously focus on something in your Stream of Consciousness, your
Unconscious devotes more and more of the Stream of Consciousness to that something.
Its as if, in the river analogy above, the log youre focusing on expands to fill more
and more of the width of the river.
This is an important key to learning to effectively Dialogue with your Unconscious, to
consciously conduct a clear and effective two way conversation with it.
Page 172

Consciously Dialoguing with your Unconscious can take many forms.

Most commonly, in your Conscious Mind youll silently say words and your Unconscious will
reply with words, a productive variation of talking with yourself.
For example, using a Cybernetic Transposition Process that I teach in my coaching
program, I developed an Unconscious team that I call my HouseKeeping Team.
Its job is to automatically resolve up to moderately powerful Blockers.
In my Conscious Mind, I just now silently asked my HouseKeeping Team how many
Blockers it had resolved in the last week. Immediately, in my Conscious Mind a voice
answered, 159.
Thats what I mean by Dialoguing using words.
Lets Talk About Framing

Framing is simply the process of separating whats of interest from everything else, somewhat
as a picture Frame separates what it surrounds from everything else on the wall.
Framing is a familiar and very effective process of implicitly Dialoguing with your
Unconscious.
For example, Im about to show you The Color Process that is very useful for improving
communication from your Unconscious to your Conscious Mind and for getting rid of
headaches.
The Color Process consists almost entirely of Framing.
The Color Process

You can also effectively send implied communications to your Unconscious and receive
replies in terms of changes in your body or your awareness.
Page 173

For example, heres a rather reliable way of curing headaches through Framing
(which Ill explain in a minute) and Dialoguing.
I call it The Color Process.
Try this the next time you have a headache.
Focus on the headache and imagine it has a color. Determine what that is and record it
on paper.
Then imagine that the headache has a physical volume and determine how much water
it would take to fill it. Record what that is.
Next imagine that the headache has a temperature that you can measure and record
that temperature in degrees Fahrenheit or Centigrade. Record what that is.
Finally, imagine that the headache is making a sound and record what that is.
Repeatedly do this process until the headache disappears.
Normally, this requires 3 to 5 cycles and, in the process for example, the color goes
from red or black to clear, the liquid volume will go to zero, the temperature will go
from high to low and the sound will go from an agonizing or complaining one to a
gentle and soothing one or none at all. And when you reach that point, youll usually
find that your headache has disappeared.
In that process, youre doing two things that make the Color Process work.
First, in order to imagine the color, volume, temperature and sound of the headache, you must
intensely focus on your experience of the headache for some time. In the process, you very
effectively Frame the headache, indicating clearly to your Unconscious whats of interest to
you.
In other words, youre consciously separating your headache from everything else in
your conscious awareness.
However, there is one more important aspect of the Color Process that I havent yet described
and it is really key.
Page 174

The headache was a message from your Unconscious to your Conscious Mind. Think of it as
the ringer on your telephone. When your phone rings, it will continue ringing until either you
answer it or your voicemail system does.
In similar fashion, when you actually consciously receive the message from your Unconscious,
the headache stops.
Of course, the ringing tone is not the message just as the headache is not the message.
You can usually greatly benefit by actually getting the message that your Unconscious is
trying to send to your Conscious Mind when it gives you a headache.
Thats usually pretty easy to do once you have repeatedly Framed the headache sufficiently so
that your Unconscious dissolves it.
Just focus on the center of your chest, your Heart Chakra, and silently say to your
Unconscious, What is the message that you were sending me when you sent the headache?
The answer will usually immediately pop into your Conscious Mind. Record that answer on
paper and then, in similar fashion, ask your Unconscious, Is what I wrote down the message
you sent?
If the answer is, yes, your conscious job is to consider and, if appropriate, act on that
message.
If the answer is, no or maybe, ask your Unconscious to give you the real message, record
it and check whether thats what it sent. Usually one or two times through this cycle, which I
call a Tune-Up, will get you the real message.
Congratulations. If you did what I suggested, you have just consciously Dialogued with your
Unconscious.
Getting back to the Color Process, it really works. No kidding!
For example, the other day I accompanied Gloria, my wife, to the local BMW
dealership because her lease had expired and she had to decide whether to buy her car
out of the lease or to lease a new one.
Page 175

After helping Gloria to Frame what she liked about her favorite car of all time, a
yellow Mercedes 450SL convertible that she owned some years ago, my job was done.
When we arrived at the BMW dealer, I gave her space to explore the available cars
with one of the salesmen, a knowledgeable and courteous Russian fellow named Pavel.
I didnt want to influence her choice because, being a car nut, a former sports car
racer, I have strong opinions about cars.
While waiting, I saw a couple of middle aged female sales people sitting outside. So,
with nothing else to do, I walked up and said, Hi. Beautiful day but a little warm isnt
it? One of them answered, Its hot and I have a terrible headache. I wish I had some
Advil but I dont. I replied, I dont have any either but would you like to try
something a little nutty that will probably resolve your headache?
Somewhat timorously, she said, Yeeeessssss. So I led her through the Color
Process a few times. In three minutes, no more headache and her Unconscious had
told her to drink two glasses of water.
By the way, Gloria found her perfect car, a white BMW 328i hardtop convertible
with the sports suspension that shes named Aspen. Driving it shes like a kid again,
which gives me great pleasure. (And, while I think Aspen is a neat car that I feel
comfortable driving, Ill continue to be very happy driving my Porsche Cayman S
which Ive named Chloe. Im astounded by and really like the precision of everything
she does.)
Of course, I often think of Gloria as a big kid in adult clothes which makes her both
extremely empathetic with children and wonderful to be with. My children think of me
as a big kid so maybe thats one reason Gloria and I have so much fun living together.
Page 176

A Little More About the Color Process in Terms of Framing

As you try to imagine the headaches color, your Unconscious responds by sending you
information about the color.
As you focus on that color sufficiently to name it and translate that name into written form, you
are sending more information to your Unconscious about what youre focusing on and it
replies with the desired information.
Implicitly you had previously been sending to your Unconscious the message, I dont like or
want this headache.
So when you effectively Frame your headache in visual (color), kinesthetic (liquid volume and
temperature) and auditory (sound it makes) ways, you very effectively tell your Unconscious
what you didn't like or want.
And, since your Unconscious always wants the best for you, it probably responded by
eliminating the headache.
Page 177

Chapter Six C
Easily Creating Effective Imaginary Experiences
Do you remember the saying, A picture is worth a thousand words? Well, an effective
Imaginary Experience is worth a lot more than a thousand words when communicating what
you consciously want to your Unconscious.
Note that the term, Imaginary Experience is NOT equivalent to the term visualization.
A visualization contains only visual images.
An Imaginary Experience can include visual (images) auditory (sounds), kinesthetic (intuitive
feelings, touch, movement, pressure, temperature), olfactory (smells) and gustatory (taste)
aspects. It may include all of these sensory modalities but more typically, it includes only a
couple or a few of them.
Effective Imaginary Experiences are ones that are vivid, adequately complete and just right
for you.
Creating effective Imaginary Experiences is at the heart of the Cybernetic Transposition
Processes so Im going to show you how to easily create effective Imaginary Experiences.
When creating Imaginary Experiences, Frame a memory or other experience that your
Unconscious Mind has popped into your Conscious Mind by writing it down and then modify
it in your imagination.
Everyone Ive ever met is already quite skilled at this process. They call it hindsight.
To initially Frame that memory or other experience, simply focus on it for five seconds and
then write a brief description of it.
As you continue to focus on this Imaginary Experience and explicitly or implicitly ask your
Unconscious to modify it in various appropriate ways, your Imaginary Experience becomes
more vivid, complete and right for you.
In effect, you intuitively or explicitly edit your Imaginary Experience until you are satisfied
with it.
Page 178

For example, while I was writing the preceding, the idea of having a chocolate pie for
desert tonight popped into my Conscious Mind. (Chocolate meringue pie is my
absolute favorite pie.)
As I focused on that Imaginary Experience, I could recall the taste and texture of
Glorias chocolate meringue pie which is the best I have ever tasted.
However, as I focused on that, two thoughts immediately popped into my mind. First,
that Im on a diet this week and, second, that Gloria is the pie maker in the family and
shes away visiting her family.
Thinking about those two things sent a message to my Unconscious and it popped two
alternatives into my mind. First, going out to Marie Calendars to buy a chocolate
cream pie and, second, having no pie at all and substituting watching an installment of
The Wire on DVD after dinner while drinking some coffee.
I decided that The Wire and coffee was a much more agreeable choice. So my
Unconscious changed my Imaginary Experience to that.
I rate the result as just right for me and it certainly is vivid and complete.
How to Easily Create Effective Imaginary Experiences

Imaginary Experiences are the most effective way of communicating what you consciously
want to your Unconscious and a key part of Cybernetic Transposition. Thus, Im going to
show you the easy way of creating effective Imaginary Experiences.
I need to show you that because, even though creating Imaginary Experiences is something
that we do easily and naturally when were daydreaming or applying hindsight, some people
run into major or minor Blockers when they try to purposefully apply these skills.
So Im first going to show some workarounds that will allow you to initially rather easily
create effective Imaginary Experiences.
Page 179

Or you can start right out improving your ability to create effective Imaginary Experiences by
performing a BA Base Reframing on any type of experience that tells you that you cant easily
create an effective Imaginary Experience.
Whether you resolve those Blockers immediately or after youve practiced creating Imaginary
Experiences a little, once you do, the whole process will become pretty automatic.
Lets get started. Please be sure to actually DO what Im about to suggest IMMEDIATELY.
Read paragraph 1, below, and do what it suggests, RIGHT NOW. Do not read ahead of that.
Record what you get on a clean piece of paper headed Creating Imaginary Experiences.
1. Daydream about something that youd like to happen in the future.
Do so for about 5 seconds.
Observe your daydream.
As it initially appears, does it primarily contain visual images, sounds and/or words,
feelings (intuitive, touch, temperature, movement) or a combination of some of or all of
these?
Record your answer to this question.
Now read paragraph 2, below, and IMMEDIATELY do what it suggests.
2. Using hindsight, review something that happened yesterday or today and create an
imaginary improved version.
Focus on this imagined experience for about 5 seconds. Observe the resulting Imaginary
Experience. As it initially appears, does it primarily contain visual images, sounds and/or
words, feelings (intuitive, touch, temperature, movement) or a combination of some of or
all of these?
Record your answers to this question.
3. Compare the two answers that you have just recorded.
Page 180

Normally they will agree and point the way to what I call your Dominant Perceptual
Modality, your primary way of perceiving the world.
Did you primarily initially SEE the Imaginary Experiences? If so, your Dominant Perceptual
Modality is likely to be visual.
Did you primarily initially HEAR the Imaginary Experiences? If so, your Dominant
Perceptual Modality is likely to be auditory.
Did you primarily initially FEEL the Imaginary Experiences? If so , your Dominant
Perceptual Modality is likely to be kinesthetic.
Record what you decide is your Dominant Perceptual Modality based only on this exercise.
Then review the answers to the above questions to ensure that what you have identified as your
Dominant Perceptual Modality is consistent with those answers.
Now I can tell you how to start easily creating effective purposeful Imaginary Experiences.
Step 1
If your Dominant Perceptual Modality is visual, start by remembering or imagining visual
images. See what you want in your Imaginary Experience.
If your dominant Perceptual Modality is auditory, start by remembering or imagining sounds
and conversations that you want in your Imaginary Experience. Hear what you want in your
Imaginary Experience.
If your Dominant Perceptual Modality is kinesthetic, start by remembering or imagining
feelings intuitive, touch, movement, pressure, temperature - that you want in your Imaginary
Experiences. Feel what you want in your Imaginary Experience.
It is MUCH easier to create an Imaginary Experience when you start with your Dominant
Perceptual Modality. And easy is good, as youll often hear me say.
Starting with whats natural for you is the easy way.
My Dominant Perceptual Modality is visual.
Page 181

I want to create an Imaginary Experience of my dinner tonight.

As I wrote that, an image of a head of romaine lettuce popped in which quickly
migrated to me cutting the romaine into slices.
Then, as I continued to focus, a ripe tomato popped into my Imaginary Experience and
that migrated to me cutting it into slices and then cutting those into pieces.
Then a bundle of cilantro popped in and I saw myself cutting it with scissors onto my
salad.
Next a package of organic ground beef popped in and I saw myself cutting it in half,
sprinkling it with garlic salt and Worcestershire Sauce and searing it until it was
medium rare.
Finally, I saw myself putting the cooked meat and salad on a plate and sprinkling some
salt on the tomato pieces.
Step 2
When creating an Imaginary Experience, it is always important to Frame what you get, at
each step, by writing a description.
As you probably recall, Framing is the process of separating the wheat from the chaff, of
putting a Frame around what is of interest to you that separates it from everything else.
Writing is a very powerful Framing technique.
When you focus on your Imaginary Experience sufficiently to convert that intuitive
experience into words that you can write down, you are giving your Unconscious very
powerful feedback as to what you want it to focus on.
As you send these implicit messages, your Unconscious will send you additional
aspects of your Imaginary Experience.
It is key to always write by hand.
Page 182

In doing so, you give your Unconscious visual feedback (seeing what youre writing),
auditory feedback (essentially everyone subvocalizes almost silently saying the words
they are writing to themselves) and kinesthetic feedback (the feeling of holding the pen
or pencil, the movement of your hand and arm, the pressure you put on the paper).
By Framing your Imaginary Experience in this way, you communicate to your Unconscious
what you want it to focus on.
As you do, your Unconscious becomes much clearer about what you want it to give you and it
responds by giving your more of the same. As this occurs, your Imaginary experience will
expand in scope and intensity.
I write a description of the present state of my Imaginary Experience which is:
I am seeing my dinner of seared ground beef and a romaine, tomato and cilantro salad
with a little salt and salad dressing on it sitting on one of my favorite plates.
Step 3
Now rate the vividness, completeness and perfection for you of your Imaginary Experience
using a 1 to 10 scale where 10 equals as vivid and complete as your experience of real life
and perfect for you and 1 equals nothing at all and/or not at all perfect for you. Record this
rating on your paper.
If your rating is less than a 10, also record how your Imaginary Experience would have to be
changed to bring it up to a 10.
Focusing on my Imaginary Experience of tonights dinner that I described above, the
salad seems incomplete, a little bland. In fact, as I continue to focus on it, it seems a
little boring.
So I rate my Imaginary Experience as a 9 in vividness and completeness but only a 6
in perfection. Somethings missing. It seems bland. I feel that I need to add other and
stronger tastes.
Then, while focusing on your Heart Chakra (the center of your chest), using The Insurance
Statement, tell your Unconscious your 1 to 10 rating and how your Imaginary Experience
must be changed to bring it to a 10.
Page 183

Next ask it to make these changes in ways that are for the highest good of me and of all
concerned.
I focus on my Heart Chakra and say, My Imaginary Experience of dinner is only a 6
in perfection. Strong tastes are missing. Please change my Imaginary Experience to
bring it to a 10 in perfection and please do this in ways that are for the highest good of
me and of all concerned.
In response, the first thing that pops up is that I see a jar of pitted kalamata olives right
next to a jar of ancho chile mustard. Then I see some feta cheese. Next I see a jar of
maple syrup.
Adding those tastes would bring my perfection rating up to an 8.5 but something is still
missing.
Repeat this Step 3 at least three times or until you honestly rate your Imaginary Experience as
at least a 7.
I now rate the completeness as an 8 and the perfection as an 8.5.
I focus on the thought, somethings missing and almost immediately I realize that my
Imaginary Experience is missing the smells which, to me, are one of the most
important aspects of cooking.
So I ask my Unconscious to give me smells and, immediately, the smell of the meat
cooking pops in.
But something is still missing. I realize that what Im imagining still tastes a little
bland. So I ask my Unconscious to modify my Imaginary Experience to include
stronger tastes.
Immediately, I see myself mixing a dressing of olive oil, ancho chile mustard and a little
maple syrup and pouring it on the salad. I smell the mustard and the kalamata olives.
Now, an experience of tasting my dinner pops in and it is perfect
My Imaginary Experience is now a 10 in vividness still on a 9 in completeness and
perfection.
Page 184

Page 185

Step 4
Focus on the less vivid or less complete aspects of your Imaginary Experience, if any. Record
them. Record any glimmers or intuitive hits that you get about those areas as you focus on
them.
As you Frame these glimmers by writing, your Imaginary Experience will very probably
automatically become much more complete in those areas (unless you run into a major
Blocker).
As I focus on my Imaginary Experience, I ask myself whether anythings missing and I
get an aha! I become aware that something to drink is missing.
Using The Insurance Statement, I ask my Unconscious for something to drink and
immediately, I see a wine glass with some red wine in it. Okay, thats a glimmer but
which wine, I ask my Unconscious.
Then I see a bottle of one of my favorite wines pop up and immediately the taste of it, a
2003 Barolo. Wow!
Okay, that does it. My Imaginary Experience now is a 10. It is complete, vivid and just
right.
If those less vivid or less complete aspects of your Imaginary Experience dont rapidly
become much more complete, see below. Youre probably hitting a Blocker.
Bottom Line
Cycle through these four steps until youre getting a least an 8 rating with respect to each of
your visual, auditory and kinesthetic experiences. You should be able to get there unless youre
encountering a Blocker.
I call this these four steps a Tune-Up Process.
Page 186

Framing Any Blocker That Is Making This Difficult

If youre unable to tune up your Imaginary Experience to at least an 8 with respect to the
visual, auditory and kinesthetic aspects or youre unable to fill in the missing elements or you
are unable to get it to a 10 in perfection, youre probably running into a Blocker.
For now, your job is to Frame that Blocker. Later, in Chapter 9, Ill show you how to resolve
that self-defeating Unconscious habit pattern into a self-supporting one.
For now, on a separate piece of paper, record what was going on when you tried to tune-up
your Imaginary Experience and couldnt.
For example, Michael was upset because hed yelled at his daughter, Avis, when she
wouldnt clean up her room. So, having read Volumes 1 and 2 of Eye to Eye
(Glorias and my book on successfully parenting 3 to 5 year olds), he decided to do two
things.
First, hed do a BA Base Reframing or an SA Root Normal Base Reframing (see
Chapters 4 C and 10 ) to resolve the Blocker that caused him to act reactively.
Secondly, he would do the Cybernetic Transposition Three-Step to implement the way
of handling this type of situation as described in Volume 1 of our book (Making Clean
Up Fun in Chapter 5).
Having performed the BA Base Reframing, he wrote the following BA Target, which is
the first step of the Cybernetic Transposition Three-Step (See Chapter 2.)
His BA Target was:
When Avis room is a mess and its time to clean up, I sit on the floor with her and
gently and lovingly say, Ill put the first thing away if you agree to put the second
thing away. Please point to the thing that you'd like me to put away She smiles at me
and points at something so I put it away. Then I ask, What are you going to put
away? She says, giggling, That one, pointing at something very small. I say,
great and she puts it away.
We continue doing this Ill do it then you do it routine but Id like things to go a little
faster. So I say, Ill bet I can get my things put away faster than you can put yours
away. She laughs and says, No, I can do it faster, grabs a toy and puts it in the
Page 187

appropriate bin. Pretty soon, the room is clean and I say, What a great job we did,
didnt we? She smiles and says, Great job!
Then I ask Avis, What can we do so that next time cleaning up is a lot easier. She
smiles, thinks briefly and makes a great suggestion. We discuss her suggestion and
consequences of forgetting (we recommend corrective actions rather than punishments)
in case she forgets until we get something that seems right for both of us. Then she
agrees to carry it out.
Were both smiling and happy.
But when Michael tries to create a 10-level Imaginary Experience of this happening,
he has a feeling that its all a pipe dream. It just wont happen.
So he writes on a paper, When I try to imagine my BA Target actually occurring, I get
a strong feeling that it is impossible.
This Frames the Blocker situation so that he can resolve it once he has learned how to do so (in
Chapter 4- C).
Dont beat yourself up about the Blocker that you identify and Frame in this way. See it as an
opportunity to make things easier and more successful for yourself once you have resolved
your Blocker into a self-supporting Unconscious habit pattern.
The Tune-Up Process
Any process that involves the following steps is what I call a Tune-Up Process.
1. Frame an Imaginary Experience by describing it in writing and rate how perfect it is with
respect to whatever is the relevant measure, using a 1 to 10 scale.
For example, in coming up with my perfect Imaginary Experience of dinner that I
described a couple of pages ago, I hit several minor Blockers but, because theyre so
familiar to me, I didnt have to formally go through all of these steps.
To give you an illustration of this Process, however, Ill show you the way I would have
done one of those Tune-Ups if I were doing the formal version of the Tune-Up
Process, as described here.
Page 188

Here we go.
At a certain point, when reviewing my Imaginary Experience of tonights dinner, I
concluded, Somethings missing.
So, as step 1 of my formal Tune-Up, I would have rated my Imaginary Experience in
terms of how vivid, complete and perfect it was for me, using a 1 to 10 scale where 10
equals terrific, exactly what I want. My rating was 8.5. I recorded that.
2. Frame how your Imaginary Experience needs to be changed in order to make it a 10 and
record that in writing.
I focused on my Imaginary Experience looking for what was missing. Almost
immediately, I realized that the missing element was the food smells which, to me, are
among the most important aspects of cooking. I recorded that.
3. Focus on your Heart Chakra, tell your Unconscious what your rating is and ask it to make
the changes noted in step 2 in ways that are for the highest good of me and of all
concerned.
Focusing on my Heart Chakra, I said to my Unconscious, I rate this Imaginary
Experience of dinner tonight as only an 8.5. It is missing food smells. Please change
my Imaginary experience to include food smells and anything else needed to bring it up
to a 10 rating. Please do this in ways that are for the highest good of me and of all
concerned.
I breathed that all in and imagined making it a part of me. Then I blew out and,
immediately, the smell of the meat searing popped into my Imaginary Experience.
That was the first time through, the first iteration of the Tune-Up Process. To get my rating up
to a 10, Id go through at least one more iteration.
The Tune-Up Process is a simple and powerful way of effectively Dialoguing with your
Unconscious to modify your Imaginary Experience until it is very vivid, complete and perfect
for you. In this process, you tell your Unconscious what you would like changed and it
responds by giving you a modified Imaginary Experience.
Page 189

We will use Tune-Up Processes extensively in doing what I will show you in the following
Chapters.
IMPORTANT:
The Insurance Statement
When instructing your Unconscious, it is imperative that you always include what I call The
Insurance Statement.
Your Unconscious controls everything in your life. The Insurance Statement ensures that it
interprets your instruction in a way that works for you rather than against you.
The Insurance Statement is in ways that are for the highest good of me and of all
concerned.
IT IS EXTREMELY IMPORTANT TO ALWAYS INCLUDE THE INSURANCE
STATEMENT WHEN GIVING INSTRUCTIONS TO YOUR UNCONSCIOUS.
Page 190

Chapter Six D
An Effective Yet Simple Application of
Dialoguing And Creating Imaginary
Experiences The Success/Failure Process
In my wife Gloria Walthers and my book on successfully parenting three to five year old
children, we talked about the importance of setting clear boundaries for your child and of, so to
speak, saying, Thats it! Please do that again when they do something that you deemed
appropriate and successful.
When you do the Success/Failure Process that Im about to describe, you do a similar thing
with your Unconscious. In this Process, you applaud your Unconscious for creating successes
and you give it specific alternatives that you consider successful to replace what you consider
to be failures that it has created.
As you repeatedly do the Success/Failure Process, your Unconscious will get the point and
the daily number of successes will greatly increase and the daily number of failures will greatly
decrease.
The Success/Failure Process utilizes only Framing, Dialoguing and Creating Imaginary
Experiences through hindsight. So you already know everything you need to do it.
Here are step-by-step instructions for doing the Success/Failure Process.
1.
Each day, take a clean piece of paper, divide it into two columns, write
Successes at the top of the left hand column and Failures at the top of the
right hand one. Date the page at the top.
Under Successes, briefly note each of your Successes that day, one per line. Include
both the little and the big successes.
For example, today is Wednesday, August 28, 2008. Thinking about my
Successes today, I came up with the following Successes list.
1. I edited 5 chapters of the Parenting Book.
2. I remembered to water my Hydrangea plant.
Page 191

3. I visited my chiropractor in Santa Barbara. As a result, my back feels much

better.
4. I got my timing right and made the drive to Santa Barbara and back without
delays, in about 1 hours each way.
5. I remembered to put the current backup hard drive in the safe box in Santa
Barbara and retrieve the old one.
6. I remembered to deposit the checks I finally received from my past due
tenant.
7. I got Chloe (my Porsche) washed. She looks especially beautiful now, which
I greatly enjoy.
8. I made dinner for my son Per and we enjoyed watching The Bourne
Ultimatum together, critiquing the score and cinematography. Per showed
me some possible art for his new album. We had a great time.
2.
Similarly, under Failures, list each of what you perceive to be the day's Failures.
Continuing with my review of today, August 28, I came up with only one failure
to list.
1. I didnt get to sleep until 3AM last night and got up at 6AM so Im
somewhat tired.
3.
Then read through your Successes list.

After reading each Success, remember the experience it refers to, tune it up to a
10 level Imaginary Experience, place it in your Heart Chakra and say into your
Heart Chakra, Thats a Success. I'd like more of those! Please make that happen
in ways that are for the highest good of me and of all concerned.
I recalled each of the Successes on my list, one at a time, and where they were
already a 10, in my imagination I surrounded that remembered Success with an
imaginary ball of white light, placed it in my Heart Chakra and said, into my
Heart Chakra, Thats a Success. Id like more of those. Please make that
happen in ways that are for the highest good of me and of all concerned.
Two of the items on my Successes list werent 10s as I remembered them. So I
edited them until they were a 10. The results were as follows.
Page 192

1. I edited 6 chapters of the Parenting Book, and created the Annotated Table
of Contents for those chapters and wrote this Chapter of the Second Edition
of How to Get
2. I not only deposited the checks I received from my previously past due
tenants but I received the September rent in advance and deposited that.
One at a time, I modified my original memories to match the edited 10-level
version, using my skill of hindsight. Once that Imaginary Experience was a 10,
I imagined surrounding it with a ball of white light and placing it in my Heart
Chakra. Then I said, into my Heart Chakra, Thats a Success. Id like more of
those. Please make that happen in ways that are for the highest good of me and
of all concerned.
4.
Next read through your Failure list.

In your imagination, using the skill of hindsight, modify each Failure in ways
that make a 10, imagine surrounding that with a ball of white light and placing it
in your Heart Chakra and say into your Heart Chakra, Thats the way Id like
things to be in this situation in the future. Please make this happen in ways that
are for the highest good of me and of all concerned. Imagine breathing that
Imaginary Experience and that instruction in and making it a part of you.
For example, I modified the one item on my Failures list as follows.
As I initially wrote it, it was:
I didnt get to sleep until 3AM last night and got up at 6AM so Im tired.
In my imagination, I changed that to:
I got to sleep at 11PM last night and felt completely rested when I arose at 6AM
and I still feel filled with energy.
That was a 10 for me. So I surrounded that Imaginary Experience with a ball
of white light, imagined placing it in my Heart Chakra and said, into my Heart
Chakra, Thats the way Id like things to be in this situation in the future.
Please make this happen in ways that are for the highest good of me and of all
concerned.
Page 193

Then I imagined breathing that all in and making it a part of me.

Of course, it takes a lot longer to describe what I did than it took to do it.
After I had done the Success/Failure Process, I was filled with energy even though it
was after 1AM and I wrote this Chapter which I am now completing. (By now, my
Unconscious is pretty responsive.)
If you do this Success/Failure Process each evening before going to sleep (so that your
Unconscious can work on it while youre asleep) and you keep your daily lists, over
time, youll see your Successes list growing longer and your Failures list shrinking.
If, however, you see the same type of failure repeatedly occurring, that indicates a
Blocker is operating. Resolve that using the BA Base Reframing Process described in
Chapter Four C or the SA Root Normal Base Reframing Process described in
Chapter Ten..
While doing the Success/Failure Process is just a ministep on your way to much
greater things you can accomplish using Cybernetic Transposition, what you get will
be a very worthwhile return on the few minutes you invest in doing the
Success/Failure Process each evening.
Coming Up
Remember what I promised you in Chapter Six?
I told you I would teach you how to Unconsciously stay focused on your SA Objective.
In the next chapter, you will create a powerful imaginary tool to accomplish just that.
This tool is called The Inner Anchor Point.
Page 194

Chapter Seven
How to Locate Your Inner Anchor Point
A Magic Tool for Rocketing To Your Target
Think back to a time when you had a lot of work to get done and a very tight schedule.
Maybe you worried how you would ever meet your deadline.
Somehow, you managed to get all the work done, meet the deadline, and maybe even had a
moment or two to spare.
How did that happen?
The answer is you concentrated a majority of your inner resources on that single task.
In this chapter I'll show you how to consciously accomplish the same sort of thing with your
Cybernetic Transposition Super Achievement Three-Step Target.
When you do this, your Unconscious Mind really goes into action to get you what you want.
In short, youll turn on the after-burners and really rocket ahead!
The key is getting the prioritization mechanisms of your brain to focus on what you have in
mind, rather than what they habitually do. The effect has something in common with the
following story:
A couple of mountain men encounter each other at the local fishing hole. Clem is
thinking about buying a new mule while Harold has a mule that he's eager to get rid
of. In most places, a willing buyer and a willing seller yield a pretty straightforward
transaction. But in the mountains, folk are a little more wary. So the conversation goes
something like:
Clem says, Sorry your mule's looking so sickly. Hope she's a-gonna pull out of it.
Harold replies, Aw shucks, Clem. She's just fine, what with slimming down for the
summer. Why this old mule is almost a member of the family. I take better care of her
than my wife. I wouldn't think of letting anything happen to her.
Page 195

Then, with a pause he shifts into the sales pitch. Why she's so smart, you just whisper
in her ear and she'll do just what you tell her. Of course, Clem's pretty skeptical so he
says, Why that sure is fantastic, Harold. Can ya show me a little of that?
Sensing he's got a pigeon on the line, Harold makes a big show of reluctance and then
begrudgingly obliges. Standing alongside the mule, he lifts her right ear and quietly
says, Go straight ahead 3 steps, stop, go to the left 4 steps, go to the right 5 steps, go
backwards 8 steps, and shake your head up and down. Just as soon as he stops
talking, the mule obligingly walks straight ahead 3 steps, stops for a second, sidesteps
3 to the left and then 4 to the right, walks back 8 steps, and shakes her head yes.
That's so amazing - what with mules being well known for their stubbornness - that
Clem almost loses his cool and it's all over but the talking. Pretty soon he's the owner
of the mule.
With Harold's help, the mule walks herself into Clem's truck and he's off to show his
wife his new prize. Arriving home, he tells his wife what happened and she explodes,
yelling and screaming at how dumb he must have been to have squandered their hard
earned money that way. You take that no-good mule back to Harold this minute and
either get our money back or shoot the crook, she demands.
Shut yer mouth, woman. This mule's even smarter than you are. Just watch! Clem
then lifts her right ear and, playing it safe, repeats Harold's exact set of instructions.
Nothing happens. So he tries the left ear. Still nothing. Then he tries the right again
and the mule passes wind and kicks him.
Finally, his wife really explodes and pretty soon the mule's back on the truck. After a
little search, Clem finds Harold and says he's returning the mule. Harold responds,
Why sure, I didn't want to sell her in the first place. But first tell me what's wrong!
So Clem recites the whole sad tale.
With a pained expression on his face, Harold slaps his forehead, walks to the woodpile,
picks up a 4 inch diameter log, walks to the mule and gives her a good one right
between the eyes. Then he tells Clem to try again and, sure enough, the mule does just
exactly what Clem says to do.
Pretty soon, Clem is satisfied. But, he says, there's just one more thing. What was
all that with the log and hitting her over the head.
Page 196

Ohhh! says Harold. Well, she'll sure do whatever you whisper in her ear... but first
you've got to get her attention.
Typically, our Unconscious Mind has learned to ignore our conscious input.
It just doesnt pay attention.
By Locating Your Inner Anchor Point, you will establish a gentle and very effective way of
getting your Unconscious Minds attention and keeping it!
How You Normally Prioritize

You normally use a number of different ways of activating your Unconscious Minds
prioritization mechanisms. Some of them include:
Repetition, as in memorizing lines for a school play (the approach we use in the Basic
Achievement Processes)
Simulated or actual survival situations.
As your Basic Achievement prioritization demonstrated, repetition works.

After you activated your brains prioritization mechanism through repeatedly writing or
reading your Target, you were pretty much on automatic until you achieved it.
Simulated survival situations - such as deadlines - or life-threatening ones - such as an
impending car crash very powerfully stimulate our prioritization mechanism because
ensuring our survival is the number one job of the brain.
Heres a VERY important point
Our Unconscious Minds don't typically differentiate between actual and imagined survival
situations. So our prioritization mechanism can be powerfully stimulated by events as
obviously safe as riding a roller coaster, experiencing a virtual reality ride, or watching a
movie.
Thats why people scream as they rush down roller coasters.
Page 197

Their survival instinct has been kicked in.

Whats more, biofeedback triggers can be developed so that we can consciously trigger our
brains prioritization mechanisms by linking the biofeedback trigger to an experience of the
brains prioritization mechanism in action. (More about this below.)
This is the approach that I have incorporated into the Super Achievement Three-Step Process.
I call the biofeedback trigger mechanism the Inner Anchor Point.
By coupling the Inner Anchor Point with repetition, you can create an extremely powerful
Unconscious focus on achievement of your Super Achievement Target.
Stick with me as I explain all this to you
The Secret of Biofeedback Triggers

This is easier and more fun than you might guess.
Creating a biofeedback trigger involves Framing (isolating) the experiences accompanying a
particular brain or body state and creating a consciously accessible trigger mechanism.
For example, if you remember your last intense argument or upset and focus on that
memory for a few minutes, your body will return to the state it was in during the
argument or upset.
Typically, that means that you'll go into a fight or flight mode with the adrenaline
flowing, a faster heartbeat, tightening of muscles, and strong emotions.
In this case, the memory of your last intense argument or upset is the trigger.
But be careful if you try remembering your last fight. Youll be ready for another one and
could easily create that!
Think peace!
Page 198

The Inner Anchor Point

Your programmed need for survival can actually help you achieve all the success you want.
Let me explain.
If you think about an experience that is linked to the activation of your Unconscious
prioritization mechanism, that mechanism will be immediately reactivated.
For example, I was in a violent automobile accident recently. When I recall that
experience, my body muscles tense and I involuntarily move to protect my chest which
sustained a contusion from the impact of the airbag when we crashed. I feel a fear of
the impact. I notice that my vision has narrowed and my concentration has become far
more intense than usual. And I feel a sense of gratitude that I was protected from
serious injury.
To create such an imaginary biofeedback trigger, I will lead you through an Imaginary
Experience that triggers your natural survival mechanism, isolates the experience of it,
concentrates it into a consciously accessible trigger, and labels it your Inner Anchor Point.
This will be gentle and easy, yet profound.
From that point on, whenever you imagine placing something into your imaginary Inner
Anchor Point, your Unconscious Mind will give it a very high and sustained priority.
You will be associating your SA Objective with what your Unconscious deems essential.
When you then use repetition to increase this prioritization, you will be giving yourself a
rocket boost toward achievement of your Target.
With your Unconscious so focused on your Target you will move rapidly toward achievement
of it, assuming no Unconscious habit patterns get in the way.
But dont worry if any Blockers do surface.
When you resolve any Blockers (interfering Unconscious habit patterns) through the Root
Normal Base Reframing Process or the Subpersonality Negotiation Process (see Chapters
Ten and Ten - B), you will almost automatically flow to achievement of your Target.
Page 199

Youll learn more about this later, just understand that you are about to plug into the power of
all that.
Page 200

Levels Of Experience
How do you experience your Unconscious prioritizing your life?
When our Unconscious prioritization mechanism is at work, we experience it on many levels.
Those levels are actually quite familiar. They include the:
Physical
Emotional
Mental
Inner
Physical experiences include seeing, hearing, touching, feeling, tasting, and smelling.
Emotions are typically experienced through changes in our body. That's why we talk about
emotional feelings since we can only feel with our bodies, not with our minds.
Mental experiences include thoughts, naming, descriptions, logic, and conclusions, among
others.
Inner experiences are associated with a direct, intuitive knowing. They include awareness of
your True-Self, as in the saying, To thine own self be true.
For example, in the car crash example I just used, all of those levels of experience are present:
When I recall that experience, my body muscles tense and I involuntarily move to
protect my chest which sustained a contusion from the impact of the airbag when we
crashed. (Physical) I feel a fear of the impact. (Emotional) I notice that my vision has
narrowed (Physical) and my concentration has become far more intense than usual. I
realize that I could have been seriously injured. (Mental) And I feel a sense of
gratitude that I was protected from serious injury. (Inner)
To effectively isolate the experience of your prioritization mechanism at work, you need to
become aware of that experience on all of the levels of experience that I just described.
Page 201

To do this, I will stimulate your Unconscious prioritization mechanism and lead you through
becoming aware of it on all of these levels during the process of Locating Your Inner Anchor
Point.
Ill do this through a gentle imaginary experience.
Locating Your Inner Anchor Point

As I've already mentioned, the tool that you'll use to perform this four-level (physical,
emotional, mental and inner) prioritization of your Target is called the Inner Anchor Point.
I call it Inner because you experience it somewhere within your body.
I call it Anchor because its job is anchoring something real or imagined to your Unconscious
prioritization mechanism.
And I call it Point because it is some specific imaginary point within your body.
When you have created this tool, it will be an imaginary place where you can put
visualizations and other experiences that you want your Unconscious to treat with a very high
priority.
Once Framed, it will be accessible to you forever.
A True Story
Take a breather from the material Im giving you and soak up the following true story
Annie created beautiful artwork through both photography and computer
graphics. Her problem was marketing her works that sold for an average of $50
to $150 apiece. She really didnt like going door to door to art galleries and
frequently encountering, Beautiful work but we already have stock. Sorry.
She felt hurt when this occurred and, so, avoided direct selling as much as
possible.
Page 202

When looking for a seemingly impossible SA Objective to try out her newly
learned Cybernetic Transposition techniques, it didnt take Annie long to home
in on one dealing with selling her artworks in relatively high volume.
The final form of her conscious SA Objective was:
Within 4 weeks, I will have done whatever is necessary and appropriate so
that I will have sold and received payment of at least $20,000 for my artwork to
customers who clearly express their pleasure at a level of at least 9 where 10 is
totally unbounded praise. I will have done this easily at a level of no more than
4 where 1 is so easy it is almost automatic, spending an average of no more
than 3 hours per day in marketing and selling my works. In the process, I will
have felt happy and joyful at a level of at least 8 as measured and recorded at
the end of each day. I will do this in ways that are for the highest good of me
and of everyone involved.
Using the Cybernetic Transposition Super Achievement Target Process, Annie
converted her written SA Objective into a very precisely focused Unconscious
Target and prioritized it using her Inner Anchor Point. Then she checked her
level of certainty that she would achieve her SA Objective and identified two
sets of strong Blocker Body Feelings.
So she used the Root Normal Base Reframing Process to resolve both of the
underlying Unconscious habit patterns into ones that now supported achieving
her SA Objective.
She also felt uncertainty about how to proceed so she did a Super Achievement
Clearing Process that identified three steps that would easily start her on the
way.
These were: 1) Contact her most frequent customers and ask their advice in
selling her works. 2) Contact a particular dealer whom shed met some years
before but had never followed up with. 3) Prepare a catalog of her works that
could be printed on paper or sent as an email attachment.
When she contacted her frequent customers, one of them told her that she loved
Annies work and had been thinking about investing in publishing some of
Annies images and asked whether she would be interested. Annie, of course,
said yes.
Page 203

Annie then contacted the dealer who turned out to publish graphics of the sort
that Annie produced. He asked her to send him some images and that moved
Annie into the third suggestion, creating a catalog. After some feverish work,
she sent it off to the dealer by email.
You can probably see where Annies Unconscious was taking her. Pretty soon,
Annie, her customer and the dealer had negotiated an exclusive marketing
agreement with a guarantee to Annie of at least $50,000 for the first year and,
contingent upon a specified level of new artwork, rising to $100,000 for the
fourth year.
During the third week, Annie received the first payment of $25,000 by an
electronic deposit to her bank account.
When she looked at her records of how easily she had achieved her SA
Objective and how happy and joyful she had felt at the end of each day, she
found that shed done better than shed specified.
How to Locate Your Inner Anchor Point

Are you ready?
The actual process of Locating Your Inner Anchor Point usually takes about forty minutes
and centers around thinking of and experiencing a situation that stimulates all levels of
experience.
This is critical if you want to prioritize all levels of your Target. Otherwise, you might achieve
a physical result without the emotional, mental or inner (sense of self) experiences that you
want.
The ONLY situation in which our Unconscious reliably activates all levels of experience in
the required fashion is when your survival is threatened.
Thats why you will imagine a point in imaginary time just before you are about to die. Since
your Unconscious doesnt differentiate between imagined and real situations, it will react to
this Imaginary Experience by triggering your survival reactions.
Page 204

This isnt spooky or odd. Its no more real than being in a movie or a virtual reality simulation
where your Unconscious thinks your survival is being threatened. (Remember those white
knuckles you got at a scary movie?)
And once we have located your Inner Anchor Point, you will make sure that your
Unconscious knows that this Imaginary Experience was not something that it should take for
real.
This imaginary situation is particularly powerful at stimulating the inner level (which is
normally silent) by taking you to a point, in your imagination, where people naturally turn
inward, the time just before they die.
The feelings, thoughts, and emotions that you'll experience at that time are always based on the
loving positivity that springs from the inner level. However, negative feelings, thoughts, and
emotions are often added to and overlay the positive ones.
Since it wouldn't be very productive to restimulate such negative feelings when youre
prioritizing your Target, the process of Locating Your Inner Anchor Point includes provision
for purging those negative experiences.
So relax. This is a safe, easy process.
During the process of Locating Your Inner Anchor Point, you'll have your eyes closed part of
the time and you'll be writing part of the time. You will be relaxed and should be in an open
body position.
What you do may be a little unfamiliar but that won't get in the way of the process if you
simply follow the instructions.
This is not a difficult process because your Unconscious Mind already understands it and you
have probably encountered the energies we'll stimulate when you attended a funeral, wedding,
or the birth of a child.
You'll imagine moving closer and closer to your time of death, focusing on both the parts of
you that deal with the outer world and the inner parts of you that involve emotions, thoughts,
and intuitive knowing.
As you come closer to imaginary death, you'll become aware of powerful multilevel energies
building up inside of you. When they are clearly Framed, you will merge them into a single
Page 205

focus. That single focus of physical, emotional, mental, and inner energies is your Inner
Anchor Point.
I know this may seem strange to you.
Thats okay. Let it seem strange.
You are going to experience one of the most remarkable events of your lifean event which
will give you a window to creating all you will ever desire.
This has worked for 70,000 plus people so far.
It will work for you, too.
Downloadable Audio Instructions and Forms

You have already received an email that allows you to access the downloadable audio
instructions and form that will be used in Locating Your Inner Anchor Point.
This would be a good time to take a look at the form and to print it out. (It is included in Bonus
#1 on our download page, just to the right of the book icon.)
In any case, please do so BEFORE you do the process.
If you are using the downloadable audio instructions (accessible in Real Player or mp3 format
at the bottom of our download page), please DO NOT listen to the instructions before you do
the Process. If youre curious, you can read the same instructions listed below.
The mp3 format downloadable audio instructions comprise a very large file, too large for some
people to conveniently download, so we also will supply it to you through the technology of
RealPlayer streaming audio.
You dont have to know anything at all about that technology to use it. In fact, you probably
already have the RealPlayer installed on your computer. If not, its free and easy to install.
The RealPlayer has buttons like a tape player. Become familiar with the Pause button since
you may choose to use it to give yourself more time to write. When you click the Pause button,
it changes into a Play button that you press to continue with the audio.
Page 206


What follows are the step by step instructions for locating your Inner Anchor Point.
You can follow them in the book or, typically far more effectively, you can listen to the
downloadable audio instructions that I have provided to you as a Bonus.
Some people find that reading the process, below, works best for them. Most prefer using the
downloadable downloadable audio instructions.
In either case, now is the time to download the Locating Your Inner Anchor Point form and
print it out, if you have not already done so. This form is tied into and reinforces the
instructions listed below and presented in the downloadable downloadable audio instructions.
This is a profound process so find a dim, quiet place where you wont be disturbed. If
necessary, put a sign on the door Do Not Disturb.
Ensure that you are seated, stationary and will not be interrupted. Thats very important!
Have a pen or pencil handy and your copy of the Locating Your Inner Anchor Point form in
front of you.
The process works best if you close your eyes while you are creating or modifying your
Imaginary Experiences.
Lets get started
1.
Become relaxed and focus inwardly toward whatever you perceive as the center of your
beingness. Breathe in and out a few times while focusing on your breath.
While you do this, say to yourself, into your Heart Chakra, Please make this process
that I am about to do take place in ways that are for the highest good of me and of
everyone else involved.
At the same time, imagine yourself surrounded with a protective ball of very bright
white light that protects you from any outside interference. With this protection, you
are safe to open yourself to your inner experiences.
Page 207

2.
Read the following except from Palm Sunday by the well known novelist, Kurt
Vonnegut. It is a eulogy to his friend Lavina (lah-VIE-nah).
In it, Vonnegut touches very deep feelings within himself as he talks about his friend
whom he met while he was working for General Electric in Schenectedy, N.Y.
I find that his brief talk about his friend Lavina touches deep feelings, feelings that will
arise again in the rest of this process. So just listen (or read) and experience.
Vonnegut said:
One of my closest friends from General Electric is Ollie M. Lyon, who became a vicepresident at Young and Rubicam advertising for a while, and then went back to his
home state of Kentucky to sell sophisticated silos to farmers. The silos were so airtight
that almost no silage was lost to fermentation and vermin and rot.
I loved Ollie's wife Lavina exactly as much as I loved him, and she died fast of cancer
of the pancreas out there in Kentucky. One of her last requests was that I speak at her
funeral. I want him to say good-bye to me, she said. So I did.
I said this:
Lavina asked me to be up here.
This is the hardest thing Lavina ever asked me to do, but then she never asked anyone
to do anything hard. Her only instructions were that I was to say good-bye to her as an
old friend-as all old friends.
I say it now. If I had to say it at the end, to build up to saying it, I would go all to
pieces, I think. I would bark like a dog. So I say it now: 'Good-bye, darling Lavina.'
There-that is behind me now. That is behind us, now.
It is common at funerals for survivors to regret many things that were said and done to
the departed-to think, 'I wish I had said this instead of this, I wish I had done that
instead of that.' This is not that sort of funeral. This is not a church filled with regrets.
Page 208

Why not? We always treated Lavina with love and decency. Why did we do that? It was
Lavina's particular genius to so behave that the only possible responses on our part
were love and decency. That is her richest legacy to us; I think: Her lessons in how to
treat others so that their only possible responses are, again, love and decency.
There is at least one person here who does not need to learn what Lavina knew. He is
Lavina's spiritual equal, although he was so much in love with her that perhaps he
never knew it. He is Ollie Morris Lyon.
Ollie and Lavina are country people, by the way.
I have seen them achieve success and happiness in the ugly factory city of Schenectady,
New York, where I first met them. They were not much older than Mary and Philip then.
Think of that. Yes, and when they lived in New York City, they had as much fun as any
jazz-age babies ever did. Good for them! But they were always a farmer and his wife.
Now the farmer's wife has died. I'm glad they got back here before she died.
The wife died first.
It happens all the time-but it always seems like such a terrible violation of the natural
order when the wife dies first. Is there anyone here, even a child, who did not believe
that Lavina would survive us all? She was so healthy, so capable, so beautiful, so
strong. She was supposed to come to our funerals-not the other way around.
Well-she may come to them yet. She will, if she can. She will talk to God about it, I'm
sure. If anybody can stretch the rules of heaven a little, Lavina can.
I say she was strong. We all say she was strong! Yes and in this bicentennial springtime
we can say that she was like a legendary pioneer woman in her seeming strengths. We
know now that she was only pretending to be strong-which is the best any of us can do.
Of course, if you can pretend to be strong all your life, which is what Lavina did, then
you can be very comforting to those around you. You can allow them to be childlike
now and then.
Good job, Lavina, darling. And remember, too, Lavina the times we let you be a little
girl.
Page 209

When she was a little girl in Palmyra, Illinois, being the youngest of a large family, she
was expected to leave a note in the kitchen saying where she had gone after school.
One day the note that was found said 'I have gone where I have decided.'
We loved you.
We love you.
We will always love you.
We will meet again.
3.
Begin to imagine what it would be like for you if you had only 30 days left to live.
Imagine that in only 30 days you will gently and easily stop existing on this planet. No
longer will you be with your loved ones. They will remain to continue their lives and
you will be gone.
So what does it look like with only 30 days left to live?
Where are you.
Who and what do you see around you?
What sounds do you hear?
Are there voices? Or is there stillness?
What does your body feel like with only 30 days left to live?
Feel the rhythms of your body.
Feel your heart, the heart that you will no longer feel in 30 days.
Are you moving or still?
What are you doing with your body, if anything?
Are there any smells?
Or tastes?
What are they?
And do you have any sense of being closer to who you really are?
The true you?
The you that is above your body, emotions, and mind?
4.
Now, with only 30 days, only 720 hours left to live, become aware of the 3 to 5 most
important things to be done in the time left to you and record them in the first space on
your Locating Your Inner Anchor Point form, the space that has 30 Days written
above it.
Page 210

5.
Now put down your pen or pencil, close your eyes, and move through imaginary time
to the point where you have only 7 days of 24 hours apiece, only 168 hours left to
live...
Imagine that in only 7 days you will gently and easily stop existing on this planet. No
longer will you be with your loved ones. They will remain to continue their lives and
you will be gone...
What does it look like with only 7 days left to live? Where are you.
What does your body feel like with only 7 days left to live?
Feel your heart, the heart that you will no longer feel in 7 days.
Or tastes?
What are they?
The true you?
6.
Now, with only 7 days, only 168 hours left to live, become aware of the 3 to 5 most
important things to be done in the time left to you and record them in the second space
on your Locating Your Inner Anchor Point form, the space that has 7 Days written
above it.
7.
to the point where you have only 1 day of 24 hours, only 1440 minutes left to live...
That's a very short time.
Imagine that in only 24 hours, you will gently and easily stop existing on this planet.
No longer will you be with your loved ones. They will remain to continue their lives
and you will be gone.
What does it look like with only 24 hours left to live? Where are you.
Page 211


What does your body feel like with only 24 hours left to live?
Feel your heart, the heart that you will no longer feel in 24 hours.
Or tastes?
What are they?
The true you?
8.
Now, with only 24 hours, 1440 minutes left to live, become aware of the 3 to 5 most
important things to be done in the time left to you and record them in the third space on
your Locating Your Inner Anchor Point form, the space that has 1 Day written above
it.
And now become aware of the physical, emotional, and mental energies you are
experiencing... and of the inner energies of who you truly are and have been throughout
this lifetime. How strong are those experiences? How clear? Sense all of those
powerful energies coursing through you...
Now record a description of them on your paper.
9.
to the point where you have only 1 hour of 60 minutes left to live... There's such a short
time until you will no longer exist within this body, emotions, and mind that have
carried you through this life with all its joys and trials.
In only 60 minutes you will gently and easily stop existing on this planet. You can
already sense that coming to pass. Your loved ones will continue here but you'll be
gone. No more will you experience a sunset or dawning, the sound of your loved ones
voices or of your own. Those around you will remain here without you...
Where are you now with only 60 minutes left to live.
Page 212

Are there voices?

Or is there stillness?
What does your body feel like with only 60 minutes left to live?
Feel your heart, the heart that you will no longer feel in 60 minutes. Are you moving or
still?
Or tastes?
What are they?
The true you?
The you that is the source of your integrity?...
Notice how strong your inner experiences are - your physical, emotional, and mental
energies you are experiencing... and of the increasingly strong inner energies of who
you truly are and have been throughout this lifetime.
How strong are those experiences?
How clear?
How complete?
What are those experiences like so near the end of your time on earth?...
10.
Sense all of those powerful energies coursing through you and becoming focused at a
single point within your body.
Experience that point. Perhaps it is a familiar and yet much stronger experience... Let
that point build in intensity...
11.
Now imagine surrounding that point with a ball of white light... Imagine placing your
hands around that focus of all of those powerful energies and the white light that
surrounds them...
12.
And now, in your imagination, place that ball of white light with all of those energies
inside it... place that in your Heart Chakra. And experience it becoming a part of you....
As you do this, say to yourself, silently speaking your Heart Chakra... This is what I
call my Inner Anchor Point... This is what I call my Inner Anchor Point... This is
Page 213

what I call my Inner Anchor Point... Now breathe all of that in and make it a part of
you.
13.
Again place that ball of white light within your Heart Chakra. As you do, imagine
placing your hands around it and say to yourself, This is what I call my Inner Anchor
Point... This is what I call my Inner Anchor Point... This is what I call my Inner
Anchor Point... Now breathe all of that in and make it a part of you.
14.
And now, focus on that point where all of those physical, emotional, mental, and inner
energies are concentrated, your Inner Anchor Point... Imagine placing your hands
around or on it...
Now, imagine surrounding your Inner Anchor Point with a ball of white light... And as
you do this, silently say into your Inner Anchor Point, speaking to your Unconscious
say, This is my Inner Anchor Point. Please place a very high and sustained
Unconscious priority on anything that I imagine putting into my Inner Anchor Point.
And please do so in ways that are for the highest good of me and of everyone else
involved.... Now breathe in and make that all a part of you.
15.
And now, again focus on your Inner Anchor Point, imagine placing your hands
around it, and say, into your Inner Anchor Point, say to your Unconscious, This is
my Inner Anchor Point. Please place a very high and sustained Unconscious priority
on anything that I place within this Inner Anchor Point. And please do so in ways that
are for the highest good of me and of everyone else involved.... Now breathe in and
make that all a part of you.
16.
Now create an Affirmation by writing an detailed description of your Inner Anchor

Point and your experience of it. Write this in the fifth blank on your form, the blank
that says Affirmation above it.
Note where your Inner Anchor Point is located, the physical experiences, emotions,
thoughts and intuitive sense of self associated with it...
17.
Recreate your experience of your Inner Anchor Point... Now allow a visual symbol
that represents your Inner Anchor Point to enter your Conscious Mind. Take what
comes up. That will work best unless you simply don't like it.
If you want to change the symbol, focus in your Inner Anchor Point and ask for the
changes that you want to see and ask that this be done in a way that is for your highest
Page 214

good. Very soon you'll experience changes. See whether they are what you're looking
for and, if not, ask for additional changes. This is a process that will work very easily if
you allow it.
18.
Now draw a simple picture of your symbol in the sixth blank on your form, the one
labeled Inner Anchor Point Symbol. Don't worry if it isnt a detailed and exact
drawing, that's just fine because its just a reminder...
19.
Now focus on your Inner Anchor Point. When you have a very clear experience of it,
imagine placing your symbol within it and merging the symbol and the Inner Anchor
Point together so they become one, inseparable.
Focus on both your Inner Anchor Point and the symbol that you have merged into it.
Imagine placing a ball of white light around the merged result. Further imagine that
you have placed your hands around all of that and can feel it... And say, into your
Inner Anchor Point, This is my Inner Anchor Point and, merged with it, is my
symbol that represents my Inner Anchor Point.
Whenever I think or talk to myself about my Inner Anchor Point and whenever I
imagine or look at my drawing of my Inner Anchor Point Symbol, please give me a
very clear and immediate conscious and Unconscious experience of my Inner Anchor
Point. Please do this in ways that are for the highest good of me and of everyone else
involved... Breathe in and make that a part of you.
20.
Now imagine your symbol, recreate your experience of your Inner Anchor Point, and
say into it, This is my Inner Anchor Point. Please place a very high and sustained
Unconscious priority on anything that I place within this Inner Anchor Point. And
please do so in ways that are for the highest good of me and of everyone else
involved.... Now breathe in and make that all a part of you.
21.
Now focus within your Inner Anchor Point and observe. Are there any physical,
emotional, or mental experiences anchored in it that are sad, distressing, or involve a
sense of loss?... If so, imagine bringing large amounts of bright white into your Inner
Anchor Point and flushing out all of those unwanted experiences... Do this completely
until all of those unwanted experiences are washed away or completely replaced by
positive ones, until only joy, loving and harmony are left.
Page 215

If you still sense any of these unwanted experiences within your Inner Anchor Point,
perform a BA Base Reframing on the Blocker that you experience as your inability to
clear your Inner Anchor Point.
22.
Very gradually and gently, slowly, in your own timing, become aware of the room
around you. Become aware of what you're sitting on. Become aware of the sounds
around you. And the tastes within you and smells outside of you...
Take your time... and when you're completely ready, open your eyes and expand your
inner experience to include the outer one...
Now stretch and relax before moving on. Give yourself a few minutes before
interacting with other people. Be gentle with yourself
Where You Might Find Your Inner Anchor Point

Where is your Inner Anchor Point?
Most people find their Inner Anchor Point in the center of their chest, center of their throat,
center of their forehead or the very top of their head.
A few people find two locations. If that happens to you, focus on the clearer one of the two and
ask your Unconscious to merge the two locations into a single point.
This change will usually occur immediately but may happen gradually over the ensuing few
days.
If the location changes, modify your Affirmation accordingly, describing the experience of
your Inner Anchor Point so it reflects the new location.
What If You Couldnt Find Yours?

After you complete this process, you may wonder whether you have actually found your Inner
Anchor Point.
The answer is that if you got something that you think might be your Inner Anchor Point,
that's almost sure to be it.
Page 216

If you thought you might have found your Inner Anchor Point but rejected it, that's
probably also it.
Every one of the 70,000 plus people whom Ive trained in this process has successfully located
their Inner Anchor Point.
You will, too.
Remember that your Inner Anchor Point:
is imaginary and not necessarily what you expect.
is seldom either spectacular or remarkably obvious.
Be aware that when you ask your Unconscious to give you something, it always comes back
with something, immediately. Often it's a familiar thing. The trick is being consciously
sensitive to what your Unconscious gives you, paying attention to what you are being given
even if it is familiar.
For example, my Inner Anchor Point is in the center of my chest and was quite
familiar before I ever did this process. I could have said that nothing new appeared.
However, I did not. I was sensitive to the fact that the experience occurred just when I
went through the process.
If Your Inner Anchor Point Is Not Clear and/or Concrete Enough to Satisfy
You
If when you performed the Locating Your Inner Anchor Point Process, you got some
awareness that might be your Inner Anchor Point but it isnt clear and/or concrete enough to
satisfy you or you are not certain of its location, do a Tune-Up Process.
The Inner Anchor Point version of the Tune-Up Process consists of the following steps:
1. Frame your experience of your possible Inner Anchor Point by describing it in writing and
rate how perfect it is with respect to whatever is the relevant measure, using a 1 to 10 scale
where 10 equals very clear and concrete.
Page 217

For example, Clark wrote, My Inner Anchor Point is really vague if Ive found it at
all. It might be in my Heart Chakra or in my stomach. It is a vague warm feeling and I
imagine it radiating a dim golden light. I rate this as a 3 in clarity and concreteness.
2. Frame how your Imaginary Experience needs to be changed in order to make it a 10 and
record that in writing.
Continuing with this example, Clark then wrote, To make my experience of my Inner
Anchor Point a 10, it must be in one location, the feelings associated with it must be a
lot more intense and the light has to be a lot brighter.
3. Focus on your Heart Chakra, tell your Unconscious what your rating is and ask it to make
the changes noted in 2 above in ways that are for the highest good of me and of all
concerned.
Clark then focused on his Heart Chakra and said into it, My conscious experience of
my Inner Anchor Point is only a 3 in clarity and concreteness. Please make the
following changes as required to bring it up to a 10: It must be in one location, the
feelings associated with it must be a lot more intense and the light has to be a lot
brighter. Please immediately make these changes in ways that are for the highest good
of me and of all concerned.
Clark then took a deep breath, strongly blew out his breath and focused on the two
locations hed previously noted. He noticed that his Inner Anchor Point had converged
on his Heart Chakra, that the warm feelings had become a lot more intense and the
imaginary light it radiated seemed much brighter.
He rated the result a 9.
That was the first time through, the first iteration of the Tune-Up Process. To get my rating up
to a 10, Id go through at least one more iteration.
Having repeated the three Tune-Up steps described above, Clarks experience of his
Inner Anchor Point now seemed just right to him so he rated its clarity and
concreteness as a 10.
As Ive told you previously, the Tune-Up Process is a simple and powerful way of effectively
Dialoguing with your Unconscious to modify your Imaginary Experience until it is very
Page 218

vivid, complete and perfect for you. In this process, you tell your Unconscious what you
would like changed and it responds by giving you a modified Imaginary Experience.
It works in this instance because your Unconscious immediately responded to the guided
creation of an Imaginary Experience during the Locating Your Inner Anchor Point Process
by giving you what was called for. If the result wasnt consciously satisfactory, the Tune-Up
Process gave it enough guidance to get it spot on.
If You Just Get a Blank Instead of an Awareness of Your Inner Anchor

Point
You can also effectively send implied communications to your Unconscious and receive
replies in terms of changes in your body or your awareness.
1. Focus on the blank and imagine it has a color. Determine what that is and record it on
paper.
2. Then imagine that the blank has a physical volume and determine how much water it would
take to fill it. Record what that is.
3. Next imagine that the blank has a temperature that you can measure and record that
temperature in degrees Fahrenheit or Centigrade. Record what that is.
4. Finally, imagine that the blank is making a sound and record what that is.
For example, lets say that your blank was dark gray in color, had a liquid volume of 2
quarts, was 89 degrees Fahrenheit in temperature and made a low groaning sound.
5. Focus on your Heart Chakra and describe the blank to your Unconscious.
In this example, you would say, When I did the Locating My Inner Anchor Point
Process just now, my only experience was a dark gray blank that had a liquid volume of
2 quarts, was 89 degrees Fahrenheit in temperature and made a low groaning sound.
Please immediately give me this experience of my Inner Anchor Point in ways that are
consciously clear, concrete and satisfying to me. Please do this in ways that are for my
highest good and the highest good of all concerned.
Page 219

In similar fashion, you should insert the data that you experienced and noted in steps 1
through 4 into the following statement:
When I did the Locating My Inner Anchor Point Process just now, my only experience
was a (insert color) blank that had a liquid volume of (insert volume), was (insert
temperature) in temperature and made (insert sound) sound. Please immediately give me
this experience of my Inner Anchor Point in ways that are consciously clear, concrete and
satisfying to me. Please do this in ways that are for my highest good and the highest good
of all concerned.
6. Take a deep breath, blow out strongly and write down what you now experience.
7. If that is clear and concrete enough to move into the Tune-Up Process described above, do
so. If not, repeat the Color Process once or twice.
8. If this doesnt do the trick, youre almost certainly running into a Blocker. In that case,
perform a Base Reframing as described in Chapter Four C which starts on page 83. Then
repeat the Color Process.
Page 220

How to Use Your Inner Anchor Point

Now what?
Now that you have the location of your Inner Anchor Point, what do you do with it?
Typically, use of the Inner Anchor Point involves creating an Imaginary Experience,
Framing it by surrounding it with a ball of white light that you imagine flowing from your
Inner Anchor Point, and experiencing the ball of white light and the Imaginary Experience
flowing into and becoming a part of your Inner Anchor Point.
It is very important that you always finish this process with the highest good instruction.
(Your Insurance Statement from the Basic Process.) It is also important to tell your
Unconscious how to handle what you are anchoring.
At first you'll find it easiest to locate your Inner Anchor Point when you want to use it by
looking at its symbol and reading your description of it.
At the same time, imagine placing your hands over the point in your body where your Inner
Anchor Point is located.
Very soon, you'll find that you easily and naturally become aware of your Inner Anchor Point
whenever you think about your associated symbol or of the term Inner Anchor Point.
A Real Life Example

Following the instructions, Jim prepared to locate his Inner Anchor
Point by sitting next to his computer and listening to the Bonus audio
instructions with his Bonus Inner Anchor Point form in front of him.
As he listened, he experienced strong emotions of loving, yearning,
sadness, joy and closeness. He also homed in on and recorded the things
that were most important to him when all was said and done.
As he did this, he also experienced a series of powerful physical feelings that
centered around the center of his chest and he realized that
these were the same feelings hed had at his brothers wedding and the birth of
his daughter.
Page 221

He continued to follow the downloadable audio instructions and, in his

imagination,
Framed these emotional and physical feelings and mental
thoughts into a
single point that he named his Inner Anchor Point.
He later realized that his Inner Anchor Point was present for him
whenever he looked for it and that whatever he imagined placing in it
received a heightened level of attention from his Unconscious.
He first noticed this when doing a Basic Achievement Clearing Process.
Things cleared up much more rapidly. Later, using the Inner Anchor
Point
when doing the Super Achievement Root Normal Base Reframing
process, he found that he could remember early experiences that hed
never before been able to recall. And, still later, when doing the Bonus
Zapper Processes, he was amazed by the responsiveness of his
Unconscious to very simple instructions.
Jim soon concluded that the effort invested in locating his Inner Anchor
Point was well spent.
A Summary for Your Conscious Mind

This summary is just to let your Conscious Mind know what is going on. I dont expect you to
do anything with what follows. Just review it.
1.
Find a dim, quiet place where you won't be disturbed, become relaxed, and recite the
Insurance Statement Please make whatever takes place be for the highest good of
me and of everyone else involved.
2.
Listen to (or read) Vonnegut's eulogy to Lavinia accompanied by Daniel Kobialka's

music.
3.
Imagine that you have 30 days left to live. Develop this Imaginary Experience until it
becomes quite clear. Then become aware of the three to five most important things to
be done in those remaining 30 days. Record them on your form.
Page 222

4.
Repeat the preceding step, except now imagine that you have 7 days left to live. As you
do, become aware of the experiences in your body and mind. Record the three to five
most important things to be done in those remaining 7 days. Record them on your form.
5.
Repeat the preceding step, except now imagine that you have only 1 day left to live. As
you do, become more aware of the experiences in your body and mind. On your form,
record the three to five most important things to be done in the remaining time.
6.
Imagine having only 1 hour left to live. As you do, become completely aware of the
powerful multi-level experiences in your body and mind and imagine that these are all
focused at one particular point within your body.
That point is your Inner Anchor Point.
Frame your Inner Anchor Point by imagining putting your hands around it.
Name the Inner Anchor Point for your Unconscious.
Then, in your imagination, merge the name Inner Anchor Point into the energy focus
of the same name. Do this several times.
Finally, instruct your Unconscious to place a very high and sustained priority on
anything you imagine placing within your Inner Anchor Point.
7.
Identify a visual symbol to be used as a conscious trigger. Draw a simple picture of it.
Then imagine merging the symbol with your Inner Anchor Point and instruct your
Unconscious to give you an immediate conscious and Unconscious experience of your
Inner Anchor Point whenever you imagine and or see a picture of your symbol.
8.
Create an Affirmation, a detailed written description of your experience of your Inner

Anchor Point. This Affirmation should include your physical, emotional, mental, and
inner experiences.
9.
If your experience of the Inner Anchor Point seems too vague, unclear, or of a form
that is uncomfortable for you, do a Tune-Up Process: Frame what you want to change
by focusing on it in your mind or imagination. Then anchor that Framed experience in
your Inner Anchor Point and ask your Unconscious to change things.
Page 223

Use self-talk to verbally Frame the changes you want and ask that they take place in
ways that are for the highest good of you and everyone else involved.
10.
Purge the Inner Anchor Point of any residual sadness, sense of loss, or other unwanted
experiences, anything other than joy, loving and harmony. Perform a BA Base
Reframing if necessary to clear your Inner Anchor Point of any unwanted
experiences.
Coming Up
In the next chapter, you will learn how to create effective conscious SA Objectives, something
that almost no one does correctly without instruction.
Since creating an effective conscious SA Objective is the first step in creating a Super
Achievement Target, this is an important chapter.
Its next
Page 224

Chapter Eight
How to Achieve the Impossible, or,
The Amazing Secret of Robin Hood and the
Ancient Zen Masters
Imagine this: I hand you a bow and arrow and ask you to shoot it.
What would you do?
Or imagine this:
Robin Hood enters the archery contest in England. He has his trusty bow and a supply of
arrows.
What else does he need?
Or imagine this:
An old Zen master picks up a bow, carefully lifts an arrow, and stands as a disciple puts a
blindfold over his eyes.
What does the Zen master still need?
You guessed it.
In all three cases, they need a target.
In this chapter youll learn the amazing secrets of the first step in creating clear consciously
stated targets what I call SA Objectives that will do only one thing: Lead you right to
your hearts desires!
Want some proof?
Page 225

Celia worked for a company that she didnt feel respected her. She was a quiet woman
with low self-esteem. She felt abused at work. She took one of my seminars and worked
on her SA Objective.
She wrote down that she wanted at least one job offer for a much better position, still in
the same company, working with people who respected her, and at a salary fifty percent
higher than she was gettingand she wanted it in four weeks.
What happened? Four weeks later she got two job offers! And yes, it was for exactly
what she specified.
In fact, one of the offerers said they would hold the job open in the event that she took
and didnt like the other!
Are you beginning to sense the power of having a clear SA Objective?
Heres another example:
Christina didnt like her job.
She was smart and well educated, but didnt feel fulfilled. She wanted to give up, quit,
and escape by hiding in the Himalayas.
She came to my workshop. She worked on an SA Objective that she really wanted to
achieve. It specified getting a job at her company working to protect the environment.
But she said the company didnt even have such a department.
I advised her to write an SA Objective that specified that in 4 weeks she would have the
exact job she wanted, even if right now it didnt even exist. She did. What happened?
Four weeks later she was made manager of the companys newly formed environmental
division!
Miracles like this can happen for you, tooonce you learn how to create SA Objectives and set
out to achieve them using the Cybernetic Transposition techniques.
In general, SA Objectives are simple formalized statements of what you want to achieve. They
are short, clear declarations that define the target you are seeking. Truly effective SA
Objectives are also
Page 226

very clearly Framed and

focused on what you really want.
Youll learn more about those aspects of SA Objectives in this chapter. First youll learn
how to identify possible SA Objectives
And then you will learn
how to structure them so they work.
Are you excited? I am!

Lets begin with
A Revealing Little Quiz

Things don't make sense to us if they are not Framed.
Whoops! What's Framing?
Youll know the answer after the following brief exercise. Take a moment and quickly read
this passage:
astblackdogranquicklythr
oughthecitystreetsbar
kingloudlyandjumpingu
panddownthatwasmydogan
dymynuttynewfypupwhodr
oveveryonebutmecrazywi
hisbarkingandherdinghew
eightedoveronehundredpo
undsyouseeandwasveryfrie
ndlytoofriendlyperha
Confusing, wasnt it?
Page 227

It was for me, too.

Why?
The above words and phrasesyes, there are actually words and phrases in the above
gibberishdont make sense because they arent Framed.
For most people, problems and frustration arise from the lack of framing of the characters into
words and sentences.
A Framed version of the above box looks like this:
(The f)ast black dog ran quickly through the

city streets, barking loudly and jumping up
and down. That was my dog Andy, my nutty
Newfy pup who drove everyone but me crazy
with his barking and herding. He weighed over
one hundred pounds, you see, and was very
friendly - too friendly, perha(ps.)
Wasn't that a lot easier to read?

It was easier because it was Framed into groups of letters called words and groups of words
called sentences. In two cases in the above example I even had to add a few missing letters
at the beginning and end to complete the groupings. Why? To help Frame the writing so it
finally made sense to you.
What is Framing?
All of this will make sense to you once I - well, Frame it for you.
Here's a definition of Framing to go with your experience.
Page 228

Framing is the process of separating things into logical elements and separating the
logical element of interest from everything else.
The logical elements of written language are words, phrases, sentences, and paragraphs.
They also include our old friends - prepositions, adjectives, adverbs, participles, and all those
other timeworn favorites of English teachers.
In creating effective SA Objectives, or targets, it is critical to Frame what you want precisely,
including all of what is required to specifically target what you want and eliminate what you
dont want.
All of this will be much clearer to you in a few moments.
How a 10 Can Make You Rich

Right now I want you to start thinking about a truly incredible experience youve had in your
lifea real 10 on a scale of 1-10that you love to relive in your mind.
This 10 experience will serve as a reference point for you later.
Just allow an experience to float into your awareness, something you loved and feel enthused
about as you relive it in your mind. You want it to be a perfect 10 in your mind. Nothing less
will do. What perfect 10 comes to mind for you?
Record it on a clean piece of paper labeled My 10 Reference Point.
For me, my reference point is something that happened with my younger son, Johannes, when
he was about 18 months old:
We were living in the southwestern part of Sweden at the time, in a picturesque little
village called Viken (The Inlet). From our living room, we looked out on the sea
between Sweden and Denmark.
Each night, I put Johannes to sleep, walking with him in the darkened living room and
gently talking to him. Then we'd sit down in a chair facing the ocean and look at the
Danish lighthouses across the sea, many miles away.
Page 229

One night, just before falling asleep, Johannes cuddled up a little closer than usual, put
his little arms around my neck in a gesture that seemed so full of trust and loving that it
brought tears to my eyes, and, with a smile on his face, fell asleep.
That memory for me is so precious, so beautiful to me that I wouldn't change it for all the tea
in China.
As I recall it a big smile fills my face, tears start to flow, and my heart opens as I recall the
sweet, joyful experience of that tender and loving moment.
That is truly a 10 for me.
Page 230

Now Its Your Turn

Identify at least one 10 experience of your own and Frame it in writing.
Simply write out the experience as I did above. Feel it. Enjoy it. And describe it.
Your description is your Frame of the experience.
Label that My 10 Reference Point.
Have fun! Enjoy the process!
Go ahead and do that now..
.
.
.
What To Do If You Cant Find Your 10

What if you cant remember a 10 for you?
Thats not likely but Ill address it just in case someone cant remember one.
Out of 70,000 plus people, no one has ever told me that they couldn't find one.
However, if they did, I'd probably tell them that the only way they could know if they did not
have a 10 experience is by having an inner reference point of what a 10 is.
Otherwise, they would have no chance of saying something was less than a 10.
Follow?
So, if they have that inner reference point, they should create a written description that they
can edit until it rings a bell as a 10 and then convert that to an Imaginary Experience, again
making sure that it is a 10, and use that as a reference point.
Any way you look at it, a perfect 10 is within reach of everyone.
Page 231

Again, do the above exercise before moving on
How to Make All Your Wishes A Reality

So whats the point of doing that above exercise?
You want to have an experience of framing a 10 in your life.
Why?
So you can use it to Frame your SA Objective in the most powerful way humanly possible.
So that when you create a Metastory, youll know that it is truly perfect for you.
So that when you modify an unpleasant remembered experience into a perfect one, youll
know that it is truly perfect for you.
Youll know this because youll have a reference point.
Once you have a clearly Framed SA Objective that is perfect for you, you will then convert it
into a target Robin Hood could hit with ease and Zen masters could hit even blindfolded.
Are you beginning to understand the power in this tool?
Stay with me. Youre learning how to create miracles in your life. If this material seems new,
its because it is. But if you want to get new results in your life, you have to do new things.
Right? Thats what youre learning right here.
And the next new thing youll learn involves the process for creating Wish Lists. A Wish List
will help you create a very clear SA Objective.
Creating Wish Lists

You create a powerful Wish List by
1. Deciding on what you want,
2. Writing down the memories that occur to you concerning what you want, and
Page 232

3. re-writing those memories into 10 level Metastories.

Youll recall that I told you about Metastories earlier in this book. In short, when you
consciously rewrite or reframe a memory into a perfect picture, you create a new, Imaginary
Experience a Metastorythat tells your Unconscious what you want.
Here's a portion of a Wish List that I created. The subject is writing e-Books. The original
memories are from writing my first book, The Art of Success, Luck, and Harmony, in 1984.
Note how I describe a memory, rate it, and then re-write that memory so it gets a 10 rating
from me:
1.
Memory: I am transcribing tapes from my trainings. It is very tiring.

Rating: 5.
Metastory: Because the material is clearly Framed in my Unconscious,
I am simply reeling it off verbally to an editor who is interviewing me
over the phone. The resultant tapes are being transcribed and emailed to
me in less than 24 hours. The whole process is very easy, exciting, and
highly productive and I am very enthusiastic, happy and satisfied with
the results.
Rating: 10.
2.
Memory: Editing is laborious. It seems to take 4 to 8 drafts to get things

to the point where I am satisfied. Even then, when I read over the
material, I keep making changes.
Rating: 4.
Metastory: My first drafts are excellent. My editor suggests areas for
clarification, expansion, or cutting. I talk them out with her and then
quickly and easily produce an excellent modified version on the
computer. After a couple of minor touchups to get things right for me,
all that's left to do is the final editing which my editor handles very well.
Page 233

And when I read through the result, I am very pleased with it and feel
the need to make very few changes. The whole process is easy, fun, and
very very satisfying.
Rating: 10.
3.
Memory: It took about 250 hours of my time over 60 days to generate a

publishable version of the book. I felt quite tired when I finished but was
very pleased with the result.
Rating: 7.
Metastory: It only takes about 100 hours of my time during a 21 day
period to write an e-Book about a subject in which I have expertise. I am
extremely pleased with the results and the ease with which they are
achieved. The whole process is enthusiastic, joyful and very very
satisfying.
Rating: 10.
Do you see how the process works?

First, I stated a wish (to write an e-book).
Second, I wrote out the memories that came to mind.
Third, I rated those memories.
Fourth, I rewrote those memories into Metastoriesinto the images I wanted.
Fifth and finally, I rated those Metastories and kept rewriting them until they were a perfect 10,
as good as my True 10 experience.
Ive only given you three examples of my process in the above scenario but there are actually
eight Metastories comprising my Wish List. Some of them were initially 10s while other were
in the 1 to 9 range.
Page 234

But when I finished the Wish List, all of them were 10s.
By the way, I set this SA Objective and converted it into a Super Three-Step Target
before writing the ebook, Proven Secrets For Making Large Sums Of Money In Your
Own Business that you received as a Bonus.
Everything specified easily came to pass exactly as specified except that, while
practicing I changed reeling it off to an editor to very easily reeling it off to my
computer as I rode on airplanes and trains while visiting my daughters and my brother
on the east coast. Thats what occurred in a delightful fashion.
It was, far and away, the easiest job of writing a book ever for me.
How to Create Your Own Wish List

Right about now you should be getting very excited!
Youre learning how to rewrite your life, program your mind, and aim for the biggest and
boldest dreams you can imagine!
And, youre learning how to achieve them all!
While the fire is hot, lets move on to writing your own Wish List. This will greatly help you
in stating an SA Objective that will work like magic for you.
To create your own Wish List, focus on what you want to achieve and, as you do, simply
remember specific memories that pop up from various relevant times in your life. Think of:
Whatever made you think of working on what you chose.

Any other time today.
Any time yesterday.
Any time on a weekend.
Any time on a work day.
Any time on a holiday.
Any other kind of day that seems important to you.
Page 235

Do not go back any earlier than one year from today. We are only interested in your current life
experiences.
On the other hand, if youre working on a specific subject (as I did in the above example) focus
on any time in your life that is relevant to that subject. If youre covering your entire life, focus
only on recent times.
Lets say you are working on a money goal. Your SA Objective (which youll refine and
reframe before this chapter is over) is to raise money fast. So you might write it like this
I want to raise $50,000 in cash within 30 days.
Okay. Now, write down whatever comes up for you regarding raising that money fast.
As you recall a memory, record it. Then give it a 1 to 10 rating.
After that, rewrite or reframe the memory into a Metastorythe way you want it to be.
Do that until you have a 10 rating on ita 10 as good as the one you wrote about earlier, your
10 Reference Point. A perfect 10 for you.
Are you with me here?
In short, take a clean sheet of paper and write out your descriptions in the following steps:
Memory:
Rating:
Metastory:
Rating:
Go ahead and do that right now.
.
.
Page 236

Excellent! Pat yourself on the back for taking these initial first steps to creating an SA
Objective that will make your heart sing!
I have found that most people come up with between eight and fourteen Wish List items. If you
come up with significantly more or less than that, you are either including redundant items,
nitpicking or ignoring what your unconscious pops up for you. In other words, you are
encountering a Blocker that you should resolve via a Base Reframing.
To identify such a Blocker, Dialogue with your unconscious to determine whether a Blocker is
operating. If so, ask the assistance of your unconscious in framing the associated Blocker Body
Feelings.
How to Use Your Wish List

Youre going to be surprised by what you learn when you review your Wish List!
If you created a Wish List covering the extent of your current life, take a close look at the items
that you initially rated 1 to 4.
See them?
Those are your weak links.
These low-rated areas Unconsciously pull down the rest of your life.
This may show up as you being tired, excessively active, irritable, or otherwise missing out on
a really happy and enjoyable life. You know what I mean. Those low rated areas are the
downers that are still in your life.
They clearly reflect Blockers at work.
You may decide to focus on just one of the areas of your life that were initially rated 1 to 4. In
that case, Id suggest that you make a new Wish List dealing only with that specific area of
your life.
For example, take creating enough money.
Page 237

This is to ensure that you have covered all the important aspects of that part of your life (as in
my book writing example, above).
So, in this case, you would rewrite those low areas of your life concerning money into
Metastories that are perfect 10s for you.
Heres an example:
MEMORY: I recall eating lunch in a restaurant and having all of my credit
cards refused because I didnt have enough money to pay my bills. (promised
payments just didnt come.)
RATING: 1
METASTORY: Im looking at my credit card statements. All were fully paid at
the beginning of the month and will be at the end of this one because I have lots
of money. I have great wealth in my life. I am now prosperous. My bills are
paid easily and before they are due. Now, when I look at a bill, I feel really
good because I know I have the money to pay it.
RATING: 10
Do you see how this can transform your life?
Suddenly those low spots in your life are now high spots. Suddenly the 4s are now 10s, at
least potentially so. And when you tell your Unconscious to make these Imaginary
Experiences real, you will have them.
However, if the Blocker experience that was evident in the original memory still persists, its
time to get to work resolving that via the BA Base Reframing Process.
Once you have created a focus and resolved the associated Blockers, money will probably now
start looking for you!
I remember a New Yorker magazine cartoon. Two street people are sitting on a bench in
Central Park. The older is wisely saying to the younger, Focus your mind on quarters and
theyll pop up everywhere.
Page 238

Actually, a friend of mine did this using the Cybernetic Transposition techniques. He found
75 quarters in one month, after never finding a quarter lying around in his entire life.
How to Create Consciously-Defined SA Objectives That Work

Okay! Now lets move on.
Lets use what you learned so far in this chapter to help create an incredibly powerful SA
Objective.
Most people set remarkably sloppy SA Objectives for themselves.
Unfortunately, confusion in your SA Objective generates confusion in the results you
produce.
It would be like Robin Hood trying to hit two or three targets at once, or having no target at all.
He needs a clear target.
So it is very important that your SA Objective be clear and specific. Thats why the Cybernetic
Transposition Super Achievement Three-Step process includes very specific criteria for an
acceptable SA Objective.
Lets take a look at that aspect right now
The Cybernetic Transposition Super Achievement Three-Step Objectives

Criteria
You are getting closer and closer to creating true miracles in your life.
Now youre going to get even greater clarity on how to create SA Objectives that work.
First, Ill list the criteria for them.
Then, Ill explain each of them.
Page 239

To work effectively using this process, your SA Objective must:
be extremely desirable.
be appropriately difficult.
be as clear and single-focused as feasible.
be time-based and measurably achievable rather than a moving target. Thus, it

involves a very specific completion date.
be both specific and comprehensive (via a Subsidiary Target, if appropriate) in

defining what is desired.
set a lower limit on success but not an upper one.
concretely and measurably quantify what you want to achieve so that you can
effectively monitor your success along the way and at the point where full success has
been scheduled.
deal with your actions and accomplishments rather than those of others (the subject
of each sentence must be I).
be clearly and explicitly Framed in writing.
be stated in positive terms.
incorporate the Insurance Statement of stating I will do this in ways that are for
the highest good of me and of all others involved.
How to Achieve the Impossible

At this point you probably have an idea for an SA Objective.
You probably want more money. Maybe youve even fine-tuned the statement and Framed it
into terms that are more specific. If so, great. Now lets refine it even more.
Keep your rough draft SA Objective in mind as you keep reading this section.
Page 240

In fact, write out your current rough draft SA Objective. Have it beside you as you go through
the points below. Rewrite your SA Objective so you can reframe and refine it.
Ready?
Now let's take a more detailed look at the criteria that define an effective Cybernetic
Transposition Super Achievement Three-Step SA Objective.
1.
Extremely Desirable
Are you excited about your SA Objective? Do you really want the money you say you
want? If you are filled with a sense of joy and enthusiasm when you reflect upon the
achievement of your SA Objective, you're asking for the experience of joy and
enthusiasm when you reach your target. Therefore, the first criterion is to modify or
rewrite your SA Objective until it is a 10 on a 1-10 scale where 10 equals extremely
desirable.
Look at your SA Objective: Do you really want to achieve it? If not, rewrite it until you
do.
2.
Appropriately Difficult.
Do you feel your SA Objective is easy to achieve? Then why use a sledgehammer to
drive a nail? If you can reliably achieve an SA Objective without using the Cybernetic
Transposition Super Achievement Three-Step Process, why use it? The Cybernetic
Transposition Super Achievement Three-Step is designed for accomplishing
seemingly impossible SA Objectives.
Think about that! You can achieve the seemingly impossible!
So, the second criterion is that your SA Objective should be between 8 and 10 on a 1-10
scale of difficulty. The 1 equals automatic and 10 equals seemingly impossible
based on experience and logic, but is accompanied by an inner knowing that somehow
it's right for you.
Remember: An SA Objective that is seemingly impossible but lacks that inner knowing
usually won't work!
Page 241

Look at your SA Objective: Will it be a snap to achieve? If so, maybe rewrite it so it is

more difficult. Go for what you really want!
3.
As Clear and Single-Focused as Feasible.

Think of your SA Objective as the very center of the center ring of an archery target.
When translated into an Unconscious Target via the Target Process (Chapter Nine), it
will provide a homing point for your Unconscious.
The more clear, precise and single-focused that homing point is, the greater your
chances of achieving exactly what you want to achieve.
So, in writing your SA Objective, you must home in on the core, the essence of what
you are seeking.
In Chapter Nine B, Ill show you some very important ways of doing that.
Your SA Objective must also have a precisely stated single focus.
For example, if you specify both generating money and losing weight, you are
dealing with two foci generating money is the first one and losing weight is
the second.
That simply doesnt work in an SA Objective.
Specifying multiple foci in a single SA Objective almost ensures your failure to
achieve any of them.
4.
Time-Based And Measurably Achievable

Sailors used to navigate by the North Star because it was so far away that it seemed to
be a relatively fixed reference point. It could effectively guide them but they could
never reach it, something that was quite clear to them.
Unfortunately, most people are so casual about setting SA Objectives for themselves
that they sometimes mistake unreachable guiding-stars for achievable SA Objectives.
Page 242

Setting a guiding-star SA Objective and expecting to reach it is something like

being a donkey who's trying its best to reach a carrot that its rider is dangling
from a stick, in front of the donkeys nose.
Every step the donkey takes toward the carrot, the carrot moves a step away
from him.
This is analogous to a guiding star SA Objective.
In contrast, the donkey can reach the carrot and enjoy the fruits of its labor if
the rider simply plants the pole in the ground.
This is analogous to a time-based SA Objective.
Guiding star SA Objectives simply don't work.
For example, a little child might decide that if he or she is always good, mommy
and daddy will always be happy and will never fight.
That's obviously impossible, isn't it?
Not only is no one always good, the child has no control over most of the
conscious and Unconscious factors affecting mommy and daddy and their
relationship.
This is a guiding star SA Objective. No matter what the child does, it will fail.
There is always some way that it will feel it could have done better.
If the child sets this kind of an intuitive SA Objective, they will almost certainly
grow up with an Unconscious expectation of failing.
Mistaking guiding-star SA Objectives for time-based, achievable ones is a ticket to a
loss of self-esteem. You promise yourself things you can't achieve and slowly erode
your faith in yourself.
So, how do you get out of the mistake here? Simple: Specify a target date!
Page 243

This is pretty obvious. Remember the donkey example? Do you want the carrot to be a
moving target or a fixed, achievable one? The latter requires that you specify your
target date in writing so that all parts of you will know what youre aiming at.
The test of whether you have picked a feasible date involves imagining achieving your
SA Objective by the indicated date and then Framing your feelings.
If you experience a feeling of certainty that somehow you can achieve your SA
Objective by that date, chances are the date is reasonable. If not, use the Basic
Achievement (and later, the Super Achievement) Clearing Process to resolve those
Blockers into an appropriate date.
On the other hand, the date may too easy and that will show up in your evaluation of
the difficulty of achieving your SA Objective.
Look at your SA Objective: Do you have a deadline on it? If not, add one now. I
strongly suggest that, initially, it be at least one month from today and not more than
two months.
5.
Specific And Comprehensive

Imagine a small dot in the center of a large circle (at left, below).
This dot represents what you really want while the large circle represents what your
initial fuzzy picture allows your Unconscious to give you.
If the dot is a normal #2 pencil mark and the circle is one inch in diameter, you can fit
about 625 dots in the circle. So, initially, you have one chance in 625 of getting what
you want. Not very good odds.
Page 244

However, as you go through the process of becoming more specific so as to develop a

clear and complete written definition of your SA Objective, the large circle shrinks until
it becomes more or less indistinguishable from the dot (at right, above). When that
happens, you have a clearly defined SA Objective.
So you not only have to be specific. You also have to be comprehensive. In this sense,
the Three-Step Process is a two-edged sword. It will almost always give you what you
ask for but it will often fail to give you what you assume will be there but don't ask
for.
It is very important that you understand that. For example, if its obvious to you that
youll be happy if you get a million dollars, you could end up being the most miserable
millionaire around if your SA Objective doesnt include being happy. Ive seen that
happen numerous times. So have you, Ill bet. Someone gets something that they think
will make them happy and have a let down feeling.
Dont let that happen to you.
However, making your SA Objective comprehensive may seem to be at odds to making
it as simple, precise and single-focused as feasible.
That would be true but for one thing.
In Chapter Ten B, Ill show you how to create Subsidiary Targets that you can
incorporate into your simple, precise and single-focused SA Objective by reference.
Once you have incorporated all of your comprehensive criteria into a Subsidiary
Target, you can still have an extremely simple SA Objective that very adequately
covers the territory.
For example, if you want a terrific new job, you might create a Subsidiary
Target named My Perfect Job that specifies all of the aspects of that job that
you really desire.
Then your SA Objective might be, On or before (date), I will have done
whatever is necessary and appropriate to have become employed in My Perfect
Job. I will do this in ways that are for the highest good of me and of all
concerned.
Page 245

Incorporate in your SA Objective all of what is necessary for you to experience what
you want when you achieve it. Include conditions such as:
This will happen in ways that leave my health, happiness, and financial condition
equal to or better than when I set the SA Objective
Or, even more to the point, the Insurance Statement of I will do this in ways that are
for the highest good of me and of all concerned.
Look at your SA Objective: Add your Insurance Statement line: I will do this in ways
that are for the highest good of me and of all concerned. Also add the other boundary
conditions that define what you really want.
6.
Set A Lower Boundary On What You Are Seeking, Rather Than An Upper One
As strange as it may sound, many of us are so Unconsciously afraid of success that we
Unconsciously set our SA Objectives to limit what we achieve.
For example, someone might set an SA Objective focused on, I will earn $50 thousand
per year when theyd actually like $100 thousand. Their Unconscious bias is revealed
by what they actually put on paper.
A more effective approach and the only one that is appropriate for a Super
Achievement SA Objective - would be to say, I will earn at least $50 thousand per
year or I will earn at least $100 thousand per year. This leaves room for
improvement and with our remarkably inventive and creative Unconscious Minds,
improvement is well within reach.
Look at your SA Objective: Do you have it Framed so you can have something better
than what youre asking for? If not, rewrite it right now.
7.
Concretely And Measurably Quantify The Key Aspects Of Your SA Objective

If you don't quantify your SA Objective in a concrete and measurable way, you have a
good chance of getting what you don't want.
Page 246

That's analogous to expanding the circle around what you want after you worked so
hard to shrink it down. Or to creating a guiding-star when you are really interested in
time-based results.
There are two key ways of appropriately quantifying your Cybernetic Transposition
Super Achievement Objectives:
The obvious one is to use normal forms of quantification: dollars, days, minutes,
and so forth.
For example: I will earn or otherwise bring in at least an additional $5,000 within
30 days as opposed to Ill have enough money this month.
The first matches the quantification criterion while the second doesn't. Whats
enough? Its a moving target, as most people know from their own experience.
Convert your intuitive evaluations into quantitative ones by numerically Framing

and recording them.
For example: At the end of each day, I will leave work feeling enthusiastic and
pleased at a level of at least 8 where a 10 is the way I felt when I got the
promotion. Then Frame your daily evaluations by recording them.
That works while I'll feel great at the end of each day doesn't.
Look at your SA Objective: Is it written in quantified terms? If not, rewrite it.

8.
Deal With Your Actions And Accomplishments. The Subject of Each Sentence
Must Be I.
YOU are the only person who can produce the success you desire using the Cybernetic
Transposition Super Achievement Three-Step.
Thus, your SA Objective must specify that you and only you are doing the things
required to achieve your Objective.
Thus, the subject of EVERY sentence in your SA Objective must be I.

Page 247

To directly specify others' actions or attitudes is outside the scope of the Super
Achievement techniques. In fact, it is antithetical to my whole approach.
However, that's not so limiting as it might seem, assuming you already know how to
press other peoples hot buttons.
Usually you do.
Whatever you've done before you can do again. If this includes making lots of money
or talking your boss into giving you a raise and you want to do it again but much better,
you shouldn't have much trouble when using the Cybernetic Transposition Super
Achievement Three-Step techniques. The trick is to simply instruct your Unconscious
to do it again in a new context.
If, however, you dont have any experiences that seem relevant to what you want to
accomplish, you may be able to use others as reference points to develop them.
Thats what the Transposition in Cybernetic Transposition is all about transposing
successes in one area of your life into another area.
For example, you might say, I will close sales in the same way that I see John closing
sales, Under certain circumstances that will work.
Whether this will work is more subtle but can be clearly evident to you. The key is that
if you already have that ability in your Unconscious, whether or not youve previously
expressed it, you will see your latent ability reflected in others.
All of us have an amazing range of positive and negative unexpressed abilities in our
Unconscious. The negatives are most familiar. For example, someone who takes one
drink and becomes an alcoholic or becomes immediately addicted on first try of an
illegal drug. On the positive side, there are innumerable examples.
For example, my son Johannes (who is now 23) has taught himself to
be a
very accomplished guitarist without instruction. He just took to it like a duck takes to
water. My son Per (who is 25) sat down at one of my computers when he was 8 and
taught himself the most complicated graphics programs from the help screens. Then he
taught himself to
play and compose music on the computer. It was just natural
for
him.
Page 248

Similarly, you have lots of unexpressed abilities that will blossom when you effectively
ask your Unconscious to implement them.
One test of whether you have the resources in your Unconscious to do something that
you have never done is whether, when you imagine doing or being something, it seems
real and connected to you. If so, it is probably something you have the inner resources
to achieve.
For example Eugenio had always had an "impossible" ambition to write and
publish popular songs. He deemed it impossible because, with the exception of
singing in the school choir as a child, he had no musical experience
whatsoever.
So, when asked to choose a nearly impossible SA Objective for his first
application of the Super Achievement techniques, he targeted easily writing a
song and obtaining a music publishing contract. The timeframe was eight
weeks.
About four weeks after setting the SA Objective, Eugenio met one of his new
neighbors, Simon, who turned out to be a member of a major Symphony
Orchestra. After a few evenings in Simon's basement studio, a demonstration
tape emerged with Eugenio singing the words and music that he had composed
by humming and Simon providing the instrumental accompaniment.
Four weeks later (which turned out to be the day previously set for achievement
of his SA Objective), Eugenio and Simon found themselves in the offices of the
most important music publisher in London. Through a friend, Simon had
arranged a meeting with one of EMI's more junior executives.
Their hearts sank as the young man answered a phone and talked through their
three minute demo tape but, suddenly, the door to the office opened and the
head of the publishing company, Kay, walked in and instructed the junior
executive to write a music publishing contract with Eugenio and Simon. Only
later did Eugenio find that this apparently marked the first such contract
offered by this music publisher to a new composer.
Page 249

Look at your SA Objective: Does it feel like something you can achieve? Either youve
done it before, someone else has and that resonated with you, or you can imagine doing
it in a way that resonates. If not, rewrite it now.
9.
Clearly And Explicitly Recorded In Writing

When you write things down, you first mentally translate the intuitive signals created
by your Unconscious into words and then intuitively test to see whether the words
you've selected match what those signals mean. When they seem right to, you put
words on paper.
For example, watch someone else writing when they dont know youre looking.
They will often hold their pen or pencil poised in the air while they look up.
Whats going on inside of them is what I just described.
Then they will suddenly look down at the paper and start writing.
But they may stop, lift their pen or pencil and look up again before scratching
out or erasing part of what theyve written and continuing with something new.
As you write, you send visual, auditory, and tactile feedback to the various parts of
your Unconscious. If those Unconscious parts dont agree with what youre writing,
youll get intuitive feelings that things aren't right and scratch out or erase what you've
written.
This continues to the point where you get only positive intuitive signals about what
you've written. At that point, the major parts of your Unconscious are in at least
preliminary agreement and youre consciously satisfied with what you have written.
In similar fashion, when you have clearly and explicitly written down your SA
Objective so that it meets all of the Super Achievement criteria and you intuitively feel
that it is correct, all of your major conscious and Unconscious parts will be sufficiently
in accord to proceed to the next step in the Super Achievement process.
However if you have some Blockers (self-defeating Unconscious habit patterns are
working), what you put on paper may very well not match what you intend. In that
case, you may find it very difficult to write an SA Objective that meets the Super
Achievement criteria.
Page 250

For example, Barney set the following SA Objective because he wanted to

improve his relationship with his mother:
I will have a deeper relationship with my mother, such that I can talk to her
about at least some of my feelings. I want to break down the wall that stops me
from having physical contact with her and that stops her from having physical
contact with me.
This SA Objective violates quite a few of the criteria stated in this chapter,
reflecting a lot of conflict within Barney. He had no trouble getting the idea
across verbally but it took several hours before he could write down what he
really wanted. In fact, he had to resolve some Blockers via the BA Base
Reframing Process before he could.
In case you haven't seen what doesn't work in Barneys SA Objective, here are the
primary problems:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
It is not time based.

It is neither specific nor comprehensive. In fact, the phrase break down the
wall that stops me is a metaphor that is almost certain to confuse things or
could, at worst, lead to physical violence.
The preceding phrase also is negative.
Nothing is quantified.
It is neither clearly nor explicitly Framed.
It fails to incorporate the Insurance Statement.
Of course, Barney failed completely to achieve what he really wanted.

In contrast, here's an SA Objective that I used to create a house I wanted when I first
moved to Stockholm at the end of September, 1983:
On or before November 1, 1983, I will have easily found, rented, and moved into
a house that I am satisfied with and enthusiastic about at a level of at least 9 on
a scale where 10 is totally overjoyed. This house will match the following
specifications at a level of at least 9 on a scale where 10 is an intuitively perfect
match: a very open living room and dining room with a high ceiling; very large
windows, an open fireplace, green carpet, and a weeping willow tree visible
Page 251

through the front window of the living room; many other rooms that are
relatively isolated from each other and that have large windows and an airy
feeling; a quiet location with very little traffic situated within 15 minutes off-peak
or taxi driving time from the center of Stockholm; a location that is approached
through attractive farmland and open fields; a very cooperative landlord; and a
rental of not more than 5,000 kr. per month. All of this will take place in ways
that are for the highest good of me and of everyone else involved.
I'm sure you can see the difference.
(As Ill explain in Chapter Ten B, my Objective is far too complex for you to use as a
model. There I demonstrate how I would write it now, using a Subsidiary Target.)
By the way, the house came in right on schedule, looked exactly as described, and cost
slightly less than specified (about half of what our friends said the house was worth). It
was located in a part of Stockholm called Djusholm, an area that I had never previously
seen or heard of. The landlord was so cooperative that he put in a new washer, dryer,
dishwasher, and driveway and let us move in the next day without even signing a
contract or giving him any money.
Look at your SA Objective now:
Well, if you cant look at it, then you havent written it down yet! Do so now.
10.
Is Stated in Positive Terms

If you say to your Unconscious, Dont do this, you are also saying that it can Do
anything else. Thats neither specific nor comprehensive.
Whats more, if you say, Dont do this, theres a very good chance that your
Unconscious will just drop the dont and do exactly what you dont want it to do.
In other words, where you place your conscious focus may well be where your
Unconscious will take you.
So always figure out the positive aspect of what you want and incorporate that in your
SA Objective, even if you start out wanting to avoid a negative.
Page 252

For example, you might have a boss who yells at you and that disturbs you greatly. So
you start thinking, I dont ever want my boss to yell at me again. Obviously, thats
not an acceptable formulation.
So you might reformulate that to, I will have a boss who either appropriately praises
me or gives only constructive criticism which, at least 95 percent of the time, provides a
clear and feasible model of what he desires, at a level of at least 9 where on a scale
where 10 is totally clear and feasible.
Look at your SA Objective: Is it stated in positive terms? If not, rewrite it.
11.
Incorporates The Insurance Statement

I have already explained why it is important to include the comprehensive boundary
condition that things be for the highest good of you and of everyone else involved.
However, this is so important, especially with the Super Achievement techniques, that I
want to add a few more words.
This Insurance Statement boundary condition instructs your Unconscious Mind to
avoid doing self-destructive things in pursuit of your SA Objective and to also avoid the
equally self-destructive process of hurting others along the way.
Please remember to always use it!
Look at your SA Objective: Did you add the Insurance Statement?
If not, add it now:
I will do this in ways that are for the highest good of me and of all concerned.
Examples of Acceptably Formulated SA Objectives

At this point you should have a nicely Framed SA Objective.
Here are a few examples of SA Objectives that were rapidly and completely achieved.
Page 253

New Venture: Within 4 weeks, I will have done whatever is necessary and appropriate
so that I will have received over $2 million in investment capital to start my new
Artificial Intelligence Venture as indicated by the agreement signed by all parties and
the check I have in hand. I will do this in ways that are for the highest good of me and
of all concerned.
Increase Commissions: Within 4 weeks, I will have done whatever is necessary and
appropriate to have increased my commission payment by at least 60 percent as
compared with my average commission payment over the past 6 months. I will have
done this easily, at a level of no more than 4 on a scale where 10 is extremely difficult,
and enthusiastically, at a level of at least 9 on a scale where 10 is extremely
enthusiastic. I will do this in ways that are for the highest good of me and of all
concerned.
New Job: Within 4 weeks, I will have done whatever is necessary and appropriate to
be employed in My Perfect Job I will do this in ways that are for the highest good of me
and of all concerned.
Note: This SA Objective incorporates a Subsidiary Target with the proper name, My
Perfect Job. The following specifications that were originally included in the Objective
are incorporated into that Subsidiary Target (see Chapter Eight B).
that is challenging at a level of 8 on a scale where 10 is my maximum
comfortable challenge. At least 95 percent of the time, I will be happy
and satisfied with what I am doing at a level of at least 9 on a scale
where 10 is intuitively totally happy and satisfied. The job will give me
frequent opportunities to help myself and other people grow and develop,
both technically and as human beings. I will have a manager with whom
I am extremely satisfied, at a level of at least 9 on a scale where 10 is
intuitively totally happy and satisfied. I will be paid at least 50 percent
more than I am being paid now and will receive at least equal benefits in
all areas.
Managerial: Within 4 weeks, I will have done whatever is necessary and appropriate
to have gained the full support of my co-managers for My New Project. I will do this in
ways that are for the highest good of me and of all concerned.
Page 254

Subsidiary Target Named My New Project: Includes the following specifications

that were originally stated in the Objective. I will have very clearly defined a project
to increase the profitability of my division by at least $700,000 during the ensuing
twelve months ending December 31, 1997. This project will be so obvious, appropriate,
and realistic and I will present it so effectively to my co-managers that we will all agree
that it is completely achievable at an average level of at least 9.5 on a scale where 10 is
absolutely certainty of achievement..
Time Management: Within 4 weeks, I will have done whatever is necessary so that at
least 80 percent of the time I go home no later than 5 PM feeling very relaxed, very
enthusiastic, and highly satisfied with the job I have done, at a level of at least 9 on a
scale where 10 is totally relaxed, enthusiastic, and satisfied. I will do this in ways that
are for the highest good of me and of everyone else involved.
Examples of Objectives That Are Not Acceptably Formulated

The following are actual SA Objectives developed by senior- and mid-level managers in major
corporations. Read through them and determine as many of the reasons why they are not
acceptable as you can. You can do this most easily by printing out the list of criteria for an
acceptably formulated SA Objective (pages 210-222) and comparing.
New Job: The new job will support my creativity. My personal tasks and SA Objectives
will be clearly expressed in measurable terms. My boss and colleagues will be positive
and will listen to me and involve me in their activities. At least 80 percent of my
suggestions will be either partially or wholly accepted and only 2 percent will receive a
definite no. The salary will be at least $9,000 per month. At least 60 percent of the
time I will leave the job at the end of the work day feeling satisfied at a level of at least
8. I will have at least 1 good laugh each day.
Describe what is wrong with the statement of this SA Objective, on a separate piece of paper.
Do this by comparing the Objective to the criteria for a properly formatted SA Objective
previously stated. (Try not to look at my evaluation, below, before you make your own.)
Personal Relationship: (Note that this one was discussed previously. Please dont look
at that discussion. Make you own evaluation first.)
Page 255

I will have a deeper relationship with my mother, such that I can talk to her about at
least some of my feelings. I want to break down the wall that stops me from having
physical contact with her and that stops her from having physical contact with me.
Again, describe what is wrong with the statement of this SA Objective, on a separate
piece of paper. (Try not to look at my evaluation, below, before you make your own.)
How Well Did You Do?

Well, what was wrong with the above SA Objectives?
Compare your thoughts to my own:
Job Objective:
1.
It assumes that the SA Objective deals with getting a new job but does not state
it. This violates the requirement of being specific and comprehensive.
An appropriate formulation of the start of this would be something like: Within
4 weeks, I will be in a new job. This job will
2.
It deals substantially with the actions of others, this persons boss and
colleagues. It fails to make the subject of each sentence I.
An appropriate formulation of part of this might be something like, I will do
whatever is necessary and appropriate so that at least 90 percent of the time I
will feel that my boss and colleagues involve me in their activities at a level of
at least 9 on a scale where 10 is completely involved."
3.
It does not incorporate the Insurance Statement.

An appropriate formulation would include, I will do this in ways that are for
the highest good of me and of all concerned.
4.
Much of it is not measurable, given the significant number of intuitive ratings,

unless the SA Objective specifies keeping track of these ratings on a daily or
weekly basis. Thus it is also not specific and comprehensive.
Page 256

An appropriate formulation would include something like, I will easily and

consistently keep a daily log of all of these measures.
It should come as no surprise that this person did not achieve his SA Objective.
Page 257

Personal Relationship Objective

As noted previously, the problems are, in summary;
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
It is not time based.

It is neither specific nor comprehensive. In fact, the phrase break down the
wall that stops me is a metaphor that is almost certain to confuse things or
could, at worst, lead to physical violence.
The preceding phrase also is negative.
Nothing is quantified.
It is neither clearly nor explicitly Framed.
It fails to incorporate the Insurance Statement.
Heres a more detailed analysis:

1.
The first sentence is a goal rather than an SA Objective. It has no completion

date and the terms "deeper relationship" and "some of my feelings" are moving
targets that will probably never be reached since they will Unconsciously
escalate with each improvement in the situation. They should be quantified.
This might be appropriately formulated as, Within 4 weeks, I will have done
whatever is necessary and appropriate so that at least 80 percent of the time
that I interact with my mother I will feel accepted and free to discuss my
feelings with her at a level of at least 9 where 10 is perfectly accepted and free
to discuss my feelings.
2.
The second sentence is neither specific nor comprehensive because it lacks

instructions to the Unconscious. It is simply the statement of a feeling ("I
want..").
If your SA Objective says, I want, you will probably end up at the end of the
period wanting whatever it is that you specified. If youd prefer actual tangible
or intuitive results, specify what you want, comprehensively.
Do not EVER use the term, I want in your SA Objective.
This might be appropriately formulated as something like, I will do whatever is
necessary and appropriate so that I will hug her, at a level of ease of at least 8
Page 258

on a scale where 10 is extremely easy, and she will respond by hugging me as

she did when I graduated from college.
3.
One aspect of the SA Objective, break down the wall... is negative and
specifies no measurable result.
This aspect of the second sentence might be appropriately formulated with
something like, I will also have done whatever is necessary so that 80 percent
of the time my mother and I both feel so comfortable with each other that she
spontaneously hugs me and I enjoy it at a level of at least 9 on a scale where 10
is total enjoyment.
Note that each of the preceding three appropriate formulations constitutes a single
Objective. They cannot be appropriately combined into a single SA Objective.
Now Its Your Turn

Now its time for you to take your rough draft SA Objective and make it perfect!
Lets get that target up so Robin Hoodyour Conscious Mindand the Zen Masteryour
Unconscious Mind can hit it dead on!
Your Bonus package includes the Objectives Process form. If you havent already downloaded
that form and printed it out, now is the time to do that. This form is closely integrated with the
process of developing an acceptably formulated SA Objective. The numbers in the following
list refer to the numbering on the form.
1.
List the points that you want to achieve. If you created a Wish List, most if not all of
these points are already identified by your Metastories. You should record just enough
of each point or Metastory on the form to reliably remind you of the specific point that
you want to include. So, if youre taking your points from your Wish List, you will
create a title for each Metastory, write it next to that Metastory on your Wish List, and
write the same thing on your Objectives Process Form.
2.
Rate how much you want to achieve what you have just described using the desirability
1 to 10 scale where a 10 is extremely desirable. If your rating is less than a 10, modify
or expand your points until your rating becomes a 10.
Page 259

If you have a set of detailed specifications that must be incorporated in your Objective
for it to be a 10 in desirability, create a Subsidiary Target (which well cover in
Chapter Eight B) that you incorporate into your Objective by reference.
3.
List the external measures that will tell you whether your SA Objective has been
achieved. In order for your SA Objective to be measurably achievable, which is one of
the criteria for an acceptably formulated SA Objective, you must be able to determine
when you have achieved it by referring to external measures, some form of
quantification. This can be either quantification in the usual manner (dollars, time) or
quantification of your intuitive evaluations that have been converted to numerical
measures and recorded in writing.
4.
Ask your Unconscious what would be a reasonable time frame for achievement of this
SA Objective. To do this, focus on your Inner Anchor Point and say, imagining that
you are speaking into it, What is a reasonable time Frame for achievement of the SA
Objective, the points of which I have just described on my Objectives Process form?
Your Unconscious Minds response will probably be in one of several forms:
A time frame pops into your mind.
You have a feeling that the date is associated with some other date that is important
to you, such as your birthday.
You have an Imaginary Experience of achieving your SA Objective but the time
frame isnt clear.
You have a vague intuitive feeling but cant quite grasp what it means.
If the time frame isnt clear, again focus on your Inner Anchor Point and ask What is
a reasonable time frame for achievement of the SA Objective, the elements of which I
have just described on my Objectives Process form? Repeat this over and over again
until you get a clear answer. One will definitely come.
When the time frame (e.g., number of weeks from now or a specific date) is clear,
record it on your form, then focus on your Inner Anchor Point and say, Did I correctly
interpret what you communicated?
If the answer is yes, your Unconscious Minds response will probably be:
Page 260

A clear yes pops into your awareness.
A feeling of certainty arises.
If the answer is no, your Unconscious Minds response will probably be:
A clear no pops into your awareness.
A feeling that it definitely isnt right arises.
If the answer is yes, proceed to the next step. If it is no, return to the beginning of
this step and redo the process. Repeat this step as many times as required to get a clear
yes.
5.
If youre dissatisfied with the time frame that your Unconscious gives you, focus on
your Inner Anchor Point and ask it whether it is reasonable to achieve what you have
described under items 1. and 3. on your form within a shorter time frame. Your
Unconscious will respond in the format described above. If the answer is yes, either
propose a time frame and ask your Unconscious whether that is reasonable or ask your
Unconscious to give you a shorter time Frame following the procedure in the preceding
step.
Check out the answer you get as in the previous step.
6.
Record the calendar date for accomplishment of your SA Objective as the End Point
Date. Then take a calendar and divide the time between todays date and the End Point
Date into four segments. Add this interval to todays date to come up with Date 1 and
record that on your form. Add the same interval to Date 1 to come up with Date 2 and
record that on your form. Add the same interval to Date 2 to come up with Date 3 and
record that on your form. (This section will become clearer after you finish the next
chapter, so dont fret over it right now.)
7.
Rate the perceived difficulty of achieving the totality of what you have described under
numbers 1 and 3. This should be a measure of how difficult it would be to achieve
using your normal skills and resources. Use a 1 to 10 scale where 1 equals almost
automatic and 10 equals seemingly impossible based on logic and experience.
Page 261

If your rating is less than 10, ask your Unconscious to modify your SA Objective so
that it is more challenging and still a 10 in desirability. This may involve adding
elements that you want to achieve.
But dont kid yourself. Do not call something that is more than a 10 in difficulty a 10
because you really want it. That approach will lead to failure.
If your rating is more than 10, ask your Unconscious to modify your SA Objective so
that its difficulty rating is no more than 10. This may require saving some elements of
what you want to achieve for a later time.
To confirm that you have followed the instructions, record your difficulty and
desirability ratings on your form. If your difficulty rating is more than 10 or you, in
some way, question whether that is so, repeat the steps just described. If your
desirability rating is less than a 10, ask your Unconscious to modify your SA Objective
to make it a 10 in desirability and no more than a 10 in difficulty.
If you make modifications, record them on your form.
8.
Now combine the points you have listed under number 1 (and the key points of the
Metastories they refer to) and the measures listed under number 3 into an SA
Objective that is appropriately formulated. Use complete sentences.
IMPORTANT: Remember that ANYTHING that you assume but leave out of your SA
Objective will probably be missing from the results you achieve. DONT ASSUME!
9.
Frame the words and phrases within your written SA Objective that clearly indicate that
your SA Objective deals primarily with YOUR OWN ACTIONS. List them on your
form. If you cant find anything that indicates that your SA Objective deals primarily
with YOUR OWN ACTIONS, revise your SA Objective until it does deal primarily
with your own actions.
If you find anything that indicates that your SA Objective deals primarily with the
actions of others, revise your SA Objective until it deals primarily with your own
actions.
This is VERY important.
Page 262

10.
Now, once again, check for specificity, completeness, measurability, desirability,

appropriate difficulty, whether your SA Objective is stated in positive terms, whether it
deals primarily with your own actions, whether your Unconscious says that it is
reasonable to achieve within the stated time Frame and whether it includes the
Insurance Statement.
Check carefully for Blockers as you review your SA Objective. If any Blockers arise
within you, thats your Unconscious telling you that something isnt right with your SA
Objective. So Frame whats wrong by reviewing your SA Objective again and noting
where the Blockers arose. Then modify your SA Objective until those Blockers
disappear.
When no Blockers arise in reviewing your SA Objective, sign the form, creating a
contract between your conscious and Unconscious Minds.
Once again, be alert for Blockers and, if any arise, Frame what triggers them and
revise your SA Objective accordingly.
11.
Ensure that your SA Objective Now Meets All of the Criteria for a Properly
Formatted SA Objective That Were Presented Previously in This Chapter.
Those criteria arise from the distillation of what works and doesnt work when
reviewing many thousands of SA Objectives and the results they generated.
Print them out and carefully compare your Objective with each criterion.
Please ensure that you carefully conduct this review and modify your Objective as
required to meet all of these criteria.
What You Should Have Right Now

You should have identified a clear SA Objective, either one that you had previously identified
before reading this chapter or one that you identified or refined by doing the Wish List
Process.
Using the Objectives Process form, you should then have formatted your SA Objective so that
it meets all of the eleven criteria stated above.
Page 263

Thus, you should now be holding in your hands a clearly written SA Objective and properly
formatted SA Objective.
But it may not yet be ready. In Chapter Eight B, Ill give you some more tips on properly
formatting your SA Objective, most specifically including how to create and integrate into your
Objective a Subsidiary Target.
What I show you in this Chapter may lead to further modifications of your Objective. But
getting your Objective right at the outset can save you untold effort as you attempt to achieve
it.
However, once you have properly formatted your SA Objective, what you will then hold in
your hands will be one of the most powerful tools ever created.
Then comes the implementation
Coming Up
Your Unconscious speaks in its own way. It may not understand what you are telling it unless
you translate your request into the language it prefers.
In Chapter Nine youre going to translate your SA Objective into a sharp and polished inner
Target.
When you have completed the rest of the Cybernetic Transposition Three-Step virtually
nothing will be impossible for you to have, do, or be.
Nothing!
Page 264

Chapter Eight B
Tips on More Easily and Effectively Formatting
Your SA Objective
For some people, one of the biggest problems in the Super Achievement Process is setting
effective consciously stated SA Objectives.
Yes, thats what I said.
Many people have great trouble in clearly asking for what they want. If thats you, creating a
properly formatted SA Objective may well be one of your major challenges in applying the SA
Processes.
The reason its such a big problem is that most people run smack into major Blockers when
they try to ask for what they want.
This usually results in contorted language, violating the criteria for an acceptably formatted SA
Objective, major spelling and grammar errors and a failure to precisely target what they want.
All their lives theyve had drilled into them that they cant just get what they want by asking
for it, that they have to work really hard to get it. And, on top of that, it isnt proper to ask for
things. And they have to have the right education, degrees and/or qualifications. Etc., etc.
And that results in a lot of self-defeating Unconscious habit patterns Blockers.
In order to generate the results you want, however, your SA Objective must be as clear, simple,
precise and specific as feasible.
Clearly, the types of Blockers noted above will very sharply reduce your probability of success
in achieving your SA Objective.
I hope its obvious to you at this point that you should resolve those Blockers via the BA Base
Reframing Process described in Chapter Four C.
However, here are some other powerful suggestions for dealing with such issues.
Page 265

The net result, if you implement them effectively, will be a sharp increase in your probability
of successfully achieving your SA Objective.
As Simple, Precise, Clear and Single-Focused as Feasible

When your SA Objective isnt appropriately stated, your chances of achieving it are sharply
reduced. Metaphorically speaking, when you build on quicksand, theres a good chance that
what youre building will collapse.
Lots of people have problems in writing an effectively formatted SA Objective. The reason is
that they encounter lots of heavy Blockers ranging from I cant just ask for and get what I
want to Its really bad manners to ask for the things that you want and many more.
The most basic criterion for an acceptably formatted SA Objective is that it is as simple,
precise, clear and single focused as feasible. Ill give you a key way of accomplishing that
shortly.
For the time being, remember that Chapter 8 presents a set of criteria for an acceptably
formatted Objective. I suggest that you print those criteria out and test your Objective against
them as you develop it.
Start with the criterion that an SA Objective must have a single, very precise focus.
A dictionary definition of single is Not accompanied by another or others; solitary. In
other words, focus on only one very specific thing in your SA Objective.
A dictionary definition of precise is Clearly expressed or delineated; definite. In other
words, no wavering, no vagueness. Metaphorically, in setting an SA Objective you should be
defining the very center of the center circle of an archery target.
A dictionary definition of focus is To converge on or toward a central point of focus. In
other words, your SA Objective should contain only that which is the core of what you want to
achieve.
Dont Throw Everything including the Kitchen Sink into Your SA Objective
Page 266

As I said, many people have great trouble in clearly asking for what they want.
One aspect of this is that they try to put everything, including the kitchen sink, into their
Objective and that just doesnt work.
An SA Objective should be as simple, precise, clear and single-focused as feasible.
Think of your SA Objective as the very center of an archery bulls eye target. It should not
include all of those outer rings radiating from the center.
But What About All of Those Boundary Conditions, Those Outer Rings? The Answer:
Subsidiary Targets
Im about to show you how to construct a Subsidiary Target that allows you to include all of
those outer rings that are still part of what you want, all of those Boundary Conditions I
discussed in Chapter Eight. The use of a Subsidiary Target allows you to fully define what you
want to achieve, in great detail.
For example, here is a live acceptably formatted SA Objective created by a participant in my
Super Achiever Coaching Program. (In that Program, I individually coach the participants in
properly formatting their SA Objectives which is one reason that, currently, 100% of them who
do at least most of the assigned work achieve their seemingly impossible SA Objectives on
their very first try. Another of many things that contributes to this result is that they build a
Success Team in their Unconscious that tremendously increases their Success Power.) :
On or before May 5, 2008, with the full and effective support of my Success Team I
will have done whatever is necessary and appropriate to enroll at least three new
Perfect Associates in my (name of company) business. I will have done this easily at a
level of at least 7 on a scale where 10 is extremely easy, and enthusiastically at a level
of at least 9 on a scale where 10 is extremely enthusiastic. I will do this in ways that are
for the highest good of me and of all involved.
Please note that the many details of a Perfect Associate are defined in a Subsidiary Target.
That Subsidiary Target contains as many specific individual characteristics of the type of
person this SACP participant wants to enroll ,as they feel are necessary to get exactly the
people they want.
Page 267

Heres a brief description of how to create a Subsidiary Target.

Lets start by looking at my SA Objective that I showed you in Chapter Eight. This Objective
(that I created in 1983) worked extremely easily and precisely to get me my Perfect House in
Stockholm.
On or before November 1, 1983, I will have easily found, rented, and moved into a
house that I am satisfied with and enthusiastic about at a level of at least 9 on a scale
where 10 is totally overjoyed. This house will match the following specifications at a
level of at least 9 on a scale where 10 is an intuitively perfect match: a very open living
room and dining room with a high ceiling; very large windows, an open fireplace,
green carpet, and a weeping willow tree visible through the front window of the living
room; many other rooms that are relatively isolated from each other and that have
large windows and an airy feeling; a quiet location with very little traffic situated
within 15 minutes off-peak or taxi driving time from the center of Stockholm; a location
that is approached through attractive farmland and open fields; a very cooperative
landlord; and a rental of not more than 5,000 kr. per month. All of this will take place
in ways that are for the highest good of me and of everyone else involved.
This very complex Objective worked just fine for me.
It worked for me because I had very highly developed Success Power combined with extensive
experience and skills in using Cybernetic Transposition to consistently achieve seemingly
impossible results.
But that complexity will almost certainly NOT work for you.
Ive found that most of my readers dont have those pre-existing Unconscious Success Power
skills and certainly lack my very extensive experience using Cybernetic Transposition. Thus,
this Objective is far too complex for them to have a high success rate following its example.
So I have revised and added Cybernetic Transposition Processes and Techniques that will
sharply increase your probability of achieving your SA Objective.
Creating Subsidiary Targets
Page 268

One key aspect of achieving what you want using the Cybernetic Transposition Techniques
is, as Ive previously said, making your SA Objective as clear, simple, precise and singlefocused as feasible.
A key way of doing that is by creating a Subsidiary Target and incorporating it into your
Objective by reference.
By incorporating all of my detailed specifications into a Subsidiary Target, the 2009 version of
my 1983 Objective would become:
On or before November 1, 1983, I will have easily found, rented, and moved into My
Perfect House that I am satisfied with and enthusiastic about at a level of at least 9 on
a scale where 10 is overjoyed. I will do this in ways that are for the highest good of me
and of everyone else involved.
The Subsidiary Target that I call My Perfect House would incorporate each of the
following 14 specifications, numbered as separate items:
(1) a very open living room and dining room
(2) with a high ceiling
(3) very large windows
(4) an open fireplace
(5) green carpet
(6) a weeping willow tree that is visible through the front window of the living room
(7) many other rooms
(8) that are relatively isolated from each other and that have large windows
(9) an airy feeling
(10) a quiet location
(11) very little traffic
Page 269

(12) situated within 15 minutes off-peak or taxi driving time from the center of
Stockholm
(13) a location that is approached through attractive farmland and open fields
(14) a very cooperative landlord; and
(15) a rental of not more than 5,000 kr. (Swedish krona) per month.
For example, item (1) is a very open living room and dining room. I would treat this item as I
do a Key Element in the Target Process (see Chapter Nine) and define it by Tuning-Up an
Associated Memory of any very open living room and dining room I have previously
encountered until it perfectly describes what I intuitively mean by a very open living room
and dining room.
I would then surround this Imaginary Experience with a ball of white light and place it in my
Inner Anchor Point, telling my Unconscious that this is what I mean by, a very open living
room and dining room and instruct to combine this Imaginary Experience with those words,
my Key Element.
I would do this with each separate item in my list.
Then, I would ask my Unconscious to integrate all of what I had anchored in this way to create
an Imaginary Experience of My Perfect House. By tuning that Imaginary Experience up to
a 10 and labeling it My Perfect House, both in my Unconscious and in a written description
- an Affirmation, I would have built my Subsidiary Target.
I can then effectively incorporate it into my SA Objective by reference to its proper name, My
Perfect House.
Creating a Perfect Partner Subsidiary Target

Here are the detailed steps involved in creating a Perfect Partner Subsidiary Target and
integrating it into an SA Objective.
1.
First identify all of the people that you have ever met in any context who meet the
following criteria:
Page 270

They demonstrate at least one characteristic that you would like to see in your Perfect
Partner.
That characteristic or those characteristics created an extremely strong attraction to that

person, even if the rest of their characteristics werent attractive to you or even strongly
turned you off.
Obviously, in non-romantic relationships, Im not talking about a romantic attraction.
For example, in business relationships, Im talking about the characteristics that made
you want to work and, perhaps, socialize with them.
If you saw them in a movie demonstrating a characteristic that rang particularly true
with you, include that example.
Make a list of all of these people and their Strongly Attractive Characteristic(S). Dont
shortchange yourself. Once youve initially made the list, read through it and then focus
on your Inner Anchor Point, asking your unconscious to give you any more examples
that should be on the list and to let you know if any of the ones you listed are not
appropriate and to do so in ways that are for the highest good of you and everyone
else involved.
2.
Using the Metastories form, create a Wish List from your first list.
Focus on the first person on your list and identify a memory in which they demonstrated
one of the Strongly Attractive Characteristic you would like to see in your Perfect
Partner.
Limit each Metastory to a single Strongly Attractive Characteristic. If more than one of
the people on your list demonstrated that characteristic, pick the person to whom you were
most strongly attracted by that characteristic.
If a single person demonstrated more than one Strongly Attractive Characteristic, try to
find memories that demonstrate each of the characteristics separately. If you cant do that,
you can use the same memory for all of these characteristics.
The title of each Metastory should be the single strong attractive characteristic that youre
focusing on. The Associated Memory that is your As-Is should be one of the person you
picked demonstrating that characteristic.
Page 271

Once you have completed this process, you are ready to build your Subsidiary Target. To
do so, you will anchor in your Inner Anchor Point an Imaginary Experience of each
person on your list demonstrating a Strongly Attractive Characteristic. Build this
Imaginary Experience by tuning up the associated As-Is Memory until it matches or
exceeds the associated Perfect Alternative.
If an Associated Memory isnt a true 10 in the context of the Perfect Partner you are
seeking, in your imagination, use the Tune-Up Process to bring it to a true 10.
You may have a memory in a completely different context. For example, if your are
seeking a romantic Perfect Partner, you may want to include a characteristic from a
business context or a sibling, parent or child. When creating your Perfect
Alternative, simply put that characteristic into an appropriate context using the
approach I described in the Tree Process in Chapter Six.
Once you have tuned up the Associated Memory into a Perfect Alternative that perfectly
demonstrates what you intuitively mean by that Strongly Attractive Characteristic, in your
imagination, surround it with a ball of white light, place it into your Inner Anchor Point
and say into your Inner Anchor Point,
This Imaginary Experience is what I mean by (name of the Strongly Attractive
Characteristic). Please integrate the two so they are inseparable. Please do this
in ways that are for the highest good of me and of all concerned. Breathe in
and make that all a part of you.
Repeat this for each of the other Strongly Attractive Characteristics on your list.
When you have done the above for each item on your list, focus on your Inner
Anchor Point and say to your unconscious:
I have just anchored (the number of characteristics) Strongly Attractive
Characteristic that I would like to have in my Perfect Partner. Please now give
me an experience of being with my Perfect Partner. Please do so in ways that
are for the highest good of me and of all concerned.
Breathe in and make that all a part of you. Then observe your experience of your Perfect
Partner that pops into your conscious mind. Rate how perfect that is for you on a 1 to 10
scale where 10 is absolutely perfect. If your rating is less than a 10, use the Tune-Up
Page 272

Process to bring it up to a 10. (If you cannot, you are encountering a Blocker that you
should resolve before proceeding.)
Important Note: This Imaginary Experience should of your inner experience when you
are with your Perfect Partner. It should not be, for example, a picture of your Perfect
Partner detailing their physical appearance.
When you have a perfect 10 Imaginary Experience of being with your Perfect Partner,
surround it with a ball of white light, place it in your Inner Anchor Point and say, into
your Inner Anchor Point, This is my experience of being with my Perfect Partner.
Whenever I refer to my Perfect Partner, please give me an immediate conscious and
unconscious experience of being with the person who triggers this experience in me. Please
do this in ways that are for the highest good of me and all concerned.
Breathe in and make that all a part of you. Then create a written Affirmation that describes
your experience of being with your Perfect Partner.
Note: You have now created your Perfect Partner Subsidiary Target that is named My
Perfect Partner. When incorporating this Subsidiary Target into your Objective,
always refer to it by the proper name (capitalized) of My Perfect Partner.
3.
Using the Objectives Process form, integrate your Perfect Partner Subsidiary Target
into your Objective.
Your objective should explicitly center around finding your Perfect Partner within the
defined timeframe. For example:
Within 6 weeks of August 20, 1981, I will have met and formed a close
relationship with My Perfect Partner. I will do this in ways that are for the
highest good of me, her and of all others concerned.
This, in fact, is the Objective that I successfully used to find and enter into a
relationship with my second wife. It drew me across the Atlantic to Sweden and
then to my Perfect Partner in one of three packed ballrooms.
Page 273

Chapter Eight C
Raising Your Unconscious Performance Limit to
the Level Required by Your SA Objective
Unconscious Performance Limits are very important. They are like invisible glass ceilings
that invariably stop you from rising above the associated level.
If you hit your Unconscious Performance Limit on the way to achievement of your Objective,
your progress will stop. If this occurs, your rate of progress will suddenly go to zero. So it is
critically important to ensure that your Unconscious Performance Limit is meaningfully
higher than what youre seeking to achieve.
I strongly suggest that it be at least 120% of what youre seeking to achieve in your SA
Objective.
Most people have Unconscious Performance Limits associated with most things they want to
achieve. However, some of these specific Unconscious Performance Limits are high enough
that they dont cause trouble.
Others have Unconscious Performance Limits that are not high enough as compared with
what they want to achieve and they cause LOTS of trouble and engender enormous frustration.
So lets take a look at Unconscious Performance Limits.
What Does It Look Like When You Hit an Unconscious Performance Limit?
Unconscious Performance Limits are very obvious in selling.
For example, a study that IBM once conducted was described to me by one of their
Sales Managers.
Because IBM is so large and worked in so many industries, they could do this study.
Probably few other firms could have.
Page 274

IBM salesmen/women have dollar quotas. They are graded on the percentage
achievement of their quotas. These sales quotas vary between industries based on the
average value of a sale.
Common sense suggests that a sales person who consistently achieves 120 percent of
quota in an industry having an average sales value of, say, $100,000, if transferred to
an industry with an average sales value of $500,000 and properly trained, would also
achieve 120 percent of quota after getting used to things.
That wasnt what happened.
For example, the sales person might plateau at 75 percent of quota in the new industry
and nothing management did would get them above that level.
However, if the same sales person had been put into an industry where the average
sales value was only $50,000, they would typically become a superstar, hitting, for
example, 240 percent of quota.
In the case of the good performer who turned into a less good one when moved into an
industry that required a higher dollar volume of sales to maintain the same percentage
of quota (moving up from $120,000 to $600,000), they were only able to hit a dollar
level of $375,000. This is a clear example of bumping into their Unconscious
Performance Limit.
On the other hand, the good performer who became a superstar when moved into an
industry that required a lower dollar volume of sales to maintain the same percentage
of quota (moving down from $120,000 to $60,000) didnt fall in dollar terms at all.
This is a clear example of what I call an Unconscious Performance Floor.
In the case of bumping into the Unconscious Performance Limit, the salesmans unconscious
decided that it would not be beneficial for her or him to exceed that figure.
Perhaps somewhere in their life they had failed when they reached too high.
Perhaps they had seen someone like a parent experience the same thing.
In any case, whatever the cause, this persons unconscious refused to let them do better than
their Unconscious Performance Limit.
Page 275

On the other hand, their unconscious mind deemed it not beneficial to allow this person to fall
below their Unconscious Performance Floor.
My clients and coachees have been consistently able to substantially raise their Unconscious
Performance Limits by using the Cybernetic Transposition Base Reframing Process,
essentially 100 percent of the time.
The combination of the Unconscious Performance Limit Identification Process and the Base
Reframing Process will work for you as well to raise your Unconscious Performance Limit to
at least 120% of what you target in your Objective.
The Unconscious Performance Limit Identification Process

Ill use selling as an example but this process applies equally to any quantifiable performance
measure.
Im assuming that you have sold something somewhere. If you say no, how about selling your
relationship partner on buying something you wanted and they didnt or selling your kids on
keeping quiet? No? How about selling your boss on a raise or selling yourself to get a job or
selling a traffic cop on not giving you a ticket?
Selling is really an integral part of our lives.
Ill use an example of selling a product.
Suppose you have pretty consistently sold 100 units per month of a product at a price of
$50 per unit. Im going to ask you to imagine that next month you will be required to
sell 250 units of the same product at the same price.
How does that feel? Not so good for most people.
Lets look a little deeper. I want you to observe and frame your body feelings when you
think of having to sell 250 units next month. Use a 1 to 10 scale where 10 equals
intuitively a sure thing and 1 equals intuitively impossible.
On a clean piece of paper, write 250, the associated body feelings and next to it the
rating you got, for example a 1.
Page 276

Now imagine having to sell 200 units next month, frame and rate your body feelings
when you do. On the same piece of paper write 200, the associated body feelings and
the rating you got, for example a 2.
Next imagine having to sell 150 units next month, frame and rate the body feelings.
Again, on the same piece of paper, write 150, the associated body feelings and the
rating you got, for example, a 3.
Now imagine having to sell 125 units next month, frame and rate the body feelings. On
the same piece of paper write 125, the associated body feelings and the rating you got,
for example, a 7.
And, finally, imagine having to sell 100 units next month, frame and rate the body
feelings. On your piece of paper write 100, the associated body feelings and the rating
you got, for example, a 10.
Now graph your results where the vertical axis is your rating with 1 at the bottom and
10 at the top and where the horizontal axis is the required sales level, from 0 on the left
to 250 on the right.
Note that with an increase in sales from 125 to 150 units per month, the slope of the graph line
changes abruptly. It becomes much steeper.
The point where that occurs is the Unconscious Performance Limit.
(See the graph on the next page.)
Page 277

Unconscious Performance Limit
12
10
Rating
0
0
50
100
150
200
250
Sales
You can determine your own Unconscious Performance Limit for anything that can be
quantified and where you can rate your body feelings.
Page 278

300
In this case, our hypothetical sales persons Unconscious Performance Limit is at 150 units
per month (or slightly less), the point where his or her intuitive certainty of achieving what is
hypothetically required suddenly drops very sharply.
Their Unconscious Performance Limit will certainly become apparent when they imagine
having to sell 150 units during the next 30 days. Those intuitive cant do it body feelings are
the tip of the iceberg of their selling Unconscious Performance Limit.
The body of the iceberg is the Unconscious Performance Limit Blocker.
How to Raise Your Unconscious Performance Limit

To increase your own Unconscious Performance Limit, once you have identified it:
1.
Note the Blocker Body Feelings that are present as you contemplate the level of
performance that triggers your Unconscious Performance Limit (in the case I gave,
150 units per month).
Examples of such Blocker Body Feelings and associated labels for this set of intuitive
feelings include:
I feel like Im hitting a brick wall (label), as if Im being very strongly pushed
back. I feel this in my forehead and the center of my chest (Blocker Body
Feelings).
Ive lost much of my passion (label). My arms, legs and head feel very heavy and
it takes great effort to hold them up. My mouth is downturned. I am frowning and
feel my eyebrows raising in a way that wrinkles the skin of my forehead (Blocker
Body Feelings).
2.
Record these Blocker Body Feelings and the situation in which they arose (in the
example above, imagining having to achieve sales of 150 units during the next month)
under items 2 and 1, respectively, on a clean Base Reframing Form.
3.
Perform a Base Reframing on these body feelings, preferably a Root Normal Base
Reframing.
Page 279

For many people, this alone will raise your Unconscious Performance Limit above the level of
performance that you want to specify in your SA Objective.
Dont Assume Test!

It is easy to determine whether you have succeeded in raising your Unconscious Performance
Limit to a level at least 20% higher than what you want to achieve in your SA Objective.
To do so, wait about 24 hours after doing the Base Reframing described above and perform the
Unconscious Performance Limit Identification Process described above.
If your new Unconscious Performance Limit is at least about 20 percent higher than the level
of performance you want to specify in your SA Objective, you need raise it no more.
However, if your Unconscious Performance Limit is still lower than the performance level
you wish to specify in your SA Objective, you have more work to do.
What If My Unconscious Performance Limit Is Lower Than

120% of My Focus?
First, if the Unconscious Performance Limit body feelings are sufficiently clear and concrete,
do another Base Reframing on them. Ensure that your perfect alternative imaginary
experiences are actually a 10, actually what you would wish them to be and that they include
all levels of experience (physical, emotional, mental and inner).
If, after testing, your Unconscious Performance Limit is still lower than you need, set a Basic
Achievement Target to raise your Unconscious Performance Limit to a level meaningfully
higher than what you want to specify in your SA Objective.
After setting this BA Target, be vigilant! Key Blockers will probably appear very rapidly. You
should immediately resolve them via Base Reframings.
Whenever you resolve such a Blocker, verify that your Unconscious Performance Limit has
been appropriately raised by doing the Unconscious Performance Limit Identification
Process.
Page 280

Heres an example of a BA Target for raising the Unconscious Performance Limit with
respect to earning money:
I have just performed the Unconscious Performance Limit Identification Process with
respect to earning money and my Unconscious Performance Limit is above $50,000 per
month. Please make this happen in ways that are for the highest good of me and of all
concerned.
CAUTION: Do not shoot for the moon.
Raise your Unconscious Performance Limit to only about 20% higher than the performance
level you want to specify in your SA Objective. Otherwise, you can encounter a proliferation
of Blockers that have to be immediately cleared.
Rather, raise your Unconscious Performance Limit in increments as you need to
accommodate successive SA Objectives.
Page 281

Chapter Nine
How to Effectively Communicate Your SA
Objective to Your Unconscious:
The Super Achievement Target Process
Can you remember walking past a bakery one morning?
How did you remember it?
It probably occurred to you as an experience.
Now try describing that experiencebut dont use the word bakery.
Was it easyor hard?
The point of this exercise is that using words alone may not be enough for your Unconscious
Mind to get its engine running. Words alone wont do the job as a Super Achievement Target.
So now its time to turn those words into vivid targets.
In this chapter, you will learn how to translate your written SA Objective into a Super
Achievement Unconscious Target and then to prioritize it, the first and second steps of the
Cybernetic Transposition Super Achievement Three-Step process.
Are you ready?
Good. Get out your written SA Objective.
How to Get Your Message Across to Your Unconscious

Take a look at your written SA Objective.
The SA Objective that you just formulated is expressed in words. Thats obvious.
From your Unconscious Minds perspective, thats a problem.
Page 282

Words are meaningful to your Unconscious Mind only when they're associated with
experiences.
Thats often not the case. Your Unconscious often fails to understand what you intuitively
mean by your words.
The problem is that words are simply symbols.
Phrases, which are groups of words, are more precise symbols and are often associated with
experience.
But individual words are often unclear to your Unconscious.
Lets take a look at a phrase thats pretty clearly defined in most peoples Unconscious.
Recall the smell of freshly brewed coffee.
That's easy, isn't it?
Suddenly you're aware of that vivid smell. Thats because the phrase is closely tied to an
Unconscious experience.
Now try to describe the smell of freshly brewed coffee using words!
To make sure that you really describe the smell, don't refer to coffee or coffee substitutes or to
where or when you normally find coffee or to how coffee, coffee pots, coffee beans, or coffee
cups look!
Go ahead and do that now.
If you actually tried to do this, chances are that you found it very difficult. In fact, of the
50,000 plus people whove tried to do this in my trainings, I have never found one who could
produce a written description of the smell of freshly brewed coffee that at least 5 out of 10
readers identified as coffee at least when they followed the guidelines.
Why?
Page 283

Because they were dealing with two very different languages - words and experiences - and
normally you don't have a translation dictionary!
At best, words are simply symbols for experiences. We typically differ greatly in our
Unconscious choice of inner experiences that we use to define our words.
Let me explain what I mean.
How Do We Learn Words?

Describe the color green to me.
We learn the meaning of words by observation and association.
What I observed as a child is probably very different from what you did.
For example, many of us can reliably differentiate up to 1,000 shades of green.
Which one is your "green"?
Is it the green of a newly emerging leaf?
The green of a fresh pea?
The green of a Christmas tree needle?
The green of a chameleon? The green of a stoplight? The green of the carpet in a room you
were in as a child? The green of a newly issued dollar bill? The green of a worn ten dollar bill?
The green of a four leaf clover that I found when I was wandering in a meadow? The green of
split pea soup?
Whichever shade of green you were observing when your Unconscious was ready and your
mother, father or sibling said, thats green is probably the one thats your current reference
point.
If you and I can recognize 1,000 shades of green, there is, statistically, about a 1 in 1,000
chance that what I mean when I say green is what you think I mean.
Page 284

And green is a pretty concrete word.

What does the word "love" mean?
Or "heavy?"
Do you see what Im getting at here?
Words mean different things to different people.
And they certainly mean amazingly varied things to your Unconscious!
Are you beginning to understand why we have to learn to communicate with our Unconscious
in ways that ensure that our Unconscious understands us?
How You Label Experiences

Here's another important problem with words and another quick exercise.
What is in the box just below?
2
I'll bet you said "a two" - which means the sense of two things - and, if so, you just identified
another problem.
The word "is" means that what precedes it is identical with what follows it.
But what is pictured is really a symbol whose name is "two" and a symbol named "two" is not
identical with the experience of two things.
Look at what's in the next box and you can experience two things. You get the concrete
experience of two.
Page 285

Without tying together the conscious word two with the Unconscious experience of two
things, it's unlikely that the symbol "2" will be meaningful at a gut level.
And thats the problem that a lot of us have with math. Its not concrete because it isnt built on
concrete experience.
Hold on. Im not done yet.
The Key to Getting Your Point Across to Your Unconscious

Again, remember the smell of freshly brewed coffee. Be aware that it would take perhaps 10
thousand words to write an adequate description of it, at least according to some linguists.
Isn't it wonderful that only 7 words will adequately label a 10 thousand word experience? You
can simply say remember the smell of freshly brewed coffee and most of us will get the
experience. This works because the label and the experience are, for most of us, intimately
connected.
Now let me state something profoundly important:
By creating intimate connections between the Key Elements of your written SA Objective
the points that must be precisely achieved in order for you to be successful and what
they intuitively represent, you can easily and very effectively translate your SA Objective
into the languages of the nonverbal parts of your brain.
You might want to re-read that statement before going on.
What it means is, perhaps, better described by this:
Page 286

If I say pretty woman, that probably triggers one of two things in you. Either the
experience of Julia Roberts in the movie by the same name or another woman, one that
you think is pretty.
If I want to tell my Unconscious to find someone who looks pretty like Julia Roberts
in Pretty Woman, I can easily do so. I simply imagine Julia Roberts in that movie in a
scene where I think she looked pretty, edit that experience until it perfectly depicts what
I intuitively mean by someone who looks pretty like Julia Roberts, anchor it in my
Inner Anchor Point and tell my Unconscious that this is what I mean by someone
who looks pretty like Julia Roberts in Pretty Woman.
Now your Unconscious knows what I mean by the phrase, someone who looks pretty
like Julia Roberts in Pretty Woman.
How to Translate Your Objective

Now for the fun part!
Now its time for you to talk in the language your Unconscious understands.
Translating your written SA Objective to an Unconscious one is rather simple process.
Heres how it works:
Frame a Key Element of your written SA Objective, one that you want to be sure your
Unconscious very precisely understands, by circling or underlining the words.
For Example, Ill use one of the acceptably formulated SA Objectives from the last
chapter. This is one of mine that resulted in acquiring $2.5 million of venture capital in
a few days with one phone call.
I have underlined each of the six Key Elements:
New Venture: Within 4 weeks, I will have done whatever is necessary and appropriate
so that I will have received over $2 million in investment capital to start my new
Artificial Intelligence Venture as indicated by the agreement signed by all parties and
the check I have in hand. I will do this in ways that are for the highest good of me and
of all concerned.
Page 287

Recall a memory that approximates what you mean by first Key Element, the first
underlined set of words.
For example, Ill take the first Key Element: necessary and appropriate.
The memory that pops up is when I was changing my infant son, Pers, diapers. It was
certainly necessary to prevent him from getting a rash and, otherwise, keeping him
healthy. It was also an appropriate part of my role as a father, as well as being
appropriate for me to do what was necessary to keep him happy.
So Im well satisfied that this memory provides a good starting point for defining the
Key Element necessary and appropriate in my SA Objective.
Modify this memory until it precisely reflects what you mean by the associated words in
your SA Objective, the Key Element.
Obviously, changing diapers isnt very similar to raising capital for a new venture. Or
is it? Well, from experience I know that raising venture capital is tough, involves long
hours, usually involves doing unpleasant things and yet, when achieved, results in a lot
of smiles and joy.
So maybe it isnt that different.
In any case, in my imagination, I tune-up the diaper-changing memory into an
Imaginary Experience of doing all the things required to raise venture capital,
effectively, efficiently, completely and with excellence.
And thats what I intuitively mean by that Key Element in my SA Objective.
Anchor this modified memory, your Imaginary Experience, in your Inner Anchor Point
and tell your Unconscious what that Imaginary Experience defines by reading the exact
words of the associated Key Element into your Inner Anchor Point. And then instruct your
Unconscious to merge the Imaginary Experience and the Key Element into one.
To do so, I Frame my Imaginary Experience by enclosing it in an imaginary ball of
white light that separates it from everything else in my imagination. Next I imagine
Page 288

placing that imaginary ball of white light into my Inner Anchor Point. Then I read the
exact words of the associated Key Element into my Inner Anchor Point.
And, finally, I say into my Inner Anchor Point, I have just anchored an Imaginary
Experience and an associated Key Element. Please merge them into a single and
inseparable whole so that whenever that Key Element is read, seen, heard or imagined,
I have an immediate conscious and Unconscious experience of the associated
Imaginary Experience. Please do this in ways that are for the highest good of me and
of all concerned.
Repeat these steps for each of the other Key Elements in your written SA Objective.
Read your complete written SA Objective into your Inner Anchor Point and ask your
Unconscious to merge the experiential definitions of the words that you just anchored (the
merged Imaginary Experiences and associated Key Elements) with the written SA
Objective.
Do you see what happened here?

The result is a very clear Unconscious Target that precisely matches what you intuitively
mean by your written SA Objective.
And that fulfills the first requirement of achieving seemingly impossible SA Objectives using
the Cybernetic Transposition Super Achievement Three-Step: Creating a very clear
unconscious target that matches your conscious intent.
Defining a Key Element via a Subsidiary Target

In the prior example of my SA Objective, one Key Element is, Artificial Intelligence
Venture.
That is the proper name of a Subsidiary Target whose content very clearly defines by what I
mean by that Key Element.
For example, the Subsidiary Target named Artificial Intelligence Venture
incorporates the following line items:
1.
A highly enthusiastic and tightly knit team.

Page 289

2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
A team comprised of experts in each of the required fields.

Excellent within-team communication.
Excellent communication with all outside stakeholders.
The evolution of exciting new Artificial Intelligence technology.
Very rapid and effective inventive problem solving.
Identification of a very clear and highly profitable market.
Identification of a very clear market comprised of a large number of easily
identifiable prospective customers.
Identification of a very clear market comprised of prospective customers who
have very large budgets to buy our products and are open to doing so.
Tremendously effective support by our investors.
In formulating your Subsidiary Target, translate each line item in exactly the same fashion as
you did in translating each of your Key Elements and follow through as described in Chapter
Eight B.
What If You Cant Find a Memory?

What if you cant locate a memory that feels like what you mean by your Key Element.
For example, what if you want a brand new car and for some reason you have never owned one
before?
You can take the memory of having gotten a new bike, for example, and combine it with a
scene from a movie or a TV ad to come up with an Imaginary Experience of getting a new
car.
Remember: Thats the type of thing that you did in The Tree Process I led you through in
Chapter Six.
And if you can't find any possibly relevant personal experience, you can start with a TV ad or a
movie image. But this is trickier. It has to be something you really identify with, something
you can see, feel, hear, touch and smell in your imagination.
As long as your resulting imaginary image contains all of these experiences AND (very
important) it seems right for you so you are really experiencing it rather than just looking at
it that will work just fine.
Page 290

However, it is usually easier to find a relevant memory (like getting a new bike) and combine it
with an outside image (like a car ad on TV) than it is to create a complete Imaginary
Experience starting with an outside image. And if your Imaginary Experience isnt complete,
what you get will probably be incomplete.
So, if you feel you cant find a relevant experience, use the Basic Achievement Three-Step to
find one. It will usually produce almost instantaneous results.
And once you have learned the Super Achievement Clearing Process (Chapter Ten C),
substitute that. It works extremely effectively.
Now for something really juicy
Time-Tripping and You

As you may have guessed, Kurt Vonnegut is one of my favorite authors. One of his books is
Slaughterhouse Five in which the protagonist travels through time. He calls the process TimeTripping.
Ive adopted that name for the process of refining your Super Achievement Target, in which
you travel through imaginary time to ensure that the path to accomplishment of your SA
Objective is a smooth one.
When you identify a series of right-now memories (during the Wish List process), you Frame
where you are now.
And when you set an SA Objective and translate it using the Target Process, you Frame where
you want to go.
Both of these points are very clear. But the path from one to the other can involve going in
circles, backtracking, and otherwise taking the long way because you're giving your
Unconscious carte blanche in inventing how to get from here to there.
It's easy to cut out a lot of that unnecessary work by anchoring the path from here to
achievement of your SA Objective at a few midpoints.
Here's how to do it:
Page 291

1. Divide the time between now and your scheduled completion date into four roughly
equal segments. The beginning of the first segment is now and the end of the last is
when you expect to achieve your SA Objective, your End Point Date.
2. Re-create the Imaginary Experience of having just successfully achieved your SA
Objective, as documented in your Affirmation. Tune that Imaginary Experience up to
a 10 and anchor it in your Inner Anchor Point.
As you do that, give your Unconscious the instructions. Say, into your Inner Anchor
Point, This is the way I would like things to be on or before (insert your End-Point
Date). Please make this happen in ways that are for the highest good of me and of all
concerned. Then breathe in and make that a part of you.
3. Imagine a scene at the beginning of the second time segment. Take whatever pops up
on this Date One.
What pops up may very well have nothing obvious to do with your SA Objective but
it's what your Unconscious Mind wants you to work with. So take what you get and
work with it. Thats very important!
Your job is to simply bring it to a true 10 and anchor it in your Inner Anchor Point
together with the instruction, This is an example of the way Id like things to be on
(insert Date One) on the way to successful achievement of my Objective. Please make
this happen in ways that are for the highest good of me and of all others involved.
4. Repeat the previous step for each of the other two intermediate dates, at the beginning
of the third time segment (Date Two) and the beginning of the fourth (Date Three).
5. Then repeat the process of tuning up and anchoring your End Point Success Image, the
one of you having just successfully achieved your SA Objective as described in your
Affirmation.
What Youre Doing in the Time-Tripping Process

This is an easily understood process once you recognize that your current, right now,
experience of your life involves everything - conscious and Unconscious - that's going on in
your life.
Page 292

If you're on track with whats right for you, you'll have a true 10 experience right now.
In other words, is your life feeling great on all levels, inside and out, right now, this very
minute?
If so, youre at a 10 and you should be smiling.
If, however, things seem fine but there are little nagging doubts or concerns, somethings out
of whack and you have some work to do resolving that Blocker.
The same is true when you pick an imaginary point in the future.
Remember, your Unconscious Mind doesn't differentiate between reality and imaginary
things. If things seem a true 10 at that imaginary point in time, you're on track to achieving
your SA Objective.
But if not, something in your life is off track, probably in a way that will take a fair amount of
extra energy and may generate some rather unpleasant side-effects on the way to achieving
your SA Objective.
By changing that experience in your imagination, you are telling your Unconscious to use its
amazing capabilities to invent and implement a way of getting back on track with whats right
for you.
In other words, you can correct the future image in your mind by imagining it exactly the way
you want it to bea perfect 10 for you.
When you do that, you are telling your Unconscious to make that scene happen in whatever
ways it can (for the highest good of all concerned, of course).
It seems too simple to be true but simple things are usually the ones that work.
You Are Not Setting an Objective at Each Intermediate Point

Its very important for you to understand that when you tune-up and anchor with instructions
each of the intermediate date points during the Time-Tripping Process, you are not setting SA
Objectives.
Page 293

What you are doing is giving your Unconscious corrective instructions.

Thats all youre doing.
It is very unlikely that youll ever consciously experience what you anchored actually coming
to pass.
What you will consciously experience is that youll follow a relatively easy and direct path to
achievement of your SA Objective.
But that will only be obvious in retrospect, most likely.
A Detailed Step by Step Description of the Super Achievement Target Process

Now lets make all of the above come alive for you.
I call what I just partly described, the Super Achievement Target Process.
Here are the detailed steps, followed by an explanation:
1.
Frame each Key Element of your written SA Objective by circling or underlining it. A
Key Element is one that is both important to you and is approximated by some
experience that you can clearly remember.
2.
Copy the first Key Element (set of circled or underlined words) onto a clean copy of
the Target Process form. Then recall a memory that approximates what you intuitively
mean by those words and record only enough about the memory so that you can easily
recall that memory later.
For example, in the preceding example of the memory of the Artificial
Intelligence Venture, I would write:
changing Pers diapers.
Thats just enough to reliably recall the memory.
3.
Repeat step 2 with each of the other Key Elements of your SA Objective. (Use the same
Target Process form.)
Page 294

4.
In your imagination, modify the memory associated with the first Key Element until it
becomes an Imaginary Experience that defines exactly what you intuitively mean by
those words.
5.
Frame the result by surrounding it with white light and anchor it in your Inner Anchor
Point. Then read into your Inner Anchor Point the exact words that make up the Key
Element that Imaginary Experience depicts and imagine merging those words with the
Imaginary Experience as you instruct your Unconscious to do so.
6.
Repeat step 5 for each of the other Key Elements and Associated Memories.
7.
Focus on your Inner Anchor Point and read your entire written SA Objective into it.
Then instruct your Unconscious to combine your definitions (Key Element words
and associated Imaginary Experience) with your SA Objective to create an Imaginary
Experience of having just successfully achieved your SA Objective. Imagine that
happening.
8.
In your mind's eye examine this new Imaginary Experience and modify it as you
require to make it to a 10 level Imaginary Experience of you having just
successfully achieved your SA Objective. Be sure that this includes a sense of being
successful, joy, enthusiasm, and a sense of fulfillment. Also ensure that it includes all
the levels of experience - physical, emotional, mental, and inner.
This may require adding color, sound, smells, taste. touch, movement, thoughts, and/or
emotions as well as adding or subtracting elements of the Imaginary Experience.
Make it a 10 for you.
To do so, Frame what needs to be changed, focus on your Inner Anchor Point and ask
for the desired modifications.
You may have to do this several times. You may also have to write the desired changes
on a piece of paper to adequately Frame them for your Unconscious.
In any case, keep modifying things (I call that tuning up) until you have a true 10
Imaginary Experience of having just successfully achieved your SA Objective.
Page 295

9.
Surround this true 10 Imaginary Experience of having just successfully achieved your
SA Objective with an imaginary ball of white light. Then imagine placing your
imaginary ball containing your Imaginary Experience into your Inner Anchor Point.
While doing this, ask your Unconscious to make this happen, on or before your End
Point Date, in ways that are for the highest good of you and of everyone else involved.
Repeat this anchoring process several times, tuning up your Imaginary Experience of
having just successfully achieved your SA Objective, each time.
10.
Write a detailed description of the Imaginary Experience of having just successfully

achieved your SA Objective.
11.
Read this through for 10 minutes, editing until it seems exactly right. The result is
called an Affirmation.
12.
Divide the time between now and your scheduled completion date into four roughly
equal segments. The beginning of the first segment is now and the end of the last is
when you expect to achieve your SA Objective, your End Point Date.
13.
Re-create the Imaginary Experience of having just successfully achieved your SA

Objective, as documented in your Affirmation. Tune up that Imaginary Experience to
a true 10 and anchor it in your Inner Anchor Point. As you anchor your Imaginary
Experience, also give your Unconscious the instruction that this be achieved on or
before your End Point Date in ways that are for the highest good of you and of all
concerned.
14.
Imagine a scene at the beginning of the second time segment, whatever pops up, on
your Date One.
What pops up may very well have nothing obvious to do with your SA Objective but it's
what your Unconscious Mind wants you to work with. So take what you get and work
with it. Thats very important!
Your job is to simply bring it to a true 10 and anchor it in your Inner Anchor Point
together with the instruction, This is an example of the way Id like things to be on
(insert Date One) on the way to successfully achieving my Objective. Please make this
happen in ways that are for the highest good of me and of all others involved.
Page 296

15.
Repeat the previous step for each of the other two intermediate dates, at the beginning
16.
Then repeat the process of tuning up and anchoring your End Point Success Image, the
Affirmation.
17.
Read through your Affirmation to determine whether it still accurately describes your
current End Point Success Image. If not, edit your Affirmation until it does.
18.
Further prioritize your Super Achievement Target by writing your Affirmation 25

times, refining it as required to deal with Blockers, just as you did in prioritizing your
Basic Achievement Target.
Now look at what you have in hand.

The result is a very clear, highly prioritized conscious and Unconscious Super Achievement
Target.
In this one process, you will have accomplished two steps of the Three-Step process, creating
and prioritizing your Target.
Youre on your way!
Page 297

A Few Comments On The Target Process

Have you ever considered how a translator takes a body of work in another language and
translates it so you can read it?
Thats pretty much how you will work with your Unconscious Mind.
When you Frame a Key Element of your SA Objective and identify an Associated Memory
that approximates what that Key Element intuitively means to you, you repeatedly (and
probably without full conscious awareness) compare various combinations of words with
various candidate memories until you come up with a combination of words and memory that
easily fit together.
When you modify the memory until it exactly matches what you intuitively mean by the
associated Key Element of your SA Objective, you are actually going through a complex
process of translating among the various languages of your brain.
This translation process is analogous to what it takes to ensure an accurate translation of
important documents from one language to another - say French to English.
First, the French document is translated into English by an expert translator.
Then another expert translator converts it back to French and the result is compared with the
original.
If necessary, the process is repeated until what comes back adequately matches the original
document.
This is what you are doing with your mind!
In translating your memory, you were translating among the four languages of the brain in
similar fashion.
When you anchor something in your Inner Anchor Point, it receives a lot of Unconscious
attention. If what you've anchored is an Imaginary Experience that involves all of the four
major languages of the conscious and Unconscious Mind - words, patterns, emotions, and
physical stimulus-response in harmonious agreement, the agreement and content get strongly
prioritized.
Page 298

When you instruct your Unconscious to implement what you have anchored (by imagining
speaking into your Inner Anchor Point), you have an extremely powerful combination going
for you.
And when you further prioritize your Target through repetition, your Unconscious is already
in gear to give you what you have specified.
Talk about power?
NASA doesnt have this potential!
You do.
Another Example
How do you create a house for yourself?
Let's once again look at the SA Objective that I used to create a house when I first moved to
Stockholm:
House: On or before November 1,1983, I will have easily found, rented, and moved
into a house that I am satisfied with and enthusiastic about at a level of at least 9 on a
scale where 10 is totally overjoyed. This house will match the following specifications
at a level of at least 9 on a scale where 10 is an intuitively perfect match: a very open
living room and dining room with a high ceiling; very large windows, an open
fireplace, green carpet, and a weeping willow tree visible through the front window of
the living room; many other rooms that are relatively isolated from each other and that
have large windows and an airy feeling; a quiet location with very little traffic situated
within 15 minutes off-peak or taxi driving time from the center of Stockholm; a location
that is approached through attractive farmland and open fields; a very cooperative
landlord; and a rental of not more than 5,000 kr. per month. All of this will take place
in ways that are for the highest good of me and of everyone else involved.
The first Key Element was: I will have easily found, rented, and moved into a house that I
am satisfied with and enthusiastic about at a level of at least 9 on a scale where 10 is totally
overjoyed.
Page 299

This was approximated by my memory of finding my 6 room apartment in San Francisco just
above Union Street and overlooking the Golden Gate and Sausalito. It took 2 hours to do so, I
got an infinitely renewable lease at $500 per month and moved in the next day.
(Of course, that was back in 1978.)
The second Key Element was: This house will match the following specifications at a level
of at least 9 on a scale where 10 is an intuitively perfect match.
Just a couple of years earlier I had the experience of specifying and finding my perfect woman
(which was why I was looking for a home in Stockholm). I knew that modifying that memory
to match finding a perfect house would be easy.
The third Key Element was: a very open living room and dining room with a high ceiling;
very large windows which was again approximated by my San Francisco apartment.
The fourth Key Element was: an open fireplace, green carpet, and a weeping willow tree
visible through the front window of the living room which was approximated by my
boyhood home in Washington, D.C.
And so forth.
In coming up with these combinations of words and memories, I went back and forth between
words and memories until I found the appropriate chunks of each to form a pair.
And then I did a quick intuitive check to ensure that the memories I'd chosen could be easily
tailored to match what I intuitively meant by the words.
The whole process was quick and easy.
And it worked extremely well.
It will work for you, too.
Summary of the Target Process

Since this is somewhat complex, Id like to repeat what I just told you.
Page 300

1.
Frame each Key Element of your written SA Objective by circling or underlining it. A
Key Element is one that is both important to you and is approximated by some
experience that you can clearly remember.
2.
Copy the first Key Element (set of circled or underlined words) onto the appropriate
blank on your Target Process form. Then recall a memory that approximates what you
intuitively mean by those words and record on your form only enough about the
memory so that you can easily recall that memory later.
3.
Repeat the preceding step with each of the other Key Elements of your SA Objective.
4.
In your imagination, modify the memory associated with your first Key Element until it
becomes an experience that defines exactly what you intuitively mean by those words.
5.
Frame the result with a ball of white light and anchor it in your Inner Anchor Point.
Then read into your Inner Anchor Point the exact words that make up the Key
Element that memory depicts and, in your imagination, merge those words with the
Imaginary Experience. Instruct your Unconscious to perform this merging.
6.
Repeat the preceding step for each of the other Key Elements and Associated
Memories.
7.
Focus on your Inner Anchor Point and instruct your Unconscious to combine these
definitions (Key Element words and associated Imaginary Experience) with your SA
Objective (and imagine the process taking place) to create an Imaginary Experience of
having just successfully achieved your SA Objective.
8.
In your mind's eye examine this new Imaginary Experience and modify it as you
require to make it to a 10 level Imaginary Experience of you having just
successfully achieved your SA Objective.
Be sure that this includes a sense of being successful, joy, enthusiasm, and a sense of
fulfillment. Also ensure that it includes all the levels of experience - physical,
emotional, mental, and inner.
This may require adding color, sound, smells, taste. touch, movement, thoughts, and/or
emotions as well as adding or subtracting elements of the Imaginary Experience.
Page 301

To do so, Frame what needs to be changed, focus on your Inner Anchor Point and ask
for the desired modifications.
You may have to do this several times. You may also have to write the desired changes
on a piece of paper to adequately Frame them for your Unconscious.
In any case, keep modifying things (I call that tuning up) until you have a true 10
Imaginary Experience of having just successfully achieved your SA Objective.
9.
Surround this true 10 Imaginary Experience of having just successfully achieved your
SA Objective with an imaginary ball of white light. Then imagine placing the
imaginary ball containing your Imaginary Experience into your Inner Anchor Point.
While doing this, tell your Unconscious that this is what you would like to happen on
or before your chosen date and ask it to make this happen, on or before that date, in
ways that are for the highest good of you and of everyone else involved.
Repeat this anchoring process several times, tuning up your End Point Success Image
each time.
10.
Write a detailed description of the Imaginary Experience of having just successfully

achieved your SA Objective, what I call your Affirmation.
11.
Read through this Affirmation for 10 minutes, editing until it seems exactly right for
you, until there are no Blockers.
12.
Imagine a scene at the beginning of the first time segment, whatever pops up on your
Date One by saying into your Inner Anchor Point, Please give me an Imaginary
Experience on (Date One) on the way to successfully achieving my Objective. Please
do this in ways that are for the highest good of me and of all concerned.
What pops up may very well have nothing obvious to do with your SA Objective but it's
what your Unconscious Mind wants you to work with. So take what you get and work
with it. Thats very important!
Your job is to simply and only bring that Imaginary Experience to a true 10 and
anchor it in your Inner Anchor Point together with the instruction, This is an example
of the way Id like things to be on (insert Date Three) on the way to successfully
Page 302

achieving my Objective. Please make this happen in ways that are for the highest good
of me and of all others involved.
13.
Repeat the previous step for each of the other two intermediate dates, at the beginning
14.
Then repeat the process of tuning up and anchoring your End Point Success Image, the
Affirmation.
15.
Read through your Affirmation to determine whether it still accurately describes your
current End Point Success Image. If not, edit your Affirmation until it does.
16.
Additionally prioritize your Super Achievement Target by writing your Affirmation 25

times, just as you may have done in prioritizing your Basic Achievement Target.
The Bonus Package

I again want to remind you of your Bonuses.
One of them consists of the Super Achievement Target Process form and the downloadable
downloadable audio instructions (in which I lead you through the Super Achievement Target
Process).
Once you have read and understood this chapter, you will be ready to use the associated
package to lead your through the process that the chapter describes.
First, identify the Key Elements of your SA Objective and record them on the Target Process
form along with the Associated Memories, as described above.
Then, follow the downloadable downloadable audio instructions that will verbally lead you
through the process. Thus you will have both visual (form) and verbal (audio) guidance in
doing the process.
Coming Up!
Page 303

In the next chapter, I will show you how to accomplish the third step of the Cybernetic
Transposition Super Achievement Three-Step, the process of permanently resolving selfdefeating Unconscious habit patterns into ones that support achieving your SA Objective.
I call these Processes, the Root Normal Base Reframing and the Subpersonality Negotiation.
Page 304

Chapter Ten
Super Achievement Step Three:
How to Resolve Self-Destructive Unconscious
Habit Patterns Forever!
Remember self-sabotage?
Remember shooting yourself in the foot just before closing a big deal?
Remember feeling like nothing would ever work out for you?
Well, you can kiss those self-destructive habits goodbyeforever!
In this chapter, I will go farther in showing you one of the most empowering aspects of the
Cybernetic Transposition Super Achievement Three-Step process How to permanently
resolve Unconscious habit patterns (what I call Blockers) into ones that support you in
achieving what you want.
When your Blockers are resolved, you are free to attain your hearts desires!
When your Root Normal Blockers are resolved, whole rafts of other more superficial Blockers
built on them are also resolved.
A Blocker is any Unconscious habit pattern that tries to stop you from achieving your SA
Objective.
A Blocker is anything in you that keeps you from experiencing joy right now.
Blockers are usually so familiar that we don't have the slightest idea that they're doing what
they're doing.
But theyre there!
Do you know what Blockers you have in you right now?
Some typical Blockers include:
Page 305

I'm no good at this sort of thing.

This doesn't make sense.
It's crazy to try to do it.
It's impossible.
I'm tired.
They're trying to put something over on me.
There's no solution.
I forgot what I was supposed to do.
I'll do it as soon as I have time.
There's only so much that one person can do.
I could do it easily if I only had the proper training.
Its impossible, I just cant do it.
See what I mean?

By now, your Blockers are probably so familiar that you take them seriously. They seem real
to you. That increases their blocking power. This is a vicious circle that can be broken only by
awareness.
For example:
The list above consists of beliefs labels that we put on intuitive feelings which, in turn,
are just changes in the body, what I call your body feelings. Each of these changes reflects
an attempt by a part of your Unconscious to get your conscious attention.
These Unconscious parts want only the best for you but most of them arose early in your
life and are still seeing things from a child's perspective. They need your conscious help in
updating themselves. In other words, most of us still let our six-year old self drive our
lives!
These parts of you - which I call Subpersonalities - can rather easily change their tactics so
they're helping you in ways that are consistent with what you currently want in your life.
But they don't know how.
Now for the good news:
Page 306

This chapter presents two very powerful techniques for permanently changing the way your
Blocker Subpersonalities work.
These two approaches are:
1.
The Root Normal Base Reframing.

In Chapter Four C, I showed you my latest on how to do the Basic Achievement Base
Reframing Process.
In this Chapter, I will show you a very powerful modification of that Process, the Root
Normal Base Reframing.
Recall that in doing a Basic Achievement Base Reframing Process:
By Framing and prioritizing the Blocker Body Feelings associated with a Blocker,
you make it possible to easily follow those Blocker Body Feelings back to or near
the Blockers point of formation. This is usually a very threatening situation in your
childhood.
If, through your skill at hindsight, you create a true 10 new Imaginary Experience,
a Target, that shows how you would now like that situation to have taken place and
anchor it in your Inner Anchor Point with appropriate instructions, you can change
things.
Where the Blocker Expressing Subpersonality would have previously given you
the Blocker response, it will now give you your new version. And it will do so
Unconsciously, automatically and, usually, without your conscious awareness.
This is the essence of the Basic Achievement Base Reframing Process, although the
actual process is a good deal more elegant and more powerful than this description
would imply.
2.
The Subpersonality Negotiation.
By personifying the Blocker as a Subpersonality, you can initiate a discussion with

the Subpersonality during which you find out what it's trying to do and whether that
matches your conscious desires.
Page 307

If not, you can assist the Subpersonality to rediscover it's most basic reason for
what's it's doing.
When it finds its Basic Job, the Subpersonality will be ready and willing to take on
any new job you want to give it that is consistent with that purpose.
Basic Jobs usually involve some version of:
experiencing rather than thinking

creating inner peace, joy, loving
a sense of worthiness
a sense of being connected with the oneness of all things
being true to who you really are.
Often a Subpersonality will need the support of other Subpersonalities in doing its
new job. Thus, the process soon moves to an inner-team building mode that creates
a support team to help you get what you're after.
This is a powerful new resource, dedicated to helping you manifest what you
desire.
The two tools just described are incredibly powerful.

Now lets explore each of them. Then, in Chapter Ten B, well get much farther into
performing the Subpersonality Negotiation.
A True Story
The following true story will help illustrate what you may have already learned (the Basic
Achievement Base Reframing Process) or what its now high time to learn:
Andria was a newspaper reporter whod been assigned to write an article on my work.
When we met, she asked for a brief explanation of what I did and I briefly explained the
Three-Step process, including a reference to the Base Reframing process.
Page 308

That seemed to get her interested and she asked me for a demonstration. So I asked her
if she had any disturbing body feelings. She said definitely yes, that she got two or three
intense migraine headaches each week, the classic kind with light flashes. She said they
were totally debilitating and that all she could do was to take medication and go to bed
for four to six hours.
I had her Frame her Blocker Body Feelings (the feelings associated with the migraine
headaches), surround them with an imaginary ball of white light and place them in her
Inner Anchor Point. I then had her instruct her Unconscious to take her to an earlier
time in her life when shed gotten the same feelings.
She immediately got a memory and recorded it on paper. I had her repeat this process
three times and she got three more, much earlier, memories. Finally, I had her ask her
Unconscious to take her back to the very earliest time when these feelings had been
present that were for her highest good to recall just then.
The earliest memory was when she was about 18 months old and she was with her twin
brother. In that memory, she was very worried about his safety and felt that he might
very well die if she didnt take care of him, at all costs.
Since the next earliest memory and the other later memories were of her sacrificing her
own well being to take care of him, the pattern was clear. For example, the next earliest
memory was of her following her five year old brother into a cave filled with insects
and snakes. She was petrified and her own survival instincts were shrieking at her to
hold back but her need to protect her brother was greater. So she went into the cave.
Not surprisingly, in the memory she also got a migraine headache which was due to the
conflict between her drive for survival and her drive to protect her brother, her twin
who her Unconscious took as a part of herself because they were twins.
In her imagination, Andria reframed each memory, starting with the very earliest one,
into one that was a 10 in desirability from her mature perspective. For example, the
very earliest memory became one in which she felt great love for her brother and
decided that she could both love him and allow him the freedom to grow in his own way
while she took care of herself.
In each case, she instructed her Unconscious to substitute the 10 reframe for the
earlier memory in ways that were for the highest good of herself and all others
involved. She then did a process of Framing the themes that ran through all of the 10
Page 309

reframes, of identifying the essence of all of them, and instructed her Unconscious to
use that as an instruction of how to create, perceive, experience and handle similar
situations in the future.
Andria called me a week later. Shed had no more headaches and felt much more
positive about life.
Oh, by the way, she wrote a three-full-page very positive spread about my trainings.
How to Lasso a Blocker

What does your body feel like right now? Is everything perfect in your experience of your
body or is something bothering you? Anything bothering you is a Blocker Body Feeling.
Both the Root Normal Base Reframing and Subpersonality Negotiation processes start with
Framing the Blocker Body Feelings that are associated with the Blocker experience.
In other words, what are your body feelings right now, this very minute?
In doing this, don't be too concerned about what you name the Blocker Body Feelings. Focus,
instead, on the actual body changes.
For example
Your written description might start, My stomach feels tense. Then you might get
even more precise, In the middle two or three inches of my abdomen, I experience
strong inward pressure that is accompanied by similar pressure from a smaller area of
my back more or less directly behind it. When you are able to write such a precise
description and when it seems intuitively correct, you have done an effective job of
framing the body feelings.
Written Framing
I should point out that both the Root Normal Base Reframing and Subpersonality Negotiation
Processes involve a good deal of written Framing.
Page 310

Therefore, I'm just going to remind you that writing is a powerful tool for generating
agreement among your conscious and Unconscious parts.
True-Self
I should also take a moment to talk about your True-Self.
What is your True-Self?
Your True-Self is the part of you that knows what is right for you and how to fill your life with
loving, joy, and harmony.
In Unadvertised Bonuses Numbers 5 and 6, you'll learn how to Frame your True-Self so that it
can act as an inner mentor.
But for the time being, whenever I mention your True-Self, just rely on your inner sense of
integrity instead.
You know what I mean.
How to Handle Procrastination

Before you start into the ensuing instructions, read the next true story. It will help you
understand the process you are about to go through. Itll also be very inspiring.
Frank was an expert in graphic design software and had received feelers from a
company in that field. They had suggested he could write his own ticket if he came with
his top assistant.
This seemed like a golden opportunity but Frank found himself procrastinating.
Whenever he thought about talking to his assistant, he became nervous, sweaty and
very uncomfortable. So hed distract himself by doing something else.
Finally, he decided to try to deal with his procrastination by doing a Basic
Achievement Base Reframing Process. First, he recorded the situation where his
Page 311

Blocker Body Feelings came up - when he thought of talking to his assistant. Then he
Framed the body feelings in writing.
Specifically, the nervousness took the form of shaking hands and tense neck muscles, he
felt sweat on his skin and the heat of a flush in his cheeks, and he noticed that hed
crossed his arms tightly over his stomach.
Having done this, in his imagination he surrounded those Blocker Body Feelings with
a ball of white light and placed the ball and feelings in his Inner Anchor Point. Then
he asked his Unconscious to take him back to an earlier time when those same feelings
were present. He had a little trouble but pretty quickly got a memory that he recorded
on his form.
Frank repeated this process of asking his Unconscious to take him back to successively
earlier memories when the same feelings were present and, finally, to the very earliest
time when they were present that was appropriate and for his highest good to recall
just then. In each case, he got a memory and recorded it on his form.
In the very earliest memory, he was 4 or 5 years old and felt something like an outcast.
He had few friends and was usually shunned by the kids his age at school. In the
memory, Frank urgently wanted to play baseball with those kids and, after gathering
all his courage, asked them if he could. They turned him down, jeering and calling him
names.
From his mature, current 33 year old perspective, he then reframed this memory to one
in which theyd responded with enthusiasm, with both teams vying for his membership.
In this reframe, Frank felt loved, accepted, a full member of the team and proud of
himself for asking. He then wrapped this reframe in an imaginary ball of white light,
placed it in his Inner Anchor Point and told his Unconscious that this was an example
of the way he would like to perceive, experience, create and handle this type of
situation in the future, for the highest good of himself and of all others involved.
He similarly reframed, anchored and instructed his Unconscious for each of the other
memories.
He then identified the themes running through all of the reframes, identified the essence
common to all of them, and recorded them as his Merged Reframe.
Page 312

Finally, he reframed his original memory of procrastinating into a perfect 10

Imaginary Experience in ways that incorporated all of the themes comprising his
Merged Reframe.
Then he surrounded the result with a ball of white light, anchored it in his Inner
Anchor Point and told his Unconscious that this was the way he would always like to
perceive, experience, create and handle this type of situation in the future, for the
highest good of himself and of all others involved.
The following day, Frank easily approached his assistant who eagerly joined him in
constructing a set of demands that the inquiring company rapidly met. These included a
50 percent increase in salary, stock options, and an operating budget that would allow
them to implement many things they hadnt been able to do previously.
It was easy once Frank had done the Base Reframing. And he marveled at how nearly
impossible it had seemed before that.
But
Subpersonalities, the parts of our Unconscious that express Blockers are like us consciously.
Once we learn a bad habit, we tend to generalize it to other situations.
When Subpersonalities do this, it appears that a Blocker we have already resolved reappears.
While thats not so, what reappears is a variation on the original Blocker.
Resolving all of those variations at once is what the Root Normal Base Reframing is about.
Frank thought he had now permanently cleared all of his procrastination issues but
other versions kept popping up. He diligently resolved each of these newly identified
Blockers.
Then he learned the Root Normal Base Reframing Process that youll learn shortly.
He performed a Root Normal Base Reframing on the next procrastination Blocker
that arose and that was it.
He has had no more procrastination Blockers raise their ugly heads.
Page 313

How Do You Feel?

Rather than giving you additional abstract description of the Base Reframing and
Subpersonality Negotiation Processes, I'm going to move right into listing the steps
comprising each and then give a couple of live examples.
But before I do, let me state something important.
Dont think you dont have any Blockers.
We all do.
Here's a simple general rule for sniffing out your Blockers:
Whenever you are experiencing anything other than inner joy, loving,
harmony, enthusiasm, high energy and a sense of fulfillment of your
potential, you are encountering a Blocker!
That one reminder ought to help you as you go through this next section.
Root Normal Base Reframing Process Instructions

The Root Normal Base Reframing Process consists of a seemingly minor but actually
extremely important variation of the Basic Achievement Base Reframing Process.
That variation consists of instructing the Blocker Body Feelings to take you back to earlier
times when the Root normal form of this Blocker was operating
It is VERY IMPORTANT to note that you should never try to do a Root Normal Base
Reframing until you have successfully completed at least ten (10) Basic Achievement Base
Reframings.
The point is to ensure that your unconscious has learned the basic process.
So, to perform a Root Normal Base Reframing:
Page 314

1.
Focus on your Inner Anchor Point and ask that this Root Normal Base Reframing
Process takes place in ways that are for the highest good of you and of all concerned.
2.
Frame your Blocker Body Feelings.

For example, I recently did a Root Normal Base Reframing dealing with a
feeling of getting nowhere on an extremely challenging SA Objective.
The Blocker Body Feelings were a sense of being pulled downward from within my
chest, like collapsing inward into the center of my chest, I felt my mouth down turned
and I felt tired and weary.
So I wrote on my Base Reframing form: Pull-down in chest, feels like
collapsing into the center of my chest, mouth down turned, tired and weary.
3.
Surround the experience of those Blocker Body Feelings that are at least an 8 in clarity
and concreteness with an imaginary ball of white light and imagine placing it and your
experience of the Blocker Body Feelings into your Inner Anchor Point. This
intensifies your Unconscious focus on the Blocker Body Feelings.
4.
Focus on your Inner Anchor Point and imagine talking into it. Ask the Blocker Body
Feelings to take you back to any earlier memory where the root normal form of this
Blocker was operating.
Take the memory that pops up even if it's not what you expect. Frame the memory by
recording it in writing on your Base Reframing form.
If the memory isnt clear or if it seems like your Unconscious isnt giving you a
memory, refer to Turning a Blank into a Clear and Understandable Memory via
the Color Process in Chapter Four - C. Perform that Process until you get a memory.
At first, the memory may be tenuous. You may only get a glimpse of something. If so,
Frame that something by recording it on your Base Reframing form. Then repeat the
instructions above. Keep recording what you get and repeating the request to your
Unconscious to give you the memory until it becomes clear.
Page 315

If your memory is pretty clear but doesnt make sense to you, refer to What If the
Memory is Now Pretty Clear but Not Fully Understandable? in Chapter Four C.
Perform that Process until you understand the memory.
In the example of my own process, the first memory was from about fours year
ago. I remembered deciding to stop raising capital for a new venture that I was
formulating when the dot com market collapsed because it seemed that the
market for its service/product had also collapsed.
On my form I wrote: Giving up on LoopSounds.com. Wont work. No one wants it.
Waste of effort.
5.
Repeat the preceding step while asking the Blocker to take you back to any even earlier
time when the root normal form of this Blocker was operating.
The next memory for me was about 7 years ago, another decision to terminate
an effort because the market had changed.
On my form I wrote: Giving up on the (name of company) project. Clearly
things have changed. Why push water uphill?
6.
Repeat that step again while asking the Blocker to take you back to any even earlier
The third memory was about 5 years ago, when a very close friend of mine, who
was also a client, died. I decided to stop marketing to his company. It involved
lots of difficult travel and, without my friend around, it wasnt worth it.
On my form I wrote: (Friends name) died. No point in continuing with
(company name).
7.
Repeat that step a third time while asking the Blocker to take you back any even earlier
The fourth memory was about 30 years ago, when I left a very difficult
turnaround project that I had unwisely undertaken.
While the project was successful, the people in the company really disliked me
and I hadnt had time to change that. So I felt like I was quitting, even though
Page 316

Id met the criteria that the owners of the company had given me and had been
well paid.
On my form I wrote: The last day at (company name). Im a pariah. I might as
well get home.
8.
Repeat that step a fourth time while asking the Blocker to take you back to the very
earliest time when the root normal form of this Blocker was operating that is
appropriate and for your highest good to recall at this time. Then repeat that instruction.
The earliest memory was when I was about 4 years old.
I grew up in an emotionally cold home, something that I found very painful. In
this memory, I was lying on my bed, staring up at the ceiling at a light shining
through a frosted glass fixture.
I concluded that my parents just didnt love me so there was no use trying any
more to get their love.
On my form I wrote: Little. Lying on bed staring at light. Concluded my
parents just didnt love me, no use trying. Might as well quit and just
withdraw.
9.
Create a new version of that very earliest memory, one that is filled with loving, joy,
harmony and fulfillment. Modify that Imaginary Experience until it becomes a true
10.
Remember, you're not changing the past. You are simply creating a new instruction for
your Unconscious in its own languages.
Refine this Imaginary Experience until it is a true 10 - as compared with your true 10
reference point.
My reframe, my new version of this earliest situation seemed like it would be very
difficult to create but it wasnt. After asking my Unconscious for a relevant starting
point for the reframe, I fell back on the experience that Id had during a near death
experience, one that was filled with Gods loving and acceptance.
Page 317

On my paper I wrote: I experience Gods love and that of my guardians and angels.
Then I experience my parents and my brothers love for me that was always present
beneath the surface. I feel filled with loving and joy.
10.
Surround this true 10 new version with an imaginary ball of white light and anchor it in
your Inner Anchor Point while focusing on your Inner Anchor Point and saying to
your Unconscious, This is an example of the way I'd like to perceive, experience,
create, and handle this type of situation. Please make that happen in ways that are for
the highest good of me and of all concerned. Then breathe in and out deeply until you
experience what you've anchored becoming a part of you.
12.
Repeat the preceding two steps for each of the later memories you documented on
your way back to the most recent one.
The reframe of my next memory involved self-acceptance and that triggered positive
memories.
On my form I wrote: I know that I have done something good. Thousands of
employees who now have jobs and would have lost them or who had no jobs and now
have them are better off. Several employees came into my office to thank me and to
wish me farewell. I realize that I did as well as I knew how even though I would have
done it differently if given another chance. I know that God loves me and is present. I
feel tremendous joy at having completed this difficult test, at having endured.
And similarly for the other later memories.
12.
In your imagination, roam through all of these perfect 10 reframes and identify the
themes that run through all of them. Document these themes under the heading,
Merged Reframe.
My Merged Reframe themes were of being filled with tremendous joy, loving, selfacceptance, abundance, awareness that I am loved, and gratitude for the blessings that
fill my life.
13.
Reframe the original situation in which the Blocker Body Feelings arose. Reframe it to
a perfect 10 in ways that incorporate all of the Merged Reframe themes.
Surround this true 10 Imaginary Experience with an imaginary ball of white light and
anchor it in your Inner Anchor Point while focusing on your Inner Anchor Point and
Page 318

saying to your Unconscious, This is the way I would always like to perceive,
experience, create, and handle this type of situation. Please make that happen at all
relevant times and in ways that are for the highest good of me and of all concerned.
Then repeatedly breathe in until you experience what you've anchored becoming a part
of you.
14.
You may now be in a very deep and tender state so be very gentle with yourself.
Breathe slowly and deeply. Without opening your eyes, become aware of your body.
Slowly move your arms and legs and your head. Become aware of the room you're in
and then the building and the city and so forth. Being very gentle with yourself, finally
open your eyes when you're completely ready.
Wait 10 or 15 minutes before interacting with other people, looking at TV or reading a
book or magazine. Just relax and, if you want something to do, focus on your breathing.
The Blocker Body Feelings and the pattern of experiences associated with this Blocker
have never recurred.
In fact, I have never even recalled doing this process until today when I went through
my files to find a good example for the book.
It all worked totally Unconsciously.
And I was completely successful in achieving the SA Objective that had triggered the
Blocker Body Feelings.
Tips For More Easily Doing Any Base Reframing

1.
The more clearly Framed the Blocker Body Feelings, the easier and more effective is
the rest of the Base Reframing process.
One way of increasing the clarity of the Blocker Body Feelings is to do the following:
Rate the intensity of your awareness of these physical Blocker Body Feelings
on a 1 to 10 scale where 10 is as concrete an experience as holding a book and 1 is
an intellectual abstraction with no physical experience at all.
Page 319

2.
If your rating is less than 8, focus on what's intuitively missing or needs to be

changed to make this a much more concrete experience (write that down on a piece
of paper if you feel its necessary), focus on your Inner Anchor Point and ask your
Unconscious to make those changes in ways that are for the highest good of you
and of all concerned.
Repeat this process until you have at least an 8 level of awareness of the
Blocker Body Feelings.
With a clearly Framed set of Blocker Body Feelings, you'll be able to find the first
remembered point pretty easily, assuming you take what you're given rather than what
you may expect.
If you don't know why you've been given a particular memory and feel that its
important for you to know, focus on your Inner Anchor Point and ask your
Unconscious to take you to the place in that memory where the Blocker was active.
Repeat that instruction until you clearly understand why the memory was chosen.
3.
Finding the next memory is usually rather easy if you've clearly Framed the preceding
one by writing a description of that memory on your form, adding detail about how
things looked, sounded, felt, tasted, and smelled as well as your intuitive feelings,
thoughts, emotions, and sense of self. Develop that description until you have an
intuitive feeling that what you are describing is clearly Framed.
4.
If you have trouble coming up with a true 10 version of a memory, consider the
following:
You are not changing the past, you're just coming up with a new example.
In doing so, you're making your own movie and you're the writer, director, casting
agent, producer, and so forth.
The only thing youre not allowed to change is the basic situation.
Remember the example I gave earlier in this Chapter, about 30 years ago,
when I left a very difficult turnaround project that I had unwisely undertaken.
While the project was successful, the people in the company really disliked me
and I hadnt had time to change that. So I felt like I was quitting, even though
Page 320

Id met the criteria that the owners of the company had given me and had been
well paid.
On my form I wrote: The last day at (company name). Im a pariah. I might as
well get home.
In that case, the basic situation was that I was leaving a company having
completed a difficult turnaround. Thats all.
I have complete freedom to change anything else.
In other words, give yourself maximum freedom to come up with a Target that really
delights you.
If you're still having trouble, Frame what's not up to snuff in your Imaginary
Experience, one aspect at a time. If necessary, Frame it through writing.
Frame this very tightly so that your Unconscious knows exactly what you want to
change. Then focus on your Inner Anchor Point and repeatedly ask for those changes
until they pop into your consciousness. (This usually happens very quickly.) Repeat this
process with each deficient part until you have a true 10.
5.
Do you remember the Tree Imaginary Experience in Chapter Six?

In similar fashion. create complex, unfamiliar Imaginary Experiences by starting with
very familiar pieces and modifying them in familiar ways.
6.
UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES should you forget to use the highest good

instruction where indicated.
Another Root Normal Base Reframing Example

This is an actual example that one of my trainees gave me permission to use. The names are
changed.
Art 's marriage was falling apart and he'd entered a relationship with Karen despite
the fact that he was still married. Since they'd been together, Karen had gotten
Page 321

pregnant and had become quite critical of Art because she wanted him to get a divorce
and marry her.
But Art wasnt willing to end his marriage yet. This had become such a bone of
contention that he and Karen decided to separate for a few days to think things over.
Then, a few days later, they got together again to see if they could patch things up but
the meeting was a disaster. Eventually, Art very angrily told Karen that he felt she'd
been ignoring and lying to him. Her response was to walk out.
Art felt that he really loved Karen and that she was the one for him. He wanted to have
a loving and positive relationship with her and had just set a Super Achievement
Objective to assist in this. But he'd encountered a very powerful Blocker, the same one
that led to him blowing up at Karen a few days earlier.
He Framed this Blocker as very angry and very calm at the same time; very clear so
the words come out very clearly and Framed the Blocker Body Feelings as a cold
feeling in my stomach and my arms feel straight and open, as if in a welcoming
gesture.
After prioritizing these feelings, Art instructed his Unconscious to take him back to any
earlier memory where the root normal form of the Blocker was operating. This
brought him to an experience 14 years earlier with another married woman whom he
also loved. But he concluded it wouldn't work so, in the memory, he is telling her that
he doesn't want to marry her and she is heartbroken.
Successive memories included one at 25. He's in the military and things have gone
wrong in a practice maneuver. Art is telling his Captain that it's all his fault, taking
responsibility and apologizing for having failed at the task.
Finally Art drops back to the earliest memory where the root normal form of this
Blocker was operating, when he was 3-4 years old. He and two other boys were
scratching the paint of a car with a hammer and they got caught. The other boys point
at him, saying he's one who did it. His parents believed them and he's physically
punished and publicly shamed.
In his true 10 new version of this scene, little Art is sitting in his mother's lap as she
gently strokes his head and explains why it's not appropriate to scratch cars. Smiling
with the wisdom of his own mistakes, his father is telling him that it's okay to make
Page 322

mistakes, that's how we learn, and that he saw the other kids doing the same thing.
Then he gives Art a joyful hug and, with his mother and father both cradling him they
all dance in a circle, joyfully smiling and lovingly laughing together.
After anchoring this true 10 result with appropriate instructions to his Unconscious,
Art similarly reframes each of the intermediate memories, bringing each to a true 10
and anchoring it before moving on. Finally, he returns to the experience with Karen
and reframes that in a way that incorporates all of his Merged Reframing themes, into
a scene of honesty and acceptance on both of their parts, each expressing loving, and
ending up in a very loving and harmonious resolution.
He then anchored this as his new primary instruction to the Subpersonality that had
been expressing the Blocker.
A couple of months later, Art realized that there hadnt been any repetitions of the
fight or even the Blocker Body Feelings. He and Karen were very close and eagerly
awaiting the birth of their child. Art had filed for a divorce and the feelings
surrounding his relationship with Karen were wonderfully positive - consistent with his
primary instruction of loving, honesty, and acceptance in the Base Reframing.
This is a typical result.
Now take a deep breath, sigh, and get ready for another powerful tool for releasing those
Blockers that used to hold you up.
The Subpersonality Negotiation

Now it's time to turn to the second Blocker resolution process, Subpersonality Negotiation.
In a sense, communicating with your Subpersonalities is like talking with yourself and you
are but only with specific aspects of yourself..
This process involves direct negotiations between your conscious self and Unconscious
Subpersonalities that you may personify as people, creatures or other creations with whom
you can carry on a conversation.
Page 323

Usually, a Subpersonality Negotiation starts off with one Subpersonality and eventually
incorporates others, each of which contributes a particular skill or perspective to resolution of
the underlying problem.
In the process, all of these Subpersonalities are integrated into a team whose Focus is to
support you in what you consciously desire.
As you can imagine, when your team is headed in the same direction, you can get there lots
faster.
The Subpersonality Negotiation Process

I am going to weave an example into the instructions. I think that will make things much
clearer.
The example is something that is present with me right now. I am rushing to complete a couple
of chapters of this book before leaving early tomorrow morning for about a week of travel.
In order to meet my schedule, things have to be ready before I leave.
In addition, I just received an email from my editor asking me to review some of her work and
answer some questions as soon as possible.
That has left me with a feeling of being somewhat overwhelmed, a feeling I dont like and one
that I dont often encounter. So I will resolve that Blocker via a Subpersonality Negotiation.
The steps are:
1.
Ask the Subpersonality to tell you its name or a name you can use to address it. Record
this on your Subpersonality Negotiation form.
I suggest the name Overwhelm and the Subpersonality, who looks like a slim
but strong man with very black hair, coffee color skin, an intelligent look and
lithe grace vigorously shakes his head, yes.
2.
Ask what the Subpersonality is trying to do to help you when expressing this Blocker.
Record this on your form as number 1.
Page 324

He says, Im trying to keep you from taking on too much. The last time you
did, seven years ago, you got very sick. Remember, flying around the world
every month and the Sri Lankan disease you picked up? It kept you flat on your
back for 18 months. I dont want that to happen again.
If the answer isnt clear or doesnt make sense, just as you might when talking with
another person, (but while focusing on your Inner Anchor Point) say to the
Subpersonality something like, This isnt clear, it doesnt make sense to me. Please
give this information to me in a form that I can understand. Repeat that until you
achieve clarity.
If necessary, you can use the techniques presented in Chapter 4 C to bring the
communication to the point where it is clear and understandable.
3.
Again, while focusing on your Inner Anchor Point, ask the Subpersonality to play a
what if game by saying something like, If you and I were able to identify one or
more other Subpersonalities who were able and willing to do this job to your
satisfaction, what would your more basic job be?
Record the Subpersonalitys answer as number 2.
He says, Thats easy. You were on track before you got in this immediate
crunch. We had things set up for you to gracefully complete the chapters but the
need to provide intelligent feedback is too much.
After I remind him of the question (above) If you and I were able to identify
one or more other subpersonalities who were able and willing to do this job to
your satisfaction, what would your more basic job be? he continues, If I
didnt have this to worry about, if youd learned the lesson (sigh), I could
devote myself to something more basic. My job is to ensure that you have the
time and commitment to your spiritual meditation, to your spiritual growth. We
both know how important that is. But when you are too busy, you wedge it in
rather than giving it the attention that it deserves.
4.
Repeat the preceding step, numbering these more basic jobs 3 and 4, respectively, until
you reach your Subpersonalitys Most Basic Job, which you should number as 5.
When I ask Overwhelm what is his Most Basic Job, he answers, My Most
Basic Job is taking you back to God. As he does, I have a strong emotional
Page 325

reaction of recognition. So I ask him whether he was with me during my near

death experience 35 years ago. He answers, Yes. Thats where I was created.
5.
Check with your True-Self (if you have not yet framed it per Unadvertised Bonuses 5
and 6, imagine your source of integrity) to determine whether this is the
Subpersonalitys Most Basic Job.
If your True-Selfs answer is not a clear yes, ask it to assist the Subpersonality in
identifying its Most Basic Job.
My True-Self says, Yes, this is his Most Basic Job and is just the right for him and for
you. The key is letting him do it.
6.
Ask the Subpersonality whether it would like to take on this Most Basic Job as its
primary function.
I ask Overwhelm for his response and he says, Thats great. I dont really like
using my energies to keep you from being overwhelmed. Id rather be more
directly involved in taking you back to God. As he says that, I see my TrueSelf shaking his head yes.
7.
Ask the Subpersonality if it needs assistance in performing its Most Basic Job. If the
answer is no, skip to step 9.
When asked, Overwhelm says hes fully capable of and eager to focus on his
Most Basic Job.
8.
If the answer is yes, ask the Subpersonality to name one or more other
Subpersonalities whose assistance is required to perform its Most Basic Job.
If Overwhelm had said he needed help, I would have asked him to identify one
or more other Subpersonalities who were able and willing to do what he
needed done.
Once he had identified each, I would have asked it whether it was able and
willing to do what Overwhelm needed. If any of them answered no, I would
have asked it to identify one or more other subpersonalities to provide the
support it needed to do what Overwhelm wanted.
Page 326

9.
When the Regressed Subpersonality (the one originally expressing the Blocker) has
fully agreed to take on its Most Basic Job, consciously focus on job #4. Ask your
True-Self whether this job is entirely positive as stated.
If not, ask your True-Self to modify it until it is entirely positive and record the results
in place of the original statement of job #4.
10.
Ask the Regressed Subpersonality to identify one or more other Subpersonalities who
are able and willing to do the entirely positive job #4 to its satisfaction.
11.
When a new Subpersonality is identified, first ask it its name and Frame that by
writing it. Then ask whether the Subpersonality (calling it by name) is able and willing
to do what the Regressed Subpersonality wants it to do in implementing the entirely
positive version of job #4.
Record the name of the Subpersonality or Subpersonalities that the Regressed
Subpersonality identifies.
Individually, ask each whether it is able and willing to do what the Regressed
Subpersonality wants it to do in implementing the entirely positive version of job #4.
If the answer is, in each case, yes, go to step 14. If not, ask the newly identified
Subpersonality to identify any other Subpersonalities it requires so it is able and
willing. Record the names of any so identified.
12.
Repeat steps 11-13 with jobs #3 through job #1, in that sequence.
13.
Create an imaginary ball of white light completely surrounding you, filled with bright
imaginary white light and bring into it the Regressed Subpersonality and all of the
other Subpersonalities identified to perform the entirely positive versions of job #4
through job #1.
14.
Integrate all of these Subpersonalities and your conscious self by imagining placing
them in a white ball that rises up a white column of light. As the column ascends, it
gets brighter and brighter, at a certain point becoming so bright that the essence of each
Subpersonality within the white globe merges with the light and, thereby, integrates
with all the others.
Page 327

Now Im imagining the ball beginning to rise within a column of much brighter
white light. As we ascend, the white light within the ball gets increasingly
bright. Now its becoming so bright that the essence of each of us seems to be
merging with the white light
15.
When this integration has occurred, Frame the resulting experience of oneness with an
imaginary ball of white light and imagine placing that ball and all that it contains into
your Inner Anchor Point. While you do, breathe this integration into you, imagine it
filling all areas of your physical body.
And now, there is only a ball of incredibly bright white light that incorporates
the essence of all of us. I am feeling a sense of peace and completeness. In my
imagination, I am placing that ball of white light into my Inner Anchor Point
and, as I do, I experience this light of integration filling my entire being with
peace and completeness. Now Im breathing that into me, imagining that it is
filling my entire physical body.
16.
Repeat this breathing process, for your imaginative, emotional, mental, and deep
Unconscious bodies, one at a time.
Now, one at a time, Im imagining that light filling my imaginative self. Now my
emotional self. Now my mental self. And now I imagine it fill all parts of my
Unconscious self.
17.
Now focus on your Inner Anchor Point and say, Please make this integration take
place in ways that are for the highest good of me and of all concerned. Then breathe in
and imagine making that a part of you.
18.
When this is complete, keep your eyes closed and relax until your inner experience tells
you that the integration is complete.
No surprise to me, the overwhelm feeling has completely disappeared and I
have almost completely finished this chapter.
Often, in similar fashion, the process of Subpersonality Negotiation turns the
Blockers into results, as happened for me.
Im doneand I feel great!
Page 328

Its now a month later than when I wrote the above. Im very happily
reviewing Joes improvements to my writing.
As I just went through the description of resolving my overwhelm, I realized
thats why I was so relaxed during the 2,500 mile drive I just took, bringing
my son Per to eastern Washington state to start college. I remember that the
first time I took that trip, about a year ago, I constantly felt overwhelmed by
the amount of driving remaining. This time I didnt feel overwhelm at all. I
was relaxed and more or less enjoyed the drive.
Thats how it works unconsciously. I wasnt at all aware of why things were different until I
reviewed my Subpersonality negotiation.
The Super Achievement Clearing Process

This is a very neat technique for both resolving Unconscious conflict and creating a series of
effective action techniques that you can consciously put into practice.
The essence of the Super Achievement Clearing Process is negotiation among four parts of
you: the Subpersonality expressing a particular type of simple Blocker, your Conscious Mind,
your Creative Part and your True-Self.
The types of Blockers appropriately addressed by the Super Achievement Clearing Process
are ones that manifest as the following types of questions that pop into your Conscious Mind:
What should I do now?

How should I handle this?
How can I do this?
When should I do this?
Who can help me with this?
The job of the Creative Part is to identify three action alternatives for answering these types of
questions that are a perfect 10 for the Blocker, your True-Self (meaning they are appropriate
and for your highest good) and your Conscious Mind.
Page 329

This typically requires some framing through writing and some editing based on input from all
three parts. When you reach the point where your Conscious Mind, your True-Self and the
Blocker agree on the action approaches, the Blocker Body Feeling is replaced by inner
harmony and you consciously know exactly what you need to do.
Page 330

What This Looks Like in Practice

Some years ago, after setting an appropriate Cybernetic Transposition Super Achievement
Three-Step Target, I wrote Prime Minister Margaret Thatcher of the U.K. a 1 1/2 page letter
offering to assist her in straightening out the British economy .
Two weeks later I had a contract to train a representative group of entrepreneurs and industry
representatives in the Cybernetic Transposition Super Achievement Three-Step processes.
This is what happened when I taught them the Super Achievement Clearing Process.
I asked everyone in the training to pick a currently strong intuitive feeling that
was bothering them. Being entrepreneurs and aggressive managers, they had no
trouble each finding at least one.
Then I led them through the Super Achievement Clearing Process. As soon as I
finished and told the group to take a break, one of them jumped up and urgently
rushed out the door. I followed to make sure he was all right and found him at a
pay phone, vigorously talking business.
When we reconvened, I asked him what had happened. He said that during the
process, he'd worked with a feeling that had been bothering him for three
weeks. He learned that the feeling indicated something was wrong with his
company and that he should do three simple things to resolve the problem:
call his purchasing manager and ask him if there was anything he needed to
get off his chest.
get a progress report on a specific project.
suggest a new procedure for accelerating things with vendors that he'd
thought of a couple of weeks ago.
These all made sense to him and seemed easy so off he went to the phone.
He easily reached his 65 year old purchasing manager who was extremely
effective but harbored a fear of being fired because of his age.
Page 331

When asked whether he had anything to get off his chest, the purchasing
manager revealed that he'd been out sick for a couple weeks and that his staff
had hidden the fact at his request.
When asked for a progress report, he revealed that a major - and apparently
unrecoverable error - had been made while he was out. This was terrible news
because this would result in a major delay which seemed likely to kill the
company due to extremely high penalties for being late.
But when the entrepreneur suggested his new idea for handling vendors, there
was a pause on the other end of the phone and a shout of delight. That'll do it,
that solves our problem. I'll get on it right now, said the purchasing agent. And
the entrepreneur said to me, That really will do it. The problem's all but solved
already.
A month later, when we held the second session of the training, I asked him how
things had gone. With a little impatience he looked at me and said, I told you it
was fixed last time! We just got another contract from the same customer.
While this example is more exciting than most, the process works that way for essentially
everyone. Intuitive feelings and other Blockers are converted into successes.
Its an exciting process, any way you look at it.
The Step by Step Instructions for the Super Achievement Clearing Process
The SA Clearing Process Audio Seminar Segment leads you through the following steps.
The numbering on the following instructions refer to the numbers on the Super Achievement
Clearing Process form. Here are the step by step instructions.
If you have not already done so, download and print out the Super Achievement Clearing
Process form.
Find a place where you wont be disturbed.
Page 332

Place your Super Achievement Clearing Process form in front of you. Since you will be
writing during part of this process, make sure that you have a pen or pencil and a place to lay
your form flat so you can easily write on it.
Focus on your Inner Anchor Point and say, Please make the process I am about to do take
place in ways that are for the highest good of me and of all concerned.
Now focus on the Blocker Body Feeling.
1.
Describe the situation where this Blocker Body Feeling arose. Provide some details of
time, place, what was happening. Record all of this on your Clearing Process form.
2.
Describe the body feelings associated with this Blocker. Frame These Blocker Body
Feelings by describing their location and character, just as in the first steps of the Base
Reframing process example.
Focus on your awareness of these Blocker Body Feelings. Rate how clear and concrete
they are on a 1 to 10 scale where a 10 is highly clear and concrete and 1 is simply an
intellectual abstraction.
If you do not have a 10, intuitively grasp what makes that less than a 10, take a deep
breath and hold it. As you blow out, focus on your Inner Anchor Point and ask that
those things be changed in ways that give you a 10 intensity experience.
Continue what you just did until you achieve at least an 8 intensity.
Now surround the Blocker Body Feeling with an imaginary ball of white light, anchor
that ball in your Inner Anchor Point and, as you do, say This is the part of me upon
which I would like to focus during the first segment of this process. Please make that
happen in ways that are for the highest good of me and of all concerned. And please
make this entire process take place in ways that are for the highest good of me and of
all concerned. Breathe in and imagine making that all a part of you.
3.
Draw a symbol that represents the Blocker. Take what pops into your awareness. It will
happen almost instantly when you read this instruction. The trick is to accept what pops
up and draw something that represents it.
It does not matter whether what you draw is a very crude stick figure or a piece of
elegant artwork. The point is to Frame the Blocker Body Feeling in an additional way.
Page 333

Imagine that symbol and anchor it in your Inner Anchor Point along with the Blocker
Body Feeling that it represents. Imagine merging the symbol and the Blocker Body
Feeling so they become one and the same, inseparable.
Now say into your Inner Anchor Point, This symbol represents the Blocker Body
Feeling I previously anchored. Whenever I imagine this symbol or talk to myself about
it, please give me an immediate conscious and Unconscious awareness of the
underlying Blocker Body Feeling that it represents. And please do this in ways that are
for the highest good of all concerned.
Breathe in and imagine making that all a part of you.
4.
As if you were talking to another physical person, say to the Blocker, What are you
trying to tell me.
Record the Blockers response on your form.
If you dont hear or understand the Blockers response, say, I didnt understand your
response. Would you please give it to me in a way that I can understand. As with
another physical person, keep asking until you get a response that you understand.
When you do, record it on your form.
The answer you receive may resolve the Blocker. The Blocker may have been trying to
simply get a message across to your Conscious Mind. Youll know its resolved if the
Blocker Body Feelings disappear. If it does, the process is complete. If not, continue
with the following steps.
5.
If the Blocker Body Feeling still remains, continue the process by drawing a simple
picture of what you consider to be your Creative Part, the part of you that is
wonderfully creative.
Take the Imaginary Experience that your Unconscious gave you as you just read the
instruction. Draw a simple sketch of it.
All of us have wonderful Creative Parts. Theyre very important to us. So become
aware of your Creative Part and imagine how it looks, how it sounds and how it would
feel if you reached out and touched it.
Page 334

Record all of this on your form.

Now imagine your Creative Part. Surround it with a ball of white light and imagine
placing that ball into your Inner Anchor Point.
6.
Now, into that ball of white light within your Inner Anchor Point, also place the
symbol of your Blocker Body Feeling.
Ask your Creative Part to interact with the Blocker Body Feeling to create three
alternatives that will make the Blocker Body Feeling happy. Three things that you can
do to satisfy the concerns of your Blocker Body Feeling.
As you become aware of the first alternative, record that under Alternative 1 on your
form. Do that as soon as you start to become aware of the first alternative.
Continue to do this with a second and third alternative, recording them under
Alternative 2 and Alternative 3 on your form.
7.
Ask the Subpersonality expressing the Blocker Body Feeling how desirable each of
the three creative alternatives is to that Subpersonality. Use a 1 to 10 scale where 10 is
totally desirable and 1 is the exact opposite. Record your rating for each alternative on
your form, under the heading, Blocker Rating.
Now focus on your True-Self, the part of you that holds your integrity. Ask your TrueSelf to rate each of the creative alternatives. Use the same 1 to 10 scale to do that and
record your ratings for each alternative on your form under the heading, True-Self
Rating.
From the perspective of your normal consciousness, rate each of the three alternatives.
Use the same 1 to 10 scale to do that and record your ratings for each alternative on
your form under the heading, Conscious-Self Rating.
8.
Now, inspect the ratings that you just recorded. For each alternative, you have three
ratings. If all three are 10, just put a check mark alongside that alternative on your form.
If any one of the ratings is less than 10, ask your Creative Part to silently consult with
the Subpersonality, your True-Self and your conscious self and to create a modification
of that alternative thats completely desirable for all three of them.
Page 335

Do that same process for each of the alternatives that has less than all 10 ratings and
record the completely desirable alternatives that your Creative Part develops on your
form.
Record any modifications to any of your three alternatives that your Creative Part gives
you as required to generate a l0 level of harmony and agreement among the three parts.
Continue working with your Creative Part until a 10 level of harmony and agreement
has been achieved.
9.
Now imagine surrounding that experience of perfect agreement and harmony among
those three parts of yourself with a ball of white light. Imagine placing that ball into
your Inner Anchor Point, focus on your Inner Anchor Point and say, This is the level
of harmony and agreement that Id like to experience at all times among all parts of me.
Please make that happen in ways that are for the highest good of me and of everyone
else involved.
Breathe in and imagine making that a part of you.
10.
Focus on your Inner Anchor Point and ask your Unconscious whether there are any
Blockers that will prevent or make it difficult to implement the three alternatives. If so,
resolve them via a Root Normal Base Reframing or a Subpersonality Negotiation.
11.
Now thank all parts of you and imagine them returning whence they came in ways that
are for the highest good of you, them and of all concerned.
Now what?
Youre now in alignment.
Just as a chiropractor adjusts your spine to get your back in alignment, you just worked on
your inside parts to get all of your inner energies into alignment.
Your Subpersonalities and your Conscious Mind have collaborated to develop three
alternative things that you can do to resolve the issues that triggered the Blocker.
Start with whichever seems easiest and implement it. Then move to the next easiest and do the
same. Finally, implement the third alternative.
Page 336

The results will obviously be very desirable.

Youre on the way to achieving your dreams!
The Bonus Package

I again want to remind you of the Bonuses.
One of them consists of the Super Achievement Base Reframing Process form and
downloadable downloadable audio instructions (in which I lead you through the Super
Achievement Target Process, just as I did in the Trainings that typically cost participants
$4,500 apiece).
Another comprises the Super Achievement Clearing Process which incorporates
Subpersonality Negotiation. This package also includes downloadable downloadable audio
instructions and the Super Achievement Clearing Process form.
Once you have read and understood this chapter, you will be ready to use the associated
package to lead your through the processes that the chapter describes.
Summary of the Root Normal Base Reframing Process

The Root Normal Base Reframing process consists of the following steps:
1.
Focus on your Inner Anchor Point and ask that this Base Reframing process take
place in ways that are for your highest good of you and of all concerned.
2.
Frame your Blocker Body Feelings.
3.
Surround the experience of those Blocker Body Feelings with an imaginary ball of
white light and imagine placing it and your experience of the Blocker Body Feelings
into your Inner Anchor Point. This intensifies your Unconscious focus on the Blocker
Body Feelings.
4.
Focus on your Inner Anchor Point and imagine talking into it. Ask the Blocker Body
Feelings to take you back to any earlier memory where the root normal form of this
Page 337

Blocker was operating. Take the memory that pops up even if it's not what you expect.
Frame the memory by recording it in writing on your Base Reframing form.
If the memory isnt clear or if it seems like your Unconscious isnt giving you a
memory, repeat whats described in the preceding paragraph. Keep repeating it until
you get a memory.
At first, the memory may be tenuous. You may only get a glimpse of something. If so,
Frame that something by recording it on your Base Reframing form. Then repeat the
instructions above. Keep recording what you get and repeating the request to your
Unconscious to give you the memory until it becomes clear.
5.
Repeat the preceding step while asking the Blocker Body Feelings to take you back to
any even earlier memory.
6.
Repeat that step again while asking the Blocker Body Feelings to take you back to
some still earlier time.
7.
Repeat that step a third time while asking the Blocker Body Feelings to take you back
to some still earlier time.
8.
Repeat that step a fourth time while asking the Blocker to take you back to the very
earliest time when the root normal form of this Blocker was operating, the earliest time
that is appropriate and for your highest good to recall at this time.
9.
Create a new version of that very earliest memory, one that is filled with loving, joy,
harmony and fulfillment. Modify that Imaginary Experience until it becomes a true
10.
Remember, you're not changing the past. You are simply creating a new instruction for
your Unconscious in its own languages.
Refine this Imaginary Experience until it is a true 10 - as compared with your true 10
reference point.
10.
your Unconscious, This is an example of the way I'd like to perceive, experience,
create, and handle this type of situation. Please make that in ways that are for the
Page 338

highest good of me and of all concerned. Then breathe in and out deeply until you
experience what you've anchored becoming a part of you.
11.
Repeat the step 9 and 10 for each of the later memories you documented on your way
back to the earliest one, one at a time.
12.
Identify the themes that run through all of these five perfect new versions and label
them, Merged Reframe.
13.
Now create a new version of the original situation that triggered the Blocker. Bring this
to a perfect 10 in ways that incorporate all of the Merged Reframe themes.
14.
your Unconscious, This is the way I would always like to perceive, experience,
create, and handle this type of situation. Please make this happen at all appropriate
times in ways that are for the highest good of me and of all concerned. Then breathe
in and out deeply until you experience what you've anchored becoming a part of you.
15.
You may now be in a very deep and tender state so be very gentle with yourself.
Breathe slowly and deeply. Without opening your eyes, become aware of you body.
Slowly move your arms and legs and your head. Become aware of the room you're in
and then the building and the city and so forth. Being very gentle with yourself, finally
open your eyes when you're completely ready.
Wait 10 or 15 minutes before interacting with others or allowing potentially discordant
outer input.
Brief Summary of the Super Achievement Clearing Process

The Super Achievement Clearing Process consists of the following steps:
1.
Imagine that the Subpersonality expressing the question is an animal or some other
animate thing. As if you were talking to another physical person, say to the
Subpersonality, What are you trying to tell me.
Record the Subpersonalitys response on your form.
Page 339

The answer you receive may answer the question. If it does, the process is complete. If
not, continue with the following steps.
2.
Become aware of your Creative Part and imagine how it looks, how it sounds and how
it would feel if you reached out and touched it.
Record all of this on your form.
Now imagine your Creative Part. Surround it with a ball of white light and imagine
placing that ball into your Inner Anchor Point.
3.
Now, into that ball of white light within your Inner Anchor Point, imagine bringing in
the Subpersonality asking the question.
Ask your Creative Part to interact with this Subpersonality, your True-Self and your
Conscious Self to create three alternatives that will answer the question in ways that are
perfect for all of them.
As you become aware of the first alternative, record that under Alternative 1 on your
form. Do that as soon as you start to become aware of the first alternative.
Continue to do this with a second and third alternative, recording them under
Alternative 2 and Alternative 3 on your form.
4.
Now ask the Subpersonality to rate how desirable each of the three creative
alternatives is. Use a 1 to 10 scale where 10 is totally desirable and 1 is the exact
opposite. Record your rating for each alternative on your form, under the heading,
Subpersonality Rating.
Next, focus on your True-Self, the part of you that holds your integrity. Ask your TrueSelf to rate each of the creative alternatives. Use the same 1 to scale to do that and
record your ratings for each alternative on your form under the heading, True-Self
Rating.
Now return to your normal conscious awareness.
From that perspective, rate each of the creative alternatives. Use the same 1 to 10 scale
to do that and record your ratings for each alternative on your form under the heading,
Conscious Self Rating.
Page 340

5.
Inspect the ratings that you just recorded. For each alternative, you have three ratings. If
all three are 10, just put a check mark alongside that alternative on your form.
If any one of the ratings is less than 10, ask your Creative Part to consult with the
Subpersonality, your True-Self and your Conscious Self and to create a modification
of that alternative thats completely desirable for all three of them.
Do that same process for each of the alternatives that is less than 10 rating and record
the completely desirable alternatives that your Creative Part develops on your form.
6.
Repeat steps 3 through 5 until all involved rate all three alternatives as a 10.
7.
Focus on your Inner Anchor Point and ask your unconscious whether there are any
Blockers that will interfere with the easy implementation of these three alternatives. If
so, resolve them via the Root Normal Base Reframing or the Subpersonality
Negotiation.
Page 341

Whats Next?
In Chapter Ten B, I will tell you more about the Subpersonality Negotiation Process and in
Chapter Ten C, I will do the same with respect to the Super Achiever Clearing Process.
Page 342

Chapter Ten B
Tips on More Easily and Effectively Performing
the Subpersonality Negotiation Process
The second extremely powerful additional process for resolving Blockers into strengths is the
Subpersonality Negotiation Process.
Whereas the Root Normal Base Reframing produces very powerful situationally specific
results, the Subpersonality Negotiation produces more generalized results that cover many
situations.
In other words, you might think of the Base Reframing as addressing the very center ring of an
archery target while the Subpersonality Negotiation addresses the entire target.
So if you have a very specific Blocker such as getting upset whenever someone brings up a
particular subject, resolve it via the Root Normal Base Reframing.
On the other hand, if you have a more generalized Blocker such as getting flustered whenever
you have to deal with more than a certain number of people, no matter what the situation,
resolve it via the Subpersonality Negotiation.
Both Processes produce very powerful results.
Extract From the SACP (Super Achiever Coaching Program) Special Bonus #8,
Building And Using Special Purpose Subpersonality Teams
The Subpersonality Negotiation Process is a management process. Your team is the team of
Subpersonalities that you draw from the vast repertoire in your Unconscious.
The first step in the Subpersonality Negotiation Process involves disconnecting the Blocker
Subpersonality from the self-defeating habit pattern that it is expressing, the Blocker.
Do this in the following way:
1. Ask the Subpersonality its name and its job, what it is trying to do to help you in
expressing the Blocker.. Record this information on a blank piece of paper as #1.
Page 343

2. Regress this Subpersonality to its Basic Job. Start by saying, If you and I could find one
or more other Subpersonalities who were able and willing to do that job to your
satisfaction, what would be your more basic job? Record what you get on the same piece
of paper as #2.
3. Repeat step 2 two times, recording the answers as #3 and #4.
4. Change the wording to, If you and I could find other Subpersonalities who were able and
willing to do that job to your satisfaction, what would be your absolutely Most Basic
Job?
The Most Basic Job will always be something very positive like loving, peace, joy,
upliftment, etc. It will never be a form of defense or other type of againstness. It will never
Focus on physical actions, emotions and mental activities. Record this Most Basic Job on
your paper as #5.
5. Ensure that the Subpersonality (what we will call the Regressed Subpersonality from this
point on) is willing to take on this Most Basic Job as its primary function. This may
necessitate bringing in other Subpersonalities that it identifies to assist it in doing so.
6. Ask your True-Self whether job #4 is entirely positive as stated. If not, ask your True-Self
to revise it until it is. Record what it gives you as the entirely positive version.
7. Ask the Regressed Subpersonality to identify one or more other Subpersonalities who are
able and willing to perform the entirely positive version of job #4 to its satisfaction. When
each appears, ensure that it is able and willing to do what the Regressed Subpersonality
wants in implementing this job.
8. Repeat steps 6 and 7 for jobs #3, #2 and #1, one at a time..
9. Create a ball of white light surrounding you and bring into it the regressed Subpersonality
and all of the Subpersonalities who are willing and able to do the positive versions of the
more superficial jobs (jobs #1 through #4).
10. Identify the intended Focus of the Subpersonality Team you are building. This is the job
of the Team and will usually be the positive opposite of the Blocker pattern and will
usually be very obvious.
Page 344

When you have identified the Teams Focus, check with your True-Self to ensure that it is
both entirely positive and for your highest good. If not, make appropriate adjustments.
Record the Focus of your Subpersonality Team. Then place the words of this Focus into
the white ball.
11. Ask the team that you have assembled so far whether it is able and willing to consistently,
effectively, efficiently and with excellence express this Focus in ways that are for the
highest good of you and of all concerned.
If not, Dialogue with the Team to identify the support Subpersonalities that must be added
to the team so that they will become able and willing.
Bring in those Subpersonalities by having the team ask each to come forward. Document
the name and job of each on the same piece of paper. Ensure that each is willing and able to
do what is required. If they require additional support Subpersonalities, bring them in
similar fashion.
12. Ask the Team to identify a name and a symbol to represent it. Record these. Then ask your
True-Self whether this name and symbol are appropriate and for your highest good. If not,
ask it to modify them until they are. Then place the name and symbol into the white ball.
13. When the entire required team is present, do the White Light Integration Process according
to the following transcript of me leading Jack, an SACP participant, through the White
Light Integration Process during one of the SACP TeleCoaching calls:
Stuart:
Imagine the ball filled with white light with you and all the other members of
the team within it. (pause)
Now the ball is beginning to rise, and as it does the white light is rapidly
becoming brighter so now it is as bright as the disk of the sun through thin
clouds. (pause)
And as the ball continues to rise the white light is becoming brighter at an
accelerating pace so now it is as bright as the disk of the sun on a clear,
cloudless day. (pause)
accelerating pace so now it is as bright as ten times the brightness of the disk of
Page 345

the sun on a clear, cloudless day. And you notice that the essences of you and of
each of the other members of the Team are beginning to merge with the white
light within the ball. (pause)
accelerating pace so now it is as bright as one hundred times the brightness of
the disk of the sun on a clear, cloudless day. And you notice that the process of
merging the essences of you and of each of the other members of the Team with
the white light within the ball is nearly complete and will soon be complete as
the ball continues to rise and the white light continues to brighten at an
accelerating pace.
Please tell me when that has occurred. (pause until Jack says now)
And now imagine placing that ball of white light in your Inner Anchor Point.
Say into your Inner Anchor Point, This is my (give the name of the team).
This is the way I would like to always experience it, in oneness and unity.
concerned.
Breathe that in and make it a part of you.
Breathe in that white light integration to completely fill your physical body.
(pause)
Breathe in that white light integration to completely fill your imaginative body.
(pause)
Breathe in that white light integration to completely fill your emotional body.
(pause)
Breathe in that white light integration to completely fill your mental body.
(pause)
Breathe in that white light integration to completely fill your deep Unconscious
body. (pause)
Breathe in that white light integration to completely fill all of your bodies up
into Soul. (pause)
Page 346

When thats complete, I would like you to focus silently on your breathing for
about sixty seconds.
How to Turn a Raging Lion into a Lamb

The first step in the Subpersonality Negotiation Process involves regressing the
Subpersonality expressing the relevant Blocker back to its Most Basic Job.
But what do you do if that Subpersonality is angry and resistant which usually occurs when
you have not listened to what the Subpersonality has been trying to tell you for a long time?
The solution is twofold.
First, ask your loving part to come forward and, when it does, ask it to flood the angry and
resistant Subpersonality with loving, to surround and fill it with loving.
If that doesnt fix things, the second part of the solution is the Free-Form Writing Process.
The Free-Form Writing Process

To perform the Free-Form Writing Process, just follow these steps:
1.
When you encounter an angry or resistant Subpersonality during the Subpersonality

Negotiation Process, first Frame the situation by writing a description of what you
encountered on a clean sheet of paper.
For example, when you ask the Subpersonality expressing the relevant Blocker to
come forward and you get anger and unwillingness to otherwise communicate with
you, Frame exactly what you get by writing it down.
2.
While focusing on what you have just recorded, sit down in a place where you definitely
will not be disturbed (very important) and, on a pad of paper, start writing what pops into
your Conscious Mind. (Be sure to use a pad that has lots of blank pages.)
Its extremely important to ensure you wont be interrupted. If you interrupt this
process, the angry or resistive Subpersonality will probably become more upset.
Page 347

3.
Now heres the key. DO NOT allow your Conscious Mind to interfere with the process. In
other words, write WHATEVER pops up, exactly as it pops up, and continue writing
without stopping. Continue for the allotted time (see below).
For example, you might think nothing is popping up because whats in your mind
might be, Nothings in my mind. I dont have anything to write.
However, that is EXACTLY what you should write: Nothings in my mind. I dont
have anything to write.
Then, what might pop up is, I dont like writing by hand. I HATE writing by hand.
This is stupid and I dont want to do it.
So you write exactly that, I dont like writing by hand. I HATE writing by hand.
This is stupid and I dont want to do it.
Are you getting the point?
(And, it is CRITICALLY IMPORTANT that you do Free-Form Writing by hand!!!)
So, again write down whatever pops into your mind.
If its profanity, write it down. If its obscenity, write it down. If its judgmental, write it
down.
Remember: YOU are the only one whos ever supposed to see this!!! DO NOT EVER
show, read or talk about what you have written during Free-Form Writing to or with
ANYONE else.
4.
Sometimes, all youll get is junk because its necessary to let the Subpersonality get
things off its chest - so give it the freedom to express its frustration. When you do
appropriately, it will be able to give you what you want.
Other times, however, youll get some pearls of wisdom and youll usually recognize
them just as or after you record them.
When that happens, mark them by underlining, boxing, marking with stars or in whatever
way works best for you and IMMEDIATELY continue with your Free-Form Writing.
Do NOT stop to think about what youve written down! Or what youve marked!
Page 348

5.
Initially, do at least 10 minutes of Free-Form Writing during a session. Set an alarm clock
so you dont have to check the time. And, no matter what comes up, continue until the
alarm goes off.
Over time, you can increase the length of your Free-Form Writing sessions if that seems
appropriate.
Some people I know do it for an hour at a time because they find it very valuable. Usually,
however, 10 minutes will suffice to calm down angry or resistive Subpersonalities.
6.
When the alarm goes off, its not quite the end of your Free-Form Writing session.
There are two more tasks.
First, find the pearls of wisdom that you have marked. DO NOT READ ANYTHING ELSE
THAT YOU HAVE WRITTEN. (Thats why its important to mark the pearls of wisdom
clearly while youre doing the Free-Form Writing.)
Copy those pearls of wisdom onto another clean piece of paper headed Pearls of
Wisdom from (the Subpersonalitys name) and date it.
Then, destroy ALL of the other pages you wrote during your Free-Form Writing session.
Rip them up and, if you can do so safely, burn them.
Thus, at the end of this step, you will retain only the new page(s) with the pearls of
wisdom.
These pearls of wisdom are always, by definition, positive insights or positive
instructions from your Unconscious.
7.
If appropriate, implement these pearls of wisdom.
Thats it.
Once you have completed your 10 minutes of Free-Form Writing, its almost certain that the
original Subpersonality will be much more easily accessible and much more cooperative.
IMPORTANT NOTE: While the Free-Form Writing Process may seem simple, it isnt
necessarily easy. Old habits intrude. So, if necessary, resolve those self-defeating habit patterns
via Root Normal Base Reframings.
Page 349

The biggest challenge is usually to write just exactly what pops into your consciousness, rather
than thinking about or evaluating it. Yet this is the heart of the process. So do whats required
to accomplish whats specified in the steps of this process.
And when you finish each session, thank your Conscious Mind and Unconscious Mind,
especially the Subpersonality you started with.
Page 350

Chapter Ten - C
The Super Achievement Clearing Process
How many times a day do these types of questions pop into your Conscious Mind?
What should I do now?
How do I do that?
When should I do that?
Who can I ask about that?
Where should I go?
Who can give me a hand with this?
How often have you wanted an all-wise advisor to tell you what to do?
In this Chapter, Ill show you a deceptively simple but very powerful way of accessing your
accumulated Unconscious knowledge (much of which you are simply not consciously aware
of) to quickly and successfully answer such questions yourself.
I cannot overemphasize the day-to-day utility of this Cybernetic Transposition Process, the
Super Achievement Clearing Process.
If you consistently apply this Process, youll probably seldom feel like you need someone else
to tell you what to do because this deceptively simple Cybernetic Transposition Process lets
you effectively answer these types of questions for yourself.
Whats more, it lets you answer them in ways that leave you calm, centered, focused and
effective.
The Super Achievement Clearing Process employs your skills of Dialoguing with your
Unconscious and your Unconscious Creativity to answer your own questions, drawing from
your vast Unconscious repertoire of knowledge and experience.
Page 351

As such, it is both extremely practical and extremely effective assuming that you use it.
How Does the Super Achievement Clearing Process Differ from the Root
Normal Base Reframing and the Subpersonality Negotiation?
The Root Normal Base Reframing and Subpersonality Negotiation permanently change the
behavior of the Subpersonality originally expressing a Blocker. In other words, they
permanently resolve the Blocker into self-supporting unconscious habit patterns.
In contrast, the Super Achievement Clearing Process does not resolve Blockers at all. Instead,
it creates a workaround of the situation that initially stimulated a Blocker.
While the Super Achievement Clearing Process does not generate a change in your future
Unconscious behavior, it does identify very specific and highly effective ways that you can
consciously deal with the present situation.
Use the Super Achievement Clearing Process in situations that trigger a particular type of
Blocker, questions that you consciously feel unable to answer.
It does so by generating three action alternatives that are a 10 for the Blocker
Subpersonality, your True-Self and your Conscious Self.
In other words, the Super Achievement Clearing Process generates a work-around by
identifying appropriate consciously implementable action alternatives that are perfect for all of
these parts of you.
Use the Super Achievement Clearing Process when you have questions like, What should I
do now? or How should I do this? or How can I handle this?
In that context, it can very powerfully assist you to move on to the next step in whatever is at
hand.
Dialoguing with Your Subpersonalities

When you do the Super Achievement Clearing Process, youll be Dialoguing with specific
elements of your Unconscious, what I call Subpersonalities.
Page 352

A Subpersonality is the element of your Unconscious that expresses a specific Blocker or a

specific skill or both.
In the case of a Blocker, the Subpersonality encapsulates the Blockers stimulus-response
habit pattern.
Subpersonalities may group together to form Subpersonality Teams. Your overall personality
(which varies situationally, of course) results from the combined functioning of all of your
Subpersonalities that are active at a particular moment.
Subpersonalities can also express specific skills such as your creativity.
In the Super Achievement Clearing Process, you will work with two Subpersonalities:
The first is the Subpersonality that asked the question you are trying to answer, the one that
popped that question into your Conscious Mind.
The second is your Creative Subpersonality or Creative Subpersonality Team, the part of you
that expresses your creativity.
These Subpersonalities are surprisingly easy to Frame if you dont have any Blockers running
that interfere with doing so.
Homing in on your Creative Subpersonality or Team.

Focus on your Inner Anchor Point and silently say into it, Will the Creative Part of me, my
Creative Subpersonality or Creative Subpersonality Team come forward right now? Please do
so in ways that are for the highest good of me and all concerned.
You will immediately get a response. If that response is someone answering back, Dialogue
with it. Ask if it is your Creative Part. (If the response is a blank or unclear, deal with it in the
way that I showed you in Chapter Four - C.)
If the Subpersonality replies, Yes, ask its name. If it replies with a clear statement of its
name, record what you get and ask the Subpersonality whether what you wrote down is its
name. If not, continue to Dialogue until you get it right.
Page 353

The name you get may be, for example, Creative Part or Creative Team. It may, however
be something like, Mary, Frank the Clown, The Creative Guru or whatever. Unless the
name really bothers you, just accept it and write it down.
If the name it gives you really bothers you, suggest a different name. Usually, the
Subpersonality will be very cooperative in this way. Dialogue with it until you reach
agreement and then record the new name.
Framing the Subpersonality that Asked the Question

To Frame the Subpersonality that asked the question, follow a similar process except that
youre now going to address the Subpersonality that asked the question. So do the following:
Frame the question by recording it on the top line of a clean piece of paper.
Focus on your Inner Anchor Point and read the question into it.
While still focusing on your Inner Anchor Point, silently say into it, Will the Subpersonality
who asked the question I just read come forward? Please do so in ways that are for the highest
good of me, you and all concerned.
Proceed as with respect to Framing your Creative Part or Team.
Homing in on Your True-Self

The other part of your Unconscious that will be involved in your Super Achievement Clearing
Process is what I call your True-Self.
Your True-Self is the part of you that you address when you say the Insurance Statement
because it is the essentially unchanging part of you that knows what is appropriate and for your
highest good.
Some people call this your High-Self or your Soul. Some just call it The Real Me. You can call
it whatever feels right to you. In this book, Ill call it your True-Self.
1.
To Frame your True-Self, focus on your Inner Anchor Point and say, Will my TrueSelf, the part of me that truly knows what is appropriate and for my highest good, come
Page 354

forward? Please do so in ways that are for the highest good of me, you and all
concerned.
2.
You will immediately get a response. ( If you get a blank, deal with it as I described in
Chapter Four - C.) If that response is someone answering back, Dialogue with it. Ask
if it is your True-Self. If it says, Yes, proceed to step 3.
If not, ask it to stand aside and repeat step 1. Do this until you get a part of you that
says, Yes. Then proceed to step 3.
3.
Because it is extremely important that you Frame your true True-Self and because
you sometimes encounter wannabe Subpersonalities who initially say they are your
True-Self but arent, its appropriate to check things out.
To do so, ask the supposed True-Self to give you three memories of times in your life
when it kept you true to yourself, when you would otherwise have gone astray. Use
your Dialoguing and Tune-Up skills (as in the Base Reframing) to get clear answers.
As you get each clear answer, record a brief summary of it.
Then consciously reflect on that clear answer (memory) and decide whether, in fact,
what the supposed True-Self is telling and showing you is really a situation where it
kept you true to yourself (in whatever fashion it used) when you would otherwise have
gone astray.
Do this for all three memories.
For example, Ill give you one of the memories that my True-Self gave me when I first asked.
It showed me a memory.
As I told you previously, memories are tremendous in scope, in the form they are held in the
Unconscious. So, to give you any meaningful idea of what that memory brought back to me,
Ill have to tell you about it in the form of a story.
In the early 1960s, the Dictator of the Dominican Republic, Trujillo, was assassinated.
(Many said, at the behest of the CIA.)
Page 355

At the time, I lived in Washington, D.C., was in my real estate developer phase and also
had some interesting contacts with powerful people in the Federal Government.
One day, I received a call from someone with a Spanish accent who said that hed been
told that I could help him get financing from the State Departments Agency for
International Development (AID) for a project that the new President of the Dominican
Republic wanted to implement.
Although I was not at all sure I could help or that it would be appropriate to produce
the results they wanted, I said I had some contacts, some knowledge and would be
willing to learn more about what they were seeking..
Soon I found myself in a hotel room in the Dominican Republic with two guards outside
my door to protect me, armed with submachine guns. The hotel was decorated with
bullet holes and blood stains from the revolution two weeks earlier.
The person who met me at the plane and now called himself my partner, said we had an
appointment with the new President the next morning.
Suffice it to say that things went well enough that the terms of a deal were eventually
discussed. The project involved getting sufficient financing from AID to build a large
number of small houses in Santo Domingo as a way of creating the nucleus of a middle
class (in order to supposedly start building a stable democracy).
The compensation I and my partner would receive assuming we were successful included a hotel with a casino that the Dominican government had appropriated.
Shortly thereafter, I was urgently summoned to return to the U.S. by my then-wife.
because she was ahead of schedule and had started to have labor pains with my second
daughter.
Since Pan Am had no flight for three days, I was forced to endure a terrifying flight on
a Dominican Airways plane with oil pouring from the stuttering prop engine onto the
wing. I was very relieved when we reached Miami safely and I could transfer to an
American Airlines flight to Washington.
My second beautiful daughter, Stephanie, was born and we were all overjoyed,
especially her older sister, Lisa. She considered Stephanie a birthday present because
when asked what shed like for her birthday, Lisa said, Id like a baby sister. The day
Page 356

after Lisas birthday, Stephanie was born and Lisa thought of her as a wonderful
birthday present.
Now, back to the memory my True-Self gave me.
Shortly after I returned to the U.S., I received a call from a gentleman with an Italian
accent who said, in effect, that he had heard about the Dominican hotel and casino and
that he represented a group that had a lot of experience in that field. He said that they
could provide a lot of valuable assistance if the deal went through. He said hed like to
meet with me in New York as soon as possible.
I agreed and asked where. I was a little surprised when he said, The Stage Deli but,
being a young and enthusiastic entrepreneur, I agreed to meet him. When I showed up,
it was like a scene from The Godfather.
I kid you not, we got to the point where the gentleman who had called me, sitting across
from me and backed by two tough looking guys that seemed to be 7 feet tall said,
Were going to make you an offer you cant refuse.
I got an immediate attack of goose bumps and heard an inner voice saying, Dont do
that! It was a quiet voice that was accompanied by an intuitive feeling that I should
get away from there. So I said to the gentleman, No, Im going to make you an offer
that you cant refuse. You can have the whole deal, lock, stock and barrel. Its yours
and I wash my hands of it. And I walked out.
The previous two paragraphs describe the memory that my True-Self gave me when I asked
for one where it had kept me true to myself when I would otherwise have gone astray.
I certainly concluded that in that memory, my True-Self had kept me true to myself when I
would otherwise have gone astray.
The other two examples were equally clear.
If all three memories check out, you have found your true True-Self.
If these memories dont check out, repeat steps 1 and 2, after asking the false True-Self to
step aside, except that this time ask your true True-Self to come forward. Then repeat step 3.
Using two tries is usually the most it takes to Frame your true True-Self.
Page 357

If You Need Additional Help to Home In on Your True-Self

Unadvertised Bonuses #5 (Your Unconscious Life Plan And Your True-Self) and #6 (Locating
Your True-Self) that come with this eBook system (my gifts to you) describe an entirely
different way of framing your True-Self.
Using both the approach described in this section and that described in these Bonuses should
give you a very high probability of homing in on your True-Self and an appropriate confidence
that you have done so.
If, after doing both, you find yourself continually uncertain that you have found your TrueSelf, Dialogue with your Unconscious to determine whether you have a Blocker that is
expressing that uncertainty. If so, resolve it using the Base Reframing or Subpersonality
Negotiation Process.
If you are not dealing with a Blocker, do a Super Achievement Clearing Process centered
around the Subpersonality expressing the uncertainty to answer the questions, How do I
become certain that I have located my true True-Self?
Document Your Creative Part or Team and Your True-Self

You only have to go through the process of Framing your True-Self and your Creative
Subpersonality or Team once in order to repeatedly do the Super Achievement Clearing
Process.
Therefore, be sure to document what you get in the process of Framing them and keep that
handy so you can refer to it when you want to do another Super Achievement Clearing
Process.
Thereafter, theyll come forward whenever you ask them to do so if you use their proper
names.
Performing the Super Achievement Clearing Process
Page 358

Once having Framed your Creative Subpersonality/Team, your True-Self and the
Subpersonality that asked the question youd like answered, youre ready to proceed to the rest
of the Super Achievement Clearing Process.
Here are the steps involved:
Step 1: Record the question you want answered on the first line of a clean piece of paper,
under the heading Question.
For example, Carl has a 4 year old son, Greg, and wants to share his own passion for
fishing with his son but he feels he doesnt know how to do it in a way that will allow
Greg to really experiences his, Carls, passion.
So, on his paper, Carl writes under the heading, Question, How can I describe
fishing to Greg in a way that hell really experience and, if appropriate, catch my
passion for it?
Step 2: In your imagination, form a ball of white light that completely surrounds you,
filled with bright white light. In your imagination, bring the Subpersonality that asked the
question, your Creative Subpersonality/Team and your True-Self into this white ball.
Carl had previously Framed his Creative Subpersonality and his True-Self. Now he
Frames Fred, the Subpersonality who asked this question. Now, in his imagination, he
creates a white ball and brings in Fred, who has a French beret and an artists palette
with brushes, his Creative Subpersonality who looks a little like Albert Einstein and his
True-Self who looks like a very bright ball of white light.
Step 3: Focus on your Inner Anchor Point and ask your Creative Subpersonality/Team to
create three action alternatives that answer the question, three things that you can
consciously do that are perfect for the Subpersonality who asked the question, your TrueSelf and you consciously. Ask it to do so in ways that are, for my highest good and the
highest good of all concerned.
Carl now focuses on his Inner Anchor Point and says to his Creative Subpersonality,
Please generate at least three action alternatives that answer the Question I wrote at
the top of my page and are perfect for Fred, my True-Self and me, consciously. Please
do this in ways that are for the highest good of me and of all concerned.
Page 359

Step 4: On the same piece of paper where you wrote the question, draw a matrix that has
one column on the left that is half the width of the paper and three narrower, equal width
columns on the right. Write Action Alternatives over the column on the left and the
name of the Subpersonality who asked the question, True-Self and Conscious Me
over the first, second and third columns on the right.
Then make three rows across the page, each one large enough to record one of the three
alternatives with a fair amount of space left over in case you later want to edit what you
wrote. (The layout of Carls is illustrated below but yours should be the full width of the
page and full height of the page.
Page 360

Question: How can I describe fishing to Greg in a way that hell

really experience and, if appropriate, catch my passion for it?
Action Alternatives
Fred
True-Self
Conscious
Me
1)
2)
3)
Record the three alternatives in the cells formed by the rows marked 1), 2) and 3) and the
column marked Action Alternatives. If necessary, use your Dialoguing skills and the TuneUp Process to clarify the alternatives. When the alternatives are clear, record them whether or
not you consciously agree with them.
The three alternatives that Carl records are:
1. Remember the fishing trip last week and rehearse in your imagination what you
found most wonderful about it. Record that. Then, while remembering that
experience and referring to what you recorded about it, tell your son Greg the story
in the first person. Let him see your joy and enthusiasm. Look into Gregs eyes
while youre doing this. If he seems interested, follow his lead and tell him more.
2. Remember the humorous chat you had with Bill, Harry and Ann when you were all
cracking up over the obvious exaggerations in your fish stories. Review this
memory to pick out what will probably seem funniest and most interesting to Greg.
Record that. Then, while remembering those experiences and referring to what you
Page 361

recorded about it, tell Greg the story in the first person. Look into Gregs eyes
while youre doing this. Let him see your joy and enthusiasm. Let him experience
your laughter. If he seems interested, follow his lead and tell him more.
3. Sit with Greg facing you, on the floor of his room, and put your fishing and
associated camping gear between you and him. Let him take the lead. When he
picks up or points to a piece, tell him what it is and how it is used.
Step 5: Ask the Subpersonality who asked the question to rate each of the three alternatives on
a 1 to 10 scale where 10 is just right for it and 1 is the opposite. Document each rating in the
column headed with the name of that Subpersonality and adjacent to the alternative being
rated.
Repeat the above step with your True-Self and record each of its ratings in the column headed
True-Self and in the appropriate row.
Repeat the same step but this time rate each alternative consciously, in your normal fashion,
and record each rating in the column headed Conscious Me and in the appropriate row.
Fred, Carls Subpersonality who asked the question, rated alternatives 1 and 2 as an 8
and alternative 3 as a 6.
Carl consciously rated alternative 1 as an 9, alternative 2 as an 8 and alternative 3 as
a 7.
Carls True-Self rated all three alternatives as a 10..
Step 6: If all ratings are 10, the Process is complete. Your conscious self, True-Self and
the Subpersonality who asked the question are all completely satisfied. If this is the case,
skip to step 8.
If any rating is less than 10, focus on your Inner Anchor Point and ask your Creative
Part/Team to silently discuss the situation with all in the white ball and to then tune-up
the alternatives so that all become 10s for all participants. Invoke the Insurance
Statement as you do.
Carl asked his Creative Subpersonality to silently discuss alternatives 1,2 and 3 with
Fred, his True-Self and Conscious Carl and to modify them so they become a 10 for all
Page 362

involved, doing so in ways that are for my highest good and the highest good of all
concerned.
Record the revised alternative(s) on your paper.
Carls revised alternatives are:
The changes are in bold type.
1. Remember the fishing trip last week and rehearse in your imagination what you
found most wonderful about it. Record them. Then, while sitting on the floor with
Greg in his room, remembering that experience and referring to what you recorded
about it, briefly tell your son Greg the story in the first person. Let him see your joy
and enthusiasm. Look into Gregs eyes while youre doing this. If he seems
interested, follow his lead and tell him more.
2. Remember the humorous chat you had with Bill, Harry and Ann when you were all
cracking up over the obvious exaggerations in your fish stories. Review this
memory to pick out what will probably seem funniest and most interesting to Greg.
Record that. Then, while sitting on the floor with Greg in his room, remembering
those experiences and referring to what you recorded about it, briefly tell Greg
the story in the first person. Look into Gregs eyes while youre doing this. Let him
see your joy and enthusiasm. If he seems interested, follow his lead and tell him
more.
3. Make a list of the major pieces of your fishing gear and the gear you used when
you last went fishing. Remember a funny story about using each item. Also
remember an intriguing story about how you overcame a challenge associated
with it. Use the Super Achievement Clearing Process to help come up with the
stories, if necessary. Briefly record each story. Sit with Greg facing you, on the
floor of his room, and put a few pieces of your fishing and associated camping
gear between you and him. Let him take the lead. When he picks up or points to a
piece, tell him what it is and how it is used. Then tell him a funny or an intriguing
story about it. Refer to your story list if necessary.
Step 7: Repeat steps 4 through 6 until all ratings are 10, recording these ratings in the
appropriate cell of your matrix.
Page 363

Now everyone, Fred, Carls True-Self and Conscious Carl rated all three
alternatives as a 10.
Step 8: Focus on your Inner Anchor Point and say to your Unconscious, Are there any
Blockers that will make it difficult to implement these three alternatives? If the answer is
No, get to work consciously implementing each of the three alternatives. If, at any point, you
don't know how to proceed in doing so, do another Super Achievement Clearing Process to
answer that question.
Yes is the answer that youll normally get when there are intervening Blockers.
The answer Carl got was No, there are no Blockers.
If the answer is, Yes, still focusing on your Inner Anchor Point say, Please immediately
make me aware of the Blocker Body Feelings associated with this Blocker. Please do this in
ways that are for the highest good of me and of all concerned.
If any Blockers are identified in step 8, resolve them using the Root Normal Base Reframing
or Subpersonality Negotiation.
When to Use the Super Achievement Clearing Process

Use the Super Achievement Clearing Process when you have questions like, What should I
do now? or How should I do this? or How can I handle this? or Where can I find?
Once you try it, youll be amazed how easy and quick it is to come up with perfect answers
to questions like these.
Pretty soon, youll be able to very quickly do a Super Achievement Clearing Process
If you use the Super Achievement Clearing Process as a matter of course when you have
questions like these, your life will become much easier and, as I often say, Easy is Good!
For example, when writing, I use Super Achievement Clearing Processes all the time. I
always do one to identify the structure of what Im writing. Then I do one on the
contents of each chapter. Then I do one to identify the examples I should use.
In this way, I can write very easily, quickly and naturally.
Page 364

By using the Super Achievement Clearing Process, I came up with a process to easily
and quickly write our new book on easily, lovingly and successfully parenting 3 to 5
year old children.
This was a way that Gloria could easily communicate what she had learned during her
30 plus years of working with 3 to 5 year old children and their parents, as well as her
lifetime of experience relating to young children in various contexts.
The process involved eliciting Glorias stories by interviewing her and recording the
proceedings while we were on vacation in Hawaii, with the ocean lapping the beach 30
feet from us. We then had my middle daughter Stephanie transcribe them. I edited the
transcripts, labeling the various stories and organizing them into chapters and sections.
These were precisely the steps resulting from doing a Super Achievement Clearing
Process.
Then I did one to answer the question, How do we rapidly and enjoyably edit the book
to a level suitable for the parents who agreed to review it?
Following the resulting action alternatives, while at home and on vacation in Hawaii,
London, Prague and Seattle, while sitting next to each other, we edited the entire
document. We jointly worked out the wording of each edit and I typed them into the
computer. In the process, we also added some stories. We did this in an extremely easy
and joyful fashion.
Gloria had been thinking about writing this book for 10 years. Now, we had a version
suitable to submit to parental reviewers after spending a total of only 150 hours. That
includes both Glorias time and mine.
As I often say, Easy is good!
Similarly, you have incredible resources, life experiences and knowledge, hidden in your
Unconscious. The Super Achievement Clearing Process will greatly assist you in rapidly
drawing forth the relevant aspects of all of that to answer your questions.
While the Super Achievement Clearing Process doesn't resolve Blockers, it does show you
how to very effectively cooperate with the Subpersonality(ies) expressing them in ways that no
Page 365

longer trigger the Blockers and, in doing so, it provides answers to questions that often stymie
most people.
In the process, you will typically go from an experience of confusion, upset, uncertainty or
frustration to an experience of clarity, certainty and enthusiasm.
Not bad for a few minutes work. (As I said, easy is good.)
The Bottom Line

The Super Achievement Clearing Process involves your Creative Subpersonality/Team
cooperating with your Subpersonality expressing the question to be answered, your True-Self
and you, consciously, to Frame three action alternatives, three things you can consciously do,
that satisfy the Subpersonality expressing the question, your True-Self (the part of you that is
the core of your being and knows what is appropriate and for your highest good) and your
Conscious Self.
This is a deceptively simple process that can make your life profoundly easier if you
consistently apply it.
Coming Up
What if you fail?
Thats not likely.
In the next chapter, I will show you the only ways that you can fail to achieve your Cybernetic
Transposition Super Achievement Three-Step SA Objective. There are only four of them.
Whenever anyone has failed to achieve their SA Objective using this process, it has been
because they did one of those things.
Handle these four things and you will succeed.
Page 366

Chapter Eleven
Trouble Shooting and Practice How to Guarantee Your Success
Congratulations!
You are well on the way to the attainment of all your SA Objectives.
But
But what if it doesnt feel that way to you?
What if you still think you arent going to achieve the results you want?
Starting in the right direction isn't the same as ending up in the right place. Or, as someone
once said, I've gotten a lot of cows going north by starting them south. That could be your
Unconscious talking.
This chapter will help you trouble shoot any problems or snags in your progress.
The good news is this: There are only 4 reasons why you might fail, and each reason can be
repaired.
Lets get rolling!
Why Fail?
There are only a few reasons why anyone fails to achieve excellent results with the Super
Achievement techniques.
Those ways are listed below together with suggestions for handling them. Please read the
following carefully.
Page 367

1.
You Did Not Accurately Follow the Instructions while Formulating

Your Target.
Your Target is either substantially inappropriate for you or incomplete. Or your Target is
distorted because you accepted less than true 10 Imaginary Experiences during various
processes rather than going for true 10s.
In these cases, as you practice, you will get an intuitive feeling that something isnt
right.
Any intuitive feeling that something is not right must be checked out by
Dialoguing with your Unconscious.
If you dont know how to respond to what your Unconscious tells you, find
out specifically how using the Super Achievement Clearing Process.
If you find that you have one or more Blockers interfering with your progress,
resolve them using either the Root Normal Base Reframing Process or
Saying this is the best I can do rather than demanding excellence is a major
Blocker for many people.
If you feel unable to make your success images a true 10 or realistic, you
are encountering a Blocker.
If you feel like its unrealistic to achieve your SA Objective, you are
If your certainty of achieving your SA Objective is less than a 10, you are
Etc.
If left unresolved, these Blockers will almost certainly block you from achieving
your SA Objective.
They didnt arise now by chance.
Page 368

When you set a very clear and highly prioritized Unconscious Target, the forces
of the opposition decided to take a stand in opposition to you achieving your SA
Objective. They did so because, based on the way things were in your life when
they were formed, it will be dangerous or unsuccessful for you to do so.
In other words, the Subpersonalities expressing these Blockers are doing what
they think is best for you even if that is diametrically opposed to what you
consciously want.
And if they stand without being resolved, they will almost certainly block you
from achieving your SA Objective.
2.
You Did Not Listen to Feedback from Your Unconscious after

Setting Your Unconscious Target.
The second way in which you could fail to achieve your SA Objective using the
Cybernetic Transposition Processes is that you failed to listen to calls for your
conscious involvement from your Unconscious, what I call Unconscious
Feedback.
There are many different forms of relevant Unconscious Feedback.
Some of them deal with migration of your Target to one that is closer to
whats right for you.
Others deal with questions or corrections associated with your SA Objective.
Still others deal with your failure to properly and/or consistently implement the
Cybernetic Transposition Processes, very definitely including the Practice
Process.
All of these types of feedback usually take the form of thoughts or feelings that:
You did something wrong (Blockers)
Something needs to be changed in a specific way (a specific instruction).

Page 369

Or a thought that you should do something specific.
Other forms of Unconscious Feedback involves Blockers that carry hidden

messages and assumptions. These often seem realistic, reasonable, and familiar.
Frequently encountered Blockers of this type include:
It's too easy. Why bother?
I'm confused. I really don't understand how to do this.
It won't work for me. I might as well give up.
I fall asleep whenever I work with my Unconscious.
My SA Objective doesn't interest me any more so why bother to continue.
This doesn't make sense. Why bother checking the book to figure things
out.
It is very important to clear and resolve these Blockers and to pay attention
to all kinds of Unconscious Feedback.
3.
You Did Not Practice According to the Instructions.

The Cybernetic Transposition Super Achievement Three-Step restimulates
powerful Unconscious success skills that you have probably directly or implicitly
told your Unconscious to turn off at various times in your existence.
If so, you are probably in the process of changing powerful old Unconscious habit
patterns to far more successful ones and that often stimulates Unconscious resistance.
This resistance may manifest as Blocker Body Feelings or Blocker thoughts that
stand in the way of practicing such as:
I don't have enough time to practice.

Page 370

I just didn't get around to doing it but I'll catch up later.
I'll do it tomorrow.
It takes too much time.
It takes too much effort.
I'm too tired (or depressed or confused) to practice.
If you fail to practice after having set a clear Unconscious Target, you are
actively reinforcing your old habits that resist your success.
If that happens, you are answering your Unconscious Minds queries and
concerns with a No! I don't really want to become more successful. No! I don't
really want to change my old habits!
And if that happens a number of times, your Unconscious takes the line of least
resistance and leaves things the way they were before you encountered the
Cybernetic Transposition Super Achievement Three-Step.
4.
You Consciously Cancelled Your Unconscious Target
The Unconscious Minds of most people have learned to accept far less than what is
possible, to be satisfied with "barely good enough.
This type of Unconscious habit pattern may arise when you have achieved a part
of your SA Objective but not all of it.
You may get a thought or feeling that:
This is good enough.
I can't really have everything I asked for.
If I only achieve this, its worth what Ive put into it.
Page 371

If you consciously accept and agree with that Unconscious habit pattern, you
are telling your Unconscious that you want to CANCEL the rest of your
Unconscious plan, that you dont want to fully achieve your Target.
You can do this via self-talk, talking with others, in writing, or by your actions.
If you repeat this a couple of times, your Unconscious will take you seriously.
If you ever find yourself saying to yourself or others or thinking something that
will cancel your Unconscious plan, Frame those words or thoughts, focus on your
Inner Anchor Point and say, Cancel what I just said. I dont mean it. Repeat
this several times and do it immediately.
If you realize later that you gave a cancel instruction to your Unconscious,
immediately Frame what you said, thought or did in writing, rewrite it so that it
now describes what you would have liked to have said, thought or done, tune it up
to a 10, wrap it in an imaginary ball of white light, place it into your Inner Anchor
Point and tell your Unconscious to cancel the earlier instruction and replace it
with this and to do so in ways that are for the highest good of you and of all
concerned.
Then rewrite the 10 level version 25 times.
IMPORTANT: DO NOT DISCUSS YOUR OBJECTIVE WITH ANYONE in
any way before you have achieved it.
If you do, they may very well say or otherwise indicate things that will, at best,
trigger Blockers in you and, at worst, cancel the SA Objective.
So be wise.
Do not ever discuss your SA Objective with anyone else before you have
achieved it!
In Conclusion About Ways That People Fail
Page 372

Remember that Blockers often seem like realistic, reasonable, and familiar
feelings and thoughts.
I have described some of the most common ones. Others include:
Anything that makes you less than fully enthusiastic about your SA Objective.
Anything that stands in the way of feeling fully confident about achieving your
SA Objective.
Anything that stands in the way of Practicing.
Anything that makes you feel less than fully happy, enthusiastic, and
successful.
Given this information, you have a good chance of becoming consciously aware of
your Blockers. You certainly have the tools to deal with them.
This gives you the choice of consciously cooperating with your Unconscious to
clear things up successfully or of telling your Unconscious to do what it has
always done.
The choice is yours.
It Gets Easier!
Learning this new way of being successful is somewhat like first learning to ride a
bicycle.
It requires practice but your Unconscious will soon understand what you want and
the conscious effort and time involved will drop to a small fraction of the original
levels.
Practice Is Critical!!!
Page 373

If you want to be successful using the Cybernetic Transposition Super Achievement Three-Step,
practice daily.
List of Practice Steps

The Practice Process consists of the following steps:
1.
Read your list of Key Elements and rate your progress in achieving each (Target
Process form) using a 1 to 10 scale where 10 equals full achievement. This gives
your unconscious feedback on how your are doing.
If your progress rating for any Key Element stays low, scan for Blockers. If you find any,
resolve them using the Root Normal Base Reframing Process or, if appropriate, use the
If your ratings stay low and you wonder what you should do about that, use the Super
Achievement Clearing Process to find out how to proceed.
2.
3.
Read your Affirmation and End Point Date several times (Target Process form).
Perform the Time-Tripping Process. Initially, most people find it easiest using the
downloadable downloadable audio instructions but once they become accustomed to it,
they find it easier and faster to do the process from memory.
Once you have physically reached your Date 1, you no longer have to practice with that
date. The same is true with respect to Date 2 and Date 3.
4.
Update your Affirmation (Target Process form) so that it always agrees with your
most current End Point Success Image.
5.
Constantly be on the alert for Blockers. If you identify any, immediately record
where and when the Blocker arose and any associated body feelings. If feasible,
resolve them immediately.
If not, when you practice, resolve the Blocker using the Root Normal Base Reframing
Process and the Subpersonality Negotiation Process.
Page 374

If you have intuitive feelings or questions that are strong enough to Frame and you
wonder what to do about them, perform the Super Achievement Clearing Process.
6.
On a daily basis, rate your conscious certainty that you will achieve your
Objective using a scale where 10 equals rock-solid certainty. Be ruthless in
ensuring that you only rate a 10 if you have the level of certainty as, for example,
knowing that you are going to take your next breath.
If your rating is a 9.99 or less, Dialogue with your Unconscious to identify the
Blockers that are pulling your rating down and resolve those Blockers.
7.
At least ONCE DAILY, Dialogue with your Unconscious, via your Inner Anchor
Point, to determine whether there are Blockers or other messages that you didnt
consciously pick up and that you should act on.
8.
Every day, just before going to sleep, do the Success/Failure Process with respect
to Practicing.
Time-Tripping: Simplifying The Path

You have already done the Time-Tripping Process while refining your Target during the Super
Achievement Target Process. Here are the instructions:
1.
Divide the time between when you set your Unconscious Target via the Target
Process and your scheduled End Point Date into four roughly equal segments.
The beginning of the first segment is when you set your Unconscious Target via the
Target Process and the end of the last segment is when you expect to achieve your SA
Objective, your End Point Date. Name the beginning of the second time segment Date
1, the beginning of the third Date 2 and the beginning of the fourth Date 3.
2.
Re-create the Imaginary Experience of having just successfully achieved your SA

Objective on or before your End Point Date, as documented in your Affirmation. Bring
it to a true 10 level of desirability and anchor it in your Inner Anchor Point as you also
anchor your instruction that this be achieved in ways that are for the highest good of
you and all concerned on or before your End Point Date.
Page 375

3.
Focus on your Inner Anchor Point and ask your Unconscious to give you an
Imaginary Experience at the beginning of the second time segment, on your Date 1 on
the way to successful achievement of your SA Objective.
Take whatever pops up and work with it. It may have nothing obvious to do with
your SA Objective but it's what your Unconscious Mind wants you to work with.
Your job is to simply bring this Imaginary Experience to a perfect 10 and anchor it in
your Inner Anchor Point together with the instruction that this is an example of the
way you'd like things to be on that date on the way to successful achievement of your
Objective. Add, Please make this happen in ways that are for the highest good of you
and all others involved.
4.
Repeat the preceding step for each of the other two intermediate dates, on Date 2 at the
beginning of the third time segment and on Date 3 at the beginning of the fourth.
5.
Once again tune up the End Point Success Image to a true 10 in desirability and
anchor it in your Inner Anchor Point as you also anchor your instruction that this be
achieved in ways that are for the highest good of you and all concerned.
6.
If your End Point Success Image has changed, modify your Affirmation so that it
accurately describes the current state of your End Point Success Image.
Giving Your Unconscious Feedback On How You're Doing

To be a good manager of people you need to give them feedback.
Similarly, to be a good manager of yourself, you have to do the same thing with your
Unconscious - the parts that actually do the doing.
So every time you practice, give feedback to your Unconscious by comparing each of the Key
Elements of your SA Objective with where you are and record your conclusions.
Here's a detailed process to accomplish that:
1.
Each time you practice simply compare where you are with each of the Key Elements
of your SA Objective.
Page 376

Thats easy if you can see what is happening, as in $40,000 in my hand.

If, however, you cant see the progress because your Key Element is binary that is
you either have not achieved it or you have as in Close the purchase of My Perfect
House, you have to rely on your Unconscious to tell you how you are doing.
In that case, ask your Unconscious for its rating of how you are doing in achieving that
type of Key Element and record what it says. If you dont understand why it gives you
that rating, Dialogue with it until you do, recording what it tells you at each step.
And if a Key Element involves an intuitive measure as in I will have done this
easily, quantify your intuitive level of accomplishment.
2.
Record a 1-10 rating for each where 1 equals nothing accomplished and 10 equals
full accomplishment.
3.
Check your intuition: is there a feeling that one of more of your Key Elements (from
the Target Process) needs to be revised in some way? If so, Dialogue with your
Unconscious to gain clarity. Then go to the next step.
If not, you've completed your self-management check. You can proceed to the next
practice step.
4.
If you realize that you weren't adequately clear or specific in the way you stated one or
more of your Key Elements during the Target Process, revise them until you get an
intuitive signal that your new written version is on-track.
5.
Re-visualize and re-anchor each of the modified Key Elements, one at a time. Start
doing that by checking whether the Associated Memories you used as a starting point
for defining what you intuitively mean by each Key Element are still appropriate.
Where this is not the case, Dialogue with your Unconscious to identify a more
appropriate memory.
6.
Repeat steps 4 through 9 of the Target Process with respect to the Key Elements you
have modified.
7.
If necessary, revise your written Affirmation.
Page 377

Increase The Priority of Your Target.

Repetition increases Unconscious priority as in memorizing lines for a play. Similarly,
repeatedly recreating and anchoring the Imaginary Experience of having just successfully
achieved your Super Achievement Objective increases the intensity of your Unconscious
focus on achieving your Super Achievement Objective.
That is, when you repeatedly anchor your End Point Success Image in your Inner Anchor
Point, you further prioritize that imaginary tool.
How to Identify And Resolve Blockers That Would Normally Prevent

Achievement Of Your Objective
Blockers are usually of two types: concrete barriers and hidden messages.
Some can be handled by simply doing the Super Achievement Clearing Process. Once you
have mastered the process, this should only take a minute or two.
However, strongly persistent Blockers often require a Root Normal Base Reframing or a
Subpersonality Negotiation to achieve resolution.
Whichever approach you take, it is critical to resolve these Blockers before they stop you.
The first step in doing so is to identify them. This is frequently the most challenging step
because they hide in the cloak of familiarity. If you let that stop you, so will the Blockers.
Here are some examples (put a check mark by the familiar ones):
This is good enough. I can't really have what I'm after. I'll be okay with second best.
I just can't imagine myself being truly successful!
I just can't do this.
I don't really want that anyway, referring to something you really wanted when you set
out to get it. This is known as the sour grapes effect.
Page 378

It's too easy. Why bother? when mid-way to achievement of something you really
wanted when you set out on the journey.
I'm confused. I really don't understand how to do this and then failing to perform the
Super Achievement Clearing Process to figure out how to resolve your confusion.
It may work for them but it won't for me. This is the I'm defective Blocker.
I fall asleep whenever I try. This is another way of saying My Conscious Mind gets
turned off. One good way to handle this is to stand up while you are practicing.
I don't have time now but I'll get to it later. Want to bet?
I'm too tired or I'm too depressed when choosing whether to go toward what you want
or back away from it.
The Golden Key

The above is just a sampling of the myriad Blockers that fill our lives.
So here's a simple general rule for sniffing out your Blockers:
Whenever you are experiencing anything other than inner joy, loving,
harmony, enthusiasm, high energy and a sense of fulfillment of your
potential, you are encountering a Blocker!
The tip of the iceberg that leads you to the Blocker is any feeling that's other than joy, loving,
harmony, enthusiasm, high energy and a sense of fulfillment of your potential.
Its that simple!
Whats Next?
If you have properly formulated and translated your Super Achievement Objective, practiced
according to the schedule presented in this chapter and resolved Blockers as they arise, you
Page 379

should have very close to a 100 percent chance of achieving your seemingly impossible Super
Achievement Objective, right on schedule.
In other words, start expecting miracles!
Now, go have fun!
And when your End Point Date rolls around, whether you have achieved a 10 level of success
or not, be sure to do the Debugging Process covered in the next Chapter.
If you achieved a 10, it will show you how to do even better.
If you didnt, it will show you why you did not and what to do next time to achieve a 10.
Page 380

Chapter Eleven B
Debugging Your Super Achievement Process
In this Chapter, Im going to tell you how to determine specifically why you didnt achieve
your Super Achievement Objective, if you didnt, and how to do even better, if you did.
What Im going to describe is important.
Learning is demonstrated by a change in behavior. The only way you can tell whether you have
learned what Im teaching you is by the results and by feedback from your Unconscious.
If you dont fully achieve your Super Achievement Objective, whats required to do better is
to get specific advice from your Unconscious (via Dialoguing with it and Super Achievement
Clearing Processes) that tells you what you did not do properly in attempting to achieve your
Super Achievement Objective and how to rectify the situation followed by implementation
of that advice.
In attempting to achieve your Super Achievement Objective using the Cybernetic
Transposition Processes, you should have effectively done the following major steps.
1. Set a properly formatted written Super Achievement Objective.
2. Translated that written (consciously stated) Super Achievement Objective into an effective
Unconscious Target thats harmoniously held by all relevant aspects of your Unconscious
and your Conscious Mind via the Target Process.
3. Practice diligently during the time between setting your Unconscious Target and your
End-Point Date (the date scheduled for achievement of your Super Achievement
Objective) by doing the Practice Process.
To do better the next time you set a Super Achievement Objective, two more major steps
are required:
4. Obtain detailed feedback from your Unconscious telling you consciously, in detail, what
you did and did not do properly in steps 1-3.
Page 381

5. Use this feedback to guide you in more effectively implementing the Cybernetic
Transposition Super Achievement Processes the next time you set an Super Achievement
Objective.
Each of the major steps 1-3 involves multiple components and it is at this level of detail that
you need feedback from your Unconscious.
For example, in Chapters Eight and Eight - B, youll find the criteria for properly formatting
your Super Achievement Objectives.
Dialogue with your Unconscious to determine whether your written Super Achievement
Objective met each of these criteria, one by one.
That is, put your finger on the first criterion, focus on your Inner Anchor Point and ask your
Unconscious whether your Super Achievement Objective met this criterion.
Do the same, one by one, with each of the other criteria.
Underlying the effective implementation of what Im describing here is the skill of Dialoguing
with your Unconscious (as previously discussed in Chapter 6 B) to get the feedback that you
need.
I call this entire process the SA Debugging Process.
The SA Debugging Process
Do this Process once you have reached your End-Point Date.
1. Starting with Chapter 7 of this book, read each step of the instructions. Continue to do that
in each of the Chapters that follow.
When you have read and understood the first instruction, summarize it on a sheet of paper,
focus on your Inner Anchor Point and ask your Unconscious whether you properly
implemented this step in attempting to achieve the Super Achievement Objective that you
are Debugging.
(If you have trouble getting clear answers, do the Dialoguing Tune-Up Process or the
Color Process as described in Chapter 4 C.)
Page 382

Be sure to document the step and the answer you get. Then Dialogue with your
Unconscious to ensure that what you have written down is what it sent. Edit if necessary to
reach that point.
2. If the answer from your Unconscious is no, that you did not properly implement this
step, focus on your INNER ANCHOR POINT and ask your Unconscious to explain
exactly where you went wrong and how to correct that in the future.
(If you have trouble getting clear answers, do the Dialoguing Tune-Up Process and/or the
Color Process as described in Chapter 4 C.)
Be sure to add this answer to your documentation for this step. Then Dialogue with your
Unconscious to ensure that what you have written down is what it sent. Edit if necessary to
reach that point.
3. Repeat tasks 1 and 2 for each of the other steps in Chapter 7.
4. Repeat tasks 1 and 2 for each of the steps in Chapters 8, 9, 10 and 11.
5. Having clearly Framed what you did and did not do properly, its time to ask your
Unconscious for specific advice on doing better next time. So, focus on your Inner
Anchor Point and ask your Unconscious to tell you specifically what you have to do the
next time you set an Super Achievement Objective to achieve at least a 10 level of
success.
Be sure to Dialogue with your Unconscious until you are entirely clear about the specifics
of each point.
Then carefully document what you got under the heading Instructions for Doing
Better.
6. Before you set your next Super Achievement Objective (or re-set your current one if you
werent fully successful), read through the Instructions for Doing Better you got from
your Unconscious in the preceding step 5.
Be sure to implement this advice carefully, Dialoguing with your Unconscious at each
point to ensure that you successfully implemented its advice.
Page 383

7. If you dont know how to implement your Unconscious Minds advice, perform a Super
Achievement Clearing Process to generate three ways you can consciously implement that
advice. (If you need help in doing the Super Achievement Clearing Process, see Chapter
Ten - C.)
8. When performing the Practice Process, it is tremendously important to, each day, review
the list of advice from your Unconscious and to Dialogue with your Unconscious to
determine whether or not you got things right this time and, if not, how to get them right.
Performing this Debugging Process effectively will get you on track to achieving far greater
success in your life.
Have a terrific journey.
Page 384

A Word from The Author

Youve now ended one journey reading this book and are embarking on others achieving
your seemingly impossible wishes.
The more you use the Cybernetic Transposition techniques, the more rapidly you will
rediscover your own natural forms of them.
In other words, just like riding a bike or driving a car, when you started it required a lot of
conscious attention but as you created clear Unconscious models things became easy and
natural.
The same thing will happen with the Cybernetic Transposition techniques and, to assist you,
Im including, as a gift, Unadvertised Bonus #7, a process to simplify and personalize these
techniques once you have learned them.
One of the things that really pleases me is hearing about the successes achieved with what Ive
developed. If you have any youd like to share, please send me an email with a description.
If you have questions, please consult the book. Ive tried to make it comprehensive and I think
that all the answers are there.
To make it easier for you to find things, all of the Chapter and Section headings are included in
the bookmarks. Just click on the Bookmarks tab on the left side of the Acrobat window and
then on the item youre looking for.
Or, if you remember the specific words or phrases you are seeking, use Acrobats Find
function by clicking on the Binocular icon in the toolbar at the top of the screen, typing in what
youre seeking and clicking on the Find button. If you want to keep looking for the same
thing, youll see that the Find button has now changed to Find Again so just click it
again and again if you wish.
The Bonuses and Unadvertised Bonuses reflect a tremendous amount of my experience and
that of the 70,000 plus other users of this system.
The forms and downloadable downloadable audio instructions have been refined over 35 years
and are powerful tools to help you get what you want.
Page 385

Secrets Of Making Large Sums Of Money In Your Own Business is a complete eBook that
presents material derived from starting or participating in the startup of over 500 businesses,
running or shadow managing about 100 of them and consulting to a very large number of other
firms. Most of what it presents will be found nowhere else.
The Zappers are clever, simple and quick versions of the basic Cybernetic Transposition
techniques that will make things much easier and more successful in ordinary, day to day
situations. Apply them only after successfully learning the Cybernetic Transposition
techniques as described in this book.
The techniques described in Cut The Time It Takes You To Do Things In Half Effortlessly
have typically resulted in savings of 50% or more in the time it took very busy people to
accomplish their work, usually when doing so seemed completely impossible and this was
usually accompanied by improved performance.
The Unadvertised Bonuses will teach you how to find perfect romantic and business
partners, how to get a perfect job, how to invent million dollar ideas, how to use the
Cybernetic Transposition techniques to achieve any of your other goals, how to discover and
harness the power of what you were born to do, how to access your True-Self, how to simplify
and personalize the Cybernetic Transposition techniques with no loss and perhaps an
increase in effectiveness and how to become lucky.
However, they all assume that you have mastered the Super Achievement Processes.
My goal in writing this book is to help you make your life a paradise on earth. Lots of people
have done so by using these techniques.
Have a wonderful, exciting and very fulfilling journey.
Stuart Lichtman
Page 386

If You Need Help in Successfully Implementing

Cybernetic Transposition So That You Get the
Results I Describe in This Book Or if You Want
to Go Much Farther
If You Just Cant Make Cybernetic Transposition Work for You
I have given you lots of tips, alternative explanations and support resources (forms and Audio
Seminar Segments) to assist you in effectively implementing the Cybernetic Transposition
Processes.
When properly and effectively implemented, these Cybernetic Transposition Processes will
give you a nearly 100% probability of achieving your seemingly impossible Objectives.
Unfortunately, some people have Blockers that prevent them from even understanding or
successfully implementing what they read in a book, if they do they understand it.
In fact, some people have Blockers that prevent them from understanding what they read in a
book, even if its explained from different perspectives and with examples, as I do in this book.
If thats you, youre facing a Catch-22 situation.
Catch-22 is the name of a best-selling satirical novel about World War II by author
Joseph Heller.
The protagonist, a bomber pilot named Yossarian realizes that the death rate of bomber
pilots in his squadron is so high that, even though he is nearing the end of his term,
hell probably die before he can be shipped home if he keeps flying.
So he goes to the flight surgeon and describes various symptoms that would clearly
cause most people to call him crazy. He urgently hopes that hell be given an insanity
discharge.
But it doesnt work because of Catch-22 which says, in effect, that anyone sane enough
to want to avoid terribly dangerous combat missions is, by definition, sane.
Page 387

In other words, Catch-22 is a loop without a way out.

In the case of Cybernetic Transposition, the Catch-22 is that if you have Blockers that prevent
learning from this book, you wont learn to resolve the Blockers that prevent you from learning
form this book.
But, in this case, there is a way out, actually, two ways out. First, my Cybernetic
Transposition Multimedia Training Program and, second, my Super Achiever Coaching
Program.
The Cybernetic Transposition Multimedia Learning Program (MLP)

In conjunction with developing this Second Edition of the book, I have created a tremendously
powerful step between the book system and my Super Achiever Coaching Program at about
1/10 the cost of the SACP.
It is the next best thing to that coaching program whose participants achieved a 95%+ first try
success rate in achieving their seemingly impossible and extremely desirable Objectives
(assuming they do at least most of the assigned work).
In the Cybernetic Transposition Multimedia Learning Program (CT MLP), I teach you, by
telling and showing you, how to do each of the major SA Processes presented in this book
step by step with many tips.
I address each of these CT Processes separately.
First, I explain the CT Process from a conceptual point of view.
Then I show and tell you, item by item, the details of how I applied that particular CT
Process to deal with my live issue..
Finally, I lead you through the CT Process with tips along the way that should make things
work more easily and effectively for you. In doing so, I explain each step as if you had
never previously attempted the Process. So, as compared with the Audio Seminar
Segments, these are teaching components, rather than do it again components.
Page 388

I do this for each of the major CT Processes in this book. And because I can explain them in
depth with visual examples, what I present in the CT MLP (as I call the program) goes into far
greater depth with new forms and additional steps.
I cover the following SA Processes in great depth:
Dialoguing
Locating Your True-Self
The Base Reframing Process (including Framing your Blockers, the Color Process
and the Tune-Up Process)
The Objectives Process (including raising your Unconscious Performance Limit and
building Subsidiary Targets)
The Target Process (including the Time-Tripping Process)
The Practice Process
The Subpersonality Negotiation Process
The SA Clearing Process
The Debugging Process (far moe powerful than what is presented in this book)
Of course, as compared with my Super Achiever Coaching Program, this is only a step along
the way. But it is a major step that is now a component of the SACP.
In my CT Multimedia Learning Program, I concretely guide you through each of the Super
Achievement CT Processes. To cover each Super Achievement Process takes about 1 to 3
hours. During that time, you will experience each CT Process from multiple perspectives,
which should tremendously accelerate your process of learning to actually implement each SA
Process that has been covered in this book.
Page 389

As noted, I have integrated the CT MLP into the SACP and here is some of the feedback from
the participants in that program:
I love the MLP. The Segments are great and I really like seeing how you filled out the
forms. Thats helping me in so many areas. This is my second time through the SACP
and I just want to say that the MLP clarified places where I missed a step or
misunderstood something. I find them extremely useful.
Betsy Westendorf
What I really like about the MLP is that after you discuss each Process, you show us
your completed form and lead us through understanding exactly what you did.
When I follow along with your suggestions in Part 3, I turn off the critical part of my
mind thats always trying to second guess what Im doing. I just give myself permission
to go along with you. Its very helpful for me because if I was trying to do the Process
on my own, if I didnt hear your voice leading me through, I probably wouldnt push
through so quickly and efficiently as the MLP has made possible for me.
Laura Stropes
The MLP is extremely helpful. There are so many things that have become clear to me
through the MLP that I missed on the first time around in the SACP. The MLP has
made this so much a better course. Thank you.:
Susan Fox
In other words, you should get a tremendous amount out of this program.
And, if you purchase the MLP and then, later, participate in the SACP, I refund 100% of what
you paid for the MLP.
If youre interested, take a look at:
http://howtogetlotsofmoneyforanythingfast.com
The Super Achiever Coaching Program

Page 390

You might well ask, Why do I need to attend a telephone/web-based seminar when the
information is already available in a book and is amplified in the CT Multimedia Learning
Program?
Its a good question.
My answer is, Maybe you dont.
If you get the results you want by reading and applying whats in this eBook system, possibly
amplified by my CT Multimedia Learning Program, my take is that you dont unless you
want to multiply your success many times beyond what you have already achieved.
Really, it all boils down to your learning style the amount of personal guidance you would
benefit from in using this material how much additional in-depth information you can use
or how much farther youd like to grow than you can by just using my book or, even, the CT
MLP.
Because in my Super Achiever Coaching Program, (SACP) I go much, much, much farther
than Ive gone here or I even go in my CT Multimedia Learning Program.
There are two major things about the SACP that are different.
First, of course, coaching. I lead the SACP participants through to resolution of each of their
questions and/or issues. This goes far beyond just supplying information. It involves leading
them through whatever CT Process(es) are needed to resolve their issue(s). This is extremely
powerful.
Second, in the SACP, I teach and coach the participants through learning 18 new and
extremely powerful additional Cybernetic Transposition Processes, processes that are truly
transformative in terms of both successfulness and quality of life.
Ive designed the Super Achiever Coaching Program (SACP) for three types of people:
1. Some people just cant learn from a book. They require extensive hand-holding, both in
terms of guidance and information. They need coaching to resolve the Blockers that create
this situation and to lead them through to a high level of competence in effectively applying
the Cybernetic Transposition Processes and, in turn, generating tremendous successes.
Page 391

2. Some people have already achieved meaningful successes using the Cybernetic
Transposition Processes but want a nearly 100% probability of achieving their seemingly
impossible, outrageous major Super Achievement Objectives - which they have when they
participate in the SACP (and do at least most of the assigned work.)
3. Some people have already achieved great successes using the Cybernetic Transposition
Processes but see the potential to go much, much farther. Its very important to them to
take their Cybernetic Transposition skills to a much higher level, to go beyond achieving
seemingly impossible Super Achievement Objectives to also sharply raising the overall
quality of their entire life.
If you fit into any or all of these categories, the SACP is probably right for you.
To read about the SACP and, if you choose, to listen to a 150 minute SACP Introductory
TeleSeminar that explains the nuts and bolts of the program (with over 50 accompanying
Slides), please go to =>
http://www.howtobeagreatcoach.com/superachiever/
The SACP Leads to Even More Remarkable Results

I do lots of one-to-one work with individual participants during the course of the SACP
TeleCoaching calls. Participants tell me this work produces tremendous breakthroughs for
them and for others on the call.
And when I work with a participant, I dont just answer questions. I lead them through to
resolution of whatever issue they raise. And to make sure, I ask them whether what they
brought up is actually resolved. If the answer isnt a clear yes, I keep going until I get a clear
yes.
Isnt that the sort of coaching youd like?
The bottom line is that SACP participants have a 100% success rate in achieving their
seemingly impossible Objectives on the first try if they do at least most of the assigned work.
Page 392

And, in both my presentations and in my answers, I cover a remarkable amount of tips,

approaches and entirely new Cybernetic Transposition Processes that simply arent in this
book.
For example:
Because people perceive things differently, the Super Achievement processes are not
and could never be one size fits all. Ill show you various options and help you
choose the way to make them work best for YOU.
Some people can quickly and easily create effective Imaginary Experiences. But a lot
of others struggle with this. Ill lead you through rapidly creating effective Imaginary
Experiences by constructing them in the way thats right for you.
You can really speed up success and nearly eliminate struggle from your life once you
know how to effectively Dialogue with your Unconscious. Youll leave this program
knowing EXACTLY how to do that. By the end of the SACP, youll be easily, clearly
and reliably Dialoguing with your Unconscious.
This may come as a surprise to you, but, most people cant set an effective Objective.
Ill coach you personally through properly formatting your Super Achievement
Objective so it works.
You can substantially augment your personal power by correctly using the
Subpersonality Negotiation Process. Ill show you how to develop incredibly powerful
Special Purpose Subpersonality Teams. This enables you to not only resolve Blockers
but to turn the energy of the Blockers into extremely powerful strengths.
Ever wonder why income often hits an invisible ceiling and then STOPS? Its
because you have bumped up against your Unconscious Performance Limit. Ill coach
you through this breakthrough process of raising your Unconscious Performance Limit,
so what was previously unattainable is now within reach.
What do you do when you run up against a problem and theres no solution in sight? It
happens to all of us. I have a way to help you see and take advantage of legitimate,
win-win solutions you never saw before And Ill show you how to build Skill Special
Purpose Subpersonality Teams that take the Root Normal Base Reframing much
farther.
Page 393

Beyond that, theres a category of life-long highly insidious Blockers that even the
Root Normal Base Reframing or the Subpersonality Negotiation wont resolve CellLevel Memories. I can only teach you how to resolve this type of Blocker in a coaching
environment. The results are amazing, what many SACP participants say are lifechanging!
Save time! Well simplify and personalize all the processes so that the entire SA
Process becomes far easier and more natural for you.
The Building Your Success Team Process creates a life-long supercharging of your
Success Power. Your Success Team will be your own extremely powerful team of inner
consultants with respect to being successful in any situation. Your Success Team will
also empower you to make many personal breakthroughs.
Theres a process for radically raising the quality of your life, the Raising Your
Unconscious Performance Floor Process. Its incredibly powerful, so powerful that if
you consistently apply it, your future bad days will be better than your current good
ones.
Theres a process for sharply increasing your wisdom and maturity. Its called the
Positive Temporal Recycling Process.
The HouseCleaning Process puts your Unconscious to work automatically resolving
moderately intense Blockers.
The Optimum Learning Process accelerates your learning process in astounding ways,
especially in learning those things you couldnt learn previously. The results are
really eye opening.
The Couples-SVL Process provides you with the ability to greatly improve your
relationship with your partner even if he or she knows none of the Cybernetic
Transposition Processes.
The Finding and Becoming Employed in Your Perfect Job Process is an tremendously
powerful way of achieving what the title says, independent of the economic climate. It
goes way, way beyond the Unadvertised Bonus on that subject, showing you not only
how to find your Perfect Job and how to become the Perfect Employee who is the
perfect fit with that job but also how to find your Perfect Boss who will hire you into
that Perfect Job.
Page 394

Etc, etc, etc.

During the SACP, youll learn 18 entirely new and incredibly powerful Cybernetic
Transposition Processes that just arent available anywhere else!
In fact, because of the interactive nature of teaching and learning these processes require, I
dont think you could find them in ANY book.
So... If you want to really FLY with the Cybernetic Transposition techniques to far far greater
successfulness and quality of life - or if you are having trouble putting them in place without a
good deal more support the Super Achiever Coaching Program (SACP) is for you.
To register =>
http://www.howtobeagreatcoach.com/superachiever/buy.tcl
Best Success, Stuart
PS To read 70 or so testimonials from SACP Graduates =>
http://www.howtobeagreatcoach.com/pdf/mergedsacptestimonials.pdf
Page 395

ABOUT THE AUTHOR

Stuart Lichtman is a manager, entrepreneur, researcher, consultant, and trainer. He is the
developer of the Cybernetic Transposition and Shared-Vision Leadership systems, the
Cybernetic Transposition Multimedia Learning Program, the Super Achiever Coaching
Program (that produces a 100% first-try success rate), the Cybernetic Transposition
Trainer/Coach Training and the Super Entrepreneur Training.
He is author of How to Get Lots of Money for Anything Fast (with 17 Bonuses), The Art of
Success, Luck, and Harmony, The Impossible as a Matter of Course, How to Become a
Highly Successful Entrepreneur and co-author of Eye to Eye: The Handbook on Lovingly
and Successfully Parenting your Three-to-Five Year Old Child the Handbook That Didnt
Come with Them.
Lichtman is also creator of the Arintel artificial intelligence data analysis program, President of
Partners in Excellence, Inc., President of Successful Ventures Publishing, Inc. and Dean of the
Cybernetic Transposition Institute.
His formal education includes undergraduate and graduate work at MIT in engineering,
psychology, and artificial intelligence, masters work in applied psychology, and doctoral work
in organization development and cross cultural business. He has also conducted extensive
research on the unconscious/intuitive bases of success and the individual and collective
operation of the human mind.
His practical education includes successfully running or shadow-running about 100 companies,
training about 70,000 people around the world and coaching over 500 entrepreneurs into
successfully running their own ventures.
Stuart Lichtman is available for private consultations, key note talks and to conduct in-house
seminars and workshops. You can reach him at [email protected]
Joe Vitale is the world's first Hypnotic Marketer. He is President of Hypnotic Marketing, Inc.,
and author of way too many books to list here, including the #1 best-selling book "Spiritual
Marketing," the best-selling e-book Hypnotic Writing," and the best-selling NightingalePage 396

Conant audio program, "The Power of Outrageous Marketing." His main website is at
www.mrfire.com
Page 397


How Money

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

How Money

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

How Money

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Important Note From The Publisher

How to Get Lots of Money for Anything Fast Second Edition

Copyright 2002 and 2010 by Stuart Lichtman All Rights Reserved

How to Get Lots of Money for Anything Fast Second Edition

Formulas for Miracles

Copyright 2002 and 2010 by Stuart Lichtman All Rights Reserved

How to Get Lots of Money for Anything Fast Second Edition

Copyright 2002 and 2010 by Stuart Lichtman All Rights Reserved

How to Get Lots of Money for Anything Fast Second Edition

Introduction to The Second Edition

Copyright 2002 and 2010 by Stuart Lichtman All Rights Reserved

How to Get Lots of Money for Anything Fast Second Edition

Have an exciting journey to far greater success, joy and fulfillment.

Copyright 2002 and 2010 by Stuart Lichtman All Rights Reserved

How to Get Lots of Money for Anything Fast Second Edition

How I Raised 2.5 Million Dollars, Died for 8 Minutes, and

Copyright 2002 and 2010 by Stuart Lichtman All Rights Reserved

How to Get Lots of Money for Anything Fast Second Edition

Copyright 2002 and 2010 by Stuart Lichtman All Rights Reserved

How to Get Lots of Money for Anything Fast Second Edition

Copyright 2002 and 2010 by Stuart Lichtman All Rights Reserved

How to Get Lots of Money for Anything Fast Second Edition

Copyright 2002 and 2010 by Stuart Lichtman All Rights Reserved

How to Get Lots of Money for Anything Fast Second Edition

Copyright 2002 and 2010 by Stuart Lichtman All Rights Reserved

How to Get Lots of Money for Anything Fast Second Edition

Copyright 2002 and 2010 by Stuart Lichtman All Rights Reserved

How to Get Lots of Money for Anything Fast Second Edition

Youre in for a fun ride.

Copyright 2002 and 2010 by Stuart Lichtman All Rights Reserved

How to Get Lots of Money for Anything Fast Second Edition

If You Have Questions

Copyright 2002 and 2010 by Stuart Lichtman All Rights Reserved

How to Get Lots of Money for Anything Fast Second Edition

Copyright 2002 and 2010 by Stuart Lichtman All Rights Reserved

How to Get Lots of Money for Anything Fast Second Edition

Copyright 2002 and 2010 by Stuart Lichtman All Rights Reserved

How to Get Lots of Money for Anything Fast Second Edition

For more information, please contact Stuart Lichtman at:

Copyright 2002 and 2010 by Stuart Lichtman All Rights Reserved

How to Get Lots of Money for Anything Fast Second Edition

FORMULAS FOR MIRACLES: AN INTRODUCTION BY JOE VITALE

INTRODUCTION TO THE SECOND EDITION BY STUART LICHTMAN

IF YOU HAVE QUESTIONS

CHAPTER ONE: THE NEW WAY TO ACHIEVE ALL YOUR DREAMS 21

CHAPTER TWO B: SETTING EFFECTIVE BASIC CONSCIOUS AND UNCONSCIOUS

CHAPTER THREE B: PRIORITIZING YOUR TARGET STEP TWO OF THE

CHAPTER FOUR: BASIC ACHIEVEMENT STEP 3 - HOW TO RESOLVE

CHAPTER FOUR B: HOW TO IDENTIFY BLOCKERS?

CHAPTER FOUR C: CYBERNETIC TRANSPOSITION STEP THREE - RESOLVING

Copyright 2002 and 2010 by Stuart Lichtman All Rights Reserved

How to Get Lots of Money for Anything Fast Second Edition

CHAPTER FIVE: HOW TO TAKE THE TEMPERATURE OF YOUR TARGET

CHAPTER SIX: HOW TO BECOME SUPER LUCKY - THE CYBERNETIC

CHAPTER SIX B: CONSCIOUSLY DIALOGUING WITH YOUR UNCONSCIOUS

CHAPTER SIX C: EASILY CREATING EFFECTIVE IMAGINARY EXPERIENCES

CHAPTER SIX D: AN EFFECTIVE YET SIMPLE APPLICATION OF DIALOGUING

CHAPTER SEVEN: HOW TO LOCATE YOUR INNER ANCHOR POINT - A MAGIC

CHAPTER EIGHT: HOW TO ACHIEVE THE IMPOSSIBLE, OR, THE AMAZING

CHAPTER EIGHT B: TIPS ON MORE EASILY AND EFFECTIVELY FORMATTING